From 3ab605d04a400ebecc0cfcf8efdc7f70fce95d57 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
Date: Mon, 7 Apr 2008 17:41:51 +0000
Subject: minitoc 57 (3apr08)

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@7347 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
---
 Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx | 8201 +++++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 4607 insertions(+), 3594 deletions(-)

(limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx')

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx
index 45e11ac62ff..65ef04cebae 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx
@@ -26,25 +26,24 @@
 %
 % \iffalse
 %<*driver>
-\ProvidesFile{minitoc.dtx}
+\ProvidesFile{minitoc.dtx}%
 %</driver>
 %<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/05]
 %<package>\ProvidesPackage{minitoc}
 %<*package>
-    [2007/12/04 v56 minitoc.dtx file]
+    [2008/04/03 v57 minitoc.dtx file]
 %</package>
 %<package>\RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14]
-%
 %<*driver>
 \listfiles
 \documentclass[10pt,a4paper,titlepage,oneside,openright]{book}
 %\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,titlepage,twoside,openright]{book}
-%
 \newlength{\iwidth}
 \newlength{\awidth}
 \newlength{\bwidth}
 \newlength{\cwidth}
 \newlength{\dwidth}
+\newlength{\wkdim}
 \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
 \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
 %
@@ -139,6 +138,9 @@ For instance, the entries
 \cite{latex-fonts-ki-joo-kim,bibtex-ki-joo-kim,pdf-ki-joo-kim}, from the \url{http://www.geocities.com/kijoo2000/}
 site, are very difficult to contact.
 
+The URLs beginning with ``\texttt{https:}'' to the TUGboat site may have a restricted access to the TUG members during
+one year after publication. Being a member of TUG is useful and cheap!
+
 Some URLs may contain an extension not supported by your Web browser; in such cases, you should try to access to the
 document manually. An example is~\cite{JMPL1}, whose extension is \suffix{ps.gz}.
 
@@ -156,10 +158,13 @@ Par exemple, les entr
 \cite{latex-fonts-ki-joo-kim,bibtex-ki-joo-kim,pdf-ki-joo-kim}, depuis le site \url{http://www.geocities.com/kijoo2000/},
 sont très difficiles à~atteindre.
 
+Les URLs commençant par {\froff\og{} \texttt{https:}~\fg{}} vers le site de TUGboat peuvent avoir leur accès restreint
+aux membres du TUG pendant un an après leur publication. Être membre du TUG est utile et n'est pas très cher!
+
 Certains URLs peuvent contenir un suffixe non supporté par votre navigateur Web; dans un tel cas, vous devriez
 essayer d'accéder au document manuellement. Un exemple est~\cite{JMPL1}, dont le suffixe est \suffix{ps.gz}.
 
-Certains URLs sont trop longs pour certains logiciels; lorsque c'était possible, j'ai raccourci l'URL por
+Certains URLs sont trop longs pour certains logiciels; lorsque c'était possible, j'ai raccourci l'URL pour
 n'afficher que le contenu du répertoire, ainsi par exemple pour~\cite{pdftex}, ou en utilisant un URL vers
 l'entrée dans le catalogue (comme pour~\cite{arabi} and~\cite{antomega}); lorsque ce n'était pas possible,
 vous devrez essayer d'accéder manuellement au document.\par\lneed{12}%
@@ -215,7 +220,7 @@ vous devrez essayer d'acc
 \newcommand{\iclassA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null}}
 \newcommand{\iclassB}[1]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
 \fi
-% -- scripts 
+% -- scripts
 \newcommand{\scrp}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\iscrp{#1}}
 \newcommand{\uscrp}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}}
 \newcommand{\iscrp}[1]{\iscrpA{#1}\iscrpB{#1}}
@@ -226,7 +231,7 @@ vous devrez essayer d'acc
 \newcommand{\iscrpA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (script)\hfil\null}}
 \newcommand{\iscrpB}[1]{\index{Scripts=\protect\leavevmode Scripts\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
 \fi
-% -- tools 
+% -- tools
 \newcommand{\tool}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}\itool{#1}}
 \newcommand{\utool}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}}
 \newcommand{\itool}[1]{\itoolA{#1}\itoolB{#1}}
@@ -237,7 +242,7 @@ vous devrez essayer d'acc
 \newcommand{\itoolA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null}}
 \newcommand{\itoolB}[1]{\index{Outils=\protect\leavevmode Outils\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}}
 \fi
-% -- examples 
+% -- examples
 \newcommand{\exam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\iexam{#1}}
 \newcommand{\uexam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}}
 \newcommand{\iexam}[1]{\iexamA{#1}\iexamB{#1}}
@@ -248,7 +253,7 @@ vous devrez essayer d'acc
 \newcommand{\iexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(exemple de document)}\hfil\null}}
 \newcommand{\iexamB}[1]{\index{Exemples=\protect\leavevmode Exemples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
 \fi
-% -- old examples 
+% -- old examples
 \newcommand{\oexam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ioexam{#1}}
 \newcommand{\uoexam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}}
 \newcommand{\ioexam}[1]{\ioexamA{#1}\ioexamB{#1}}
@@ -271,7 +276,7 @@ vous devrez essayer d'acc
 \newcommand{\ifeatB}[1]{\index{Dispositifs=\protect\leavevmode Dispositifs\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}}
 \fi
 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-% -- extensions/suffixes 
+% -- extensions/suffixes
 \newcommand{\suffix}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\isuffix{#1}}
 \newcommand{\usuffix}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}}
 \newcommand{\isuffix}[1]{\isuffixA{#1}\isuffixB{#1}}
@@ -923,7 +928,7 @@ vous devrez essayer d'acc
 % %\@ifundefined{usage}{\def\usage#1{\textit{#1}}}{}
 \gdef\main#1{\textsf{#1}}
 \gdef\usage#1{\textit{#1}}
-\gdef\hyperpage#1{\textbf{#1}}
+% \gdef\hyperpage#1{\textbf{#1}}
  \makeatother
 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 % NEW ENV
@@ -940,9 +945,10 @@ vous devrez essayer d'acc
                             }
 % %\@ifundefined{main}{\def\main#1{\underline{#1}}}{}
 % %\@ifundefined{usage}{\def\usage#1{\textit{#1}}}{}
+\let\ohyperpage\hyperpage
 \gdef\main#1{\textbf{#1}}
 \gdef\usage#1{\textsf{#1}}
-\gdef\hyperpage#1{\textit{#1}}
+\gdef\hyperpage#1{\textit{\ohyperpage{#1}}}
 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 \ifcase\LANG\relax
   \includecomment{ENGLISH}
@@ -1032,6 +1038,7 @@ sud des 
 \makeatother
 \fi
 \def\PLaTeXe{P\LaTeXe}
+\def\quocngu{Qu\'{\^o}c Ng\~u\kern-.42ex\raisebox{.07ex}{\footnotesize'}}
 %%%% Strings by language
 \ifcase\LANG\relax
 \def\LLL{\mbox{LANGUAGE}}
@@ -1132,8 +1139,10 @@ sud des 
     \def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} to~\ref{#2}}%
 \or\relax
 \fron\selectlanguage{french}\frenchspacing
-\renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Liste des figures}
-\renewcommand{\listtablename}{Liste des tableaux}
+    \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Liste des figures}%
+    \renewcommand{\listtablename}{Liste des tableaux}%
+    \renewcommand\figurename{{\scshape Figure}}% JPFD (je n'aime pas Fig.)
+    \renewcommand\tablename{{\scshape Tabeau}}%  JPFD (je n'aime pas Tab.)
     \def\reftextfaceafter {page \reftextvario{ci-contre}{ci-contre}}%
     \def\reftextfacebefore{page \reftextvario{ci-contre}{ci-contre}}%
     \def\reftextafter     {page suivante}%
@@ -1149,7 +1158,8 @@ sud des 
   \setlength{\IndexMin}{.95\textheight}%
   \addtolength{\IndexMin}{-5pt}%
 \ifcase\LANG\relax
-\long\def\Indexhead{In this index, italic style numbers (\textit{123}) are page numbers, normal roman numbers
+\long\def\Indexhead{In this index, italic style numbers (\textcolor{NavyBlue}{\textit{123}}) are page numbers
+(and hyperlinks, thanks to~\namea{François}{Pétiard}{Petiard}), normal roman numbers
 (123) are code line
 references for usage, bold roman numbers (\textbf{123}) are code line references for definitions;
 colored numbers in square brackets, like this:~{\sksep}\cite{minitoc}, are bibliographic references, eventually
@@ -1166,8 +1176,8 @@ family name first\,\footnote{For some oriental names (like japanese, korean, vie
 it is sometimes difficult to know which is the first or the last
 name.}, like in ``\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie'' in the index.%
 
-Some commands (like the internal names of language specific letters) are not indexed. 
-% 
+Some commands (like the internal names of language specific letters) are not indexed.
+%
 % \noindent
 % \incrementmtc
 % \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
@@ -1176,7 +1186,8 @@ Some commands (like the internal names of language specific letters) are not ind
 % \decrementmtc
 \par\bigskip}%
 \or\relax
-\long\def\Indexhead{Dans cet index, les nombres en italique (\textit{123}) sont des numéros de pages,
+\long\def\Indexhead{Dans cet index, les nombres en italique (\textcolor{NavyBlue}{\textit{123}}) sont des numéros de pages
+(et des hyperliens, grâce à~\namea{François}{Pétiard}{Petiard}),
 les nombres en fonte romaine normale (123) sont des références à~des lignes de code d'utilisation,
 les nombres en fonte romaine grasse (\textbf{123}) sont des références à~des lignes de code de définition;
 les nombres colorés entre crochets carrés, comme ceci:~{\sksep}\cite{fminitoc}, sont des références bibliographiques,
@@ -1574,6 +1585,8 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % \DoNotIndex{\cyrsftsn}
 % \DoNotIndex{\cyrt}
 % \DoNotIndex{\cyryu}
+% ^^A not true macros
+% \DoNotIndex{\PTC@,\MTC@,\STC@}
 %
 % \GetFileInfo{minitoc.dtx}
 %
@@ -1673,6 +1686,7 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 %       interested in the details of the coding of the package.
 %       The chapter ``Language definition (\suffix{.mld}) and object
 %       (\suffix{.mlo}) files'', page~\pageref{c+code+mld.files}, may be useful if you are interested by some language.
+%       This chapter contains many maps and illustrations.
 % \item The third part, ``Complements'', page~\pageref{p+complements}, contains a bibliography, a detailed history of
 %       the package, a list of acknowlegments, and an index.
 % \end{itemize}
@@ -1731,9 +1745,10 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % \item le chapitre «~Postface~», page~\pageref{c+postface}, donne un historique abrégé du paquetage.
 % \end{itemize}
 % \item La deuxième partie, «~Implantation~», page~\pageref{p+ID}, est bien plus technique; vous pouvez la lire si vous êtes
-% intéressés par les détails du codage du paquetage.
-% Le chapitre «~Fichiers de définition (\suffix{.mld}) et objets (\suffix{.mlo}) de langue~»,
-% page~\pageref{c+code+mld.files}, peut être utile si vous êtes intéressés par une certaine langue.
+%       intéressés par les détails du codage du paquetage.
+%       Le chapitre «~Fichiers de définition (\suffix{.mld}) et objets (\suffix{.mlo}) de langue~»,
+%        page~\pageref{c+code+mld.files}, peut être utile si vous êtes intéressés par une certaine langue.
+%       Ce chapitre contient de nombreuses cartes et illustrations.
 % \item La troisième partie, «~Compléments~», page~\pageref{p+complements}, contient une bibliographie, un historique
 % détaillé du paquetage, une liste des remerciements et un index.
 % \end{itemize}
@@ -1887,11 +1902,11 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 %
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \subsection{Version}
-% The current version of this package is~\#56. You will find a resumed history of the package in the ``Postface''
+% The current version of this package is~\#57. You will find a resumed history of the package in the ``Postface''
 % chapter (chapter~\vref{c+postface}) and a more detailed history in ``Changes History'', page~\pageref{c+history}.
 % \or\relax
 % \subsection{Version}
-% La version courante de ce paquetage est~\#56. Vous trouverez un historique résumé de ce paquetage dans le
+% La version courante de ce paquetage est~\#57. Vous trouverez un historique résumé de ce paquetage dans le
 % chapitre «~Postface~» (chapitre~\vref{c+postface}) et un historique plus détaillé dans «~Historique des
 % modifications~», page~\pageref{c+history}.
 % \fi
@@ -1957,9 +1972,12 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % after the \com{chapter} command, at the point of the \com{minitoc}
 % command. The \com{minitoc} command may occur \emph{almost anywhere}\,\footnote{``Almost anywhere'' means
 % ``in a normal place'', like between two paragraphs of normal text, or in a (wide enough) minipage, but not in a
-% too strange position (like a marginal note or a footnote). Even a multicolumn or a floating environment can be
-% used, but with care. But note that a minitoc can be rather long, if the chapter is complex and if you are asking
-% for details with a high value for \dcnt{minitocdepth}.} inside a chapter.
+% too strange position (like a marginal note or a footnote). Even a multicolumn or a floating environment can be used,
+% but with care. But note that a minitoc can be rather long, if the chapter is complex and if you are asking for
+% details with a high value for \dcnt{minitocdepth}.
+% As an example, I~once used a \com{afterpage} command
+% (\pack{afterpage} package~\cite{afterpage}) to place the long
+% minilof of chapter~\vref{c+code+mld.files} (so the minilof was forced to begin at the top of the next page).} inside a chapter.
 %
 % \lneed{5}
 % Of course, it is better
@@ -1976,7 +1994,10 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % de texte normal, ou dans une minipage (suffisamment large), mais pas dans une position trop bizarre (comme une
 % note marginale ou infrapaginale). Même un environnement multi-colonnes ou flottant  peut être utilisé, mais avec
 % soin. Mais notez qu'une minitoc peut être assez longue, si le chapitre est complexe et si vous demandez des
-% détails avec une valeur élevée de \dcnt{minitocdepth}.} à~l'intérieur d'un chapitre.
+% détails avec une valeur élevée de \dcnt{minitocdepth}.
+% Par exemple, il m'est arrivé d'utiliser une commande \com{afterpage} (paquetage \pack{afterpage}~\cite{afterpage})
+% pour placer la longue minilof du chapitre~\vref{c+code+mld.files} (pour forcer la minilof à~commencer en haut de la
+% page suivante).} à~l'intérieur d'un chapitre.
 %
 % \lneed{5}
 % Bien sûr, il est préférable de la placer au début du chapitre, éventuellement
@@ -2374,13 +2395,13 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % \toprule
 % \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Action}\\
 % \midrule
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Forbidden Area}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}\\
-% \com{section}&\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Allowed Area}}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Float inserted here}}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Allowed Area}}\\
-% \com{section}&\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Forbidden Area}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Forbidden Area}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\
+% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Floats inserted here}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\
+% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Forbidden Area}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\
 % \bottomrule
 % \end{tabularx}
 %
@@ -2391,13 +2412,13 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % \toprule
 % \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Action}\\
 % \midrule
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Allowed Area}}\\
-% \com{section}&\mysymbfill{1.em}{\uparrow}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Allowed Area}}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Float inserted here}}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Allowed Area}}\\
-% \com{section}&\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Forbidden Area}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\
+% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\uparrow}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Floats inserted here}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\
+% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Forbidden Area}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\
 % \bottomrule
 % \end{tabularx}
 %
@@ -2408,13 +2429,13 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % \toprule
 % \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Action}\\
 % \midrule
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Forbidden Area}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}\\
-% \com{section}&\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Allowed Area}}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Float inserted here}}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Allowed Area}}\\
-% \com{section}&\mysymbfill{1.em}{\downarrow}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Allowed Area}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Forbidden Area}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\
+% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Floats inserted here}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\
+% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\downarrow}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\
 % \bottomrule
 % \end{tabularx}
 %
@@ -2425,13 +2446,13 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % \toprule
 % \textbf{Command}&\textbf{Action}\\
 % \midrule
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Allowed Area}}\\
-% \com{section}&\mysymbfill{1.em}{\updownarrow}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Allowed Area}}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Float inserted here}}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Allowed Area}}\\
-% \com{section}&\mysymbfill{1.em}{\updownarrow}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Allowed Area}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\
+% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\updownarrow}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Floats inserted here}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\
+% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\updownarrow}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Allowed Area}}}\\
 % \bottomrule
 % \end{tabularx}
 % \caption{Float barriers}\label{f+barrier}
@@ -2488,13 +2509,13 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % \toprule
 % \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Action}\\
 % \midrule
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Zone interdite}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}\\
-% \com{section}&\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Flottant inséré ici}}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}\\
-% \com{section}&\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Zone interdite}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Zone interdite}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\
+% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Flottants insérés ici}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}}\\
+% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Zone interdite}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\
 % \bottomrule
 % \end{tabularx}
 %
@@ -2505,13 +2526,13 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % \toprule
 % \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Action}\\
 % \midrule
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}\\
-% \com{section}&\mysymbfill{1.em}{\uparrow}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Flottant inséré ici}}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}\\
-% \com{section}&\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Zone interdite}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}}\\
+% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\uparrow}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Flottants insérés ici}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}}\\
+% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Zone interdite}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\
 % \bottomrule
 % \end{tabularx}
 %
@@ -2522,13 +2543,13 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % \toprule
 % \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Action}\\
 % \midrule
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Zone interdite}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}\\
-% \com{section}&\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Flottant inséré ici}}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}\\
-% \com{section}&\mysymbfill{1.em}{\downarrow}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}~\emph{Zone interdite}~\mysymbfill{1.em}{\times}}}\\
+% \com{section}&\textcolor{red}{\mysymbfill{.4em}{\equiv}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Flottants insérés ici}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}}\\
+% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\downarrow}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}}\\
 % \bottomrule
 % \end{tabularx}
 %
@@ -2539,13 +2560,13 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % \toprule
 % \textbf{Commande}&\textbf{Action}\\
 % \midrule
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}\\
-% \com{section}&\mysymbfill{1.em}{\updownarrow}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Flottant inséré ici}}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}\\
-% \com{section}&\mysymbfill{1.em}{\updownarrow}\\
-% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}}\\
+% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\updownarrow}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{Flottants insérés ici}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}}\\
+% \com{section}&\textcolor{green}{\mysymbfill{1.em}{\updownarrow}}\\
+% &\multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textcolor{green}{\emph{Zone autorisée}}}\\
 % \bottomrule
 % \end{tabularx}
 % \caption{Barrières pour les flottants}\label{f+barrier}
@@ -3817,380 +3838,8 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % \ilopt{malayalam-rachana}%
 % \ilopt{malayalam-rachana2}%
 % \ilopt{malayalam-rachana3}%
-% \ilopt{mongol}%
-% \ilopt{mongolb}%
-% \ilopt{mongolian}%
-% \ilopt{ngermanb}%
-% \ilopt{ngerman}%
-% \ilopt{naustrian}%
-% \ilopt{ngermanb2}%
-% \ilopt{norsk}%
-% \ilopt{norsk2}%
-% \ilopt{nynorsk}%
-% \ilopt{nynorsk2}%
-% \ilopt{polish}%
-% \ilopt{polish2}%
-% \ilopt{polski}%
-% \ilopt{portuguese}%
-% \ilopt{portuges}%
-% \ilopt{romanian}%
-% \ilopt{romanian2}%
-% \ilopt{romanian3}%
-% \ilopt{russian}%
-% \ilopt{russianb}%
-% \ilopt{russianc}%
-% \ilopt{russian2m}%
-% \ilopt{russian2o}%
-% \ilopt{russian-cca}%
-% \ilopt{russian-cca1}%
-% \ilopt{russian-lh}%
-% \ilopt{russian-lhcyralt}%
-% \ilopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}%
-% \ilopt{russian-lhcyrwin}%
-% \ilopt{samin}%
-% \ilopt{scottish}%
-% \ilopt{serbian}%
-% \ilopt{serbianc}%
-% \ilopt{slovak}%
-% \ilopt{slovene}%
-% \ilopt{spanish}%
-% \ilopt{castillan}%
-% \ilopt{castillian}%
-% \ilopt{spanish2}%
-% \ilopt{spanish3}%
-% \ilopt{spanish4}%
-% \ilopt{swahili}%
-% \ilopt{swedish}%
-% \ilopt{swedish2}%
-% \ilopt{thai}%
-% \ilopt{turkish}%
-% \ilopt{ukrainian}%
-% \ilopt{ukraineb}%
-% \ilopt{uppersorbian}%
-% \ilopt{usorbian}%
-% \ilopt{vietnam}%
-% \ilopt{vietnamese}%
-% \ilopt{welsh}%
-% \ilopt{xalx}%
-% \ilopt{khalkha}%
-% \ilopt{xalx2}%
-% \ilopt{xalx3}%
-% \centering
-% \hspace*{-.5\widthinc}\begin{minipage}{\textwidth+\widthinc}\raggedright\small
-% \selectlanguage{french} ^^A to get better spacing
-% \begin{multicols}{4}
-% \begin{itemize}
-% ^^A \leftmargin=-1em \itemindent=-1em
-% ^^A \def\labelitemi{--}
-% \item afrikaan (afrikaans)
-% \item albanian
-% \item arab (arabic)\,$^{c}$
-% \item arab2\,$^{a,c}$
-% \item arabi\,$^{c,j}$
-% \item armenian\,$^c$
-% \item bahasai (bahasa, indon, indonesian)\,$^c$
-% \item bahasam (malay, meyalu)\,$^c$
-% \item bangla (bengali)\,$^c$
-% \item basque
-% \item bicig (uighur)\,$^{c,i}$
-% \item bicig2 (uighur2)\,$^{c,i}$
-% \item bicig3 (uighur3)\,$^{c,i}$
-% \item bithe (manju)\,$^c$
-% \item brazil (brazilian)
-% \item breton
-% \item bulgarian\,$^c$
-% \item bulgarianb\,$^c$
-% \item buryat\,$^c$
-% \item buryat2\,$^c$
-% \item catalan
-% \item chinese1\,$^{c,g}$
-% \item chinese2\,$^{c,g}$
-% \item croatian
-% \item czech
-% \item danish
-% \item devanagari (hindi)$^c$
-% \item dutch
-% \item english$^{\dagger}$ (american, australian, british, canadian, newzealand, UKenglish, USenglish)
-% \item english1
-% \item english2
-% \item esperant (esperanto)
-% \item estonian
-% \item ethiopia (ethiopian)\,$^c$
-% \item ethiopian2\,$^{c,e,h}$
-% \item farsi1\,$^{c,f,g}$
-% \item farsi2\,$^{c,f,g}$
-% \item farsi3\,$^{c,j}$
-% \item finnish
-% \item finnish2
-% \item french (frenchb, frenchle, frenchpro, francais, acadien, canadien)
-% \item french1
-% \item french2
-% \item galician
-% \item german (austrian)
-% \item germanb
-% \item germanb2
-% \item greek\,$^c$
-% \item greek-mono\,$^{c,e}$
-% \item greek-polydemo\,$^{c,e}$
-% \item greek-polykatha\,$^{c,e}$
-% \item guarani\,$^h$
-% \item hangul1\,$^{c,d,g}$
-% \item hangul2\,$^{c,d,g}$
-% \item hangul3\,$^{c,d,g}$
-% \item hangul4\,$^{c,d,g}$
-% \item hangul-u8\,$^{c,e,f,g,h}$
-% \item hanja1\,$^{c,d,g}$
-% \item hanja2\,$^{c,d,g}$
-% \item hanja-u8\,$^{c,e,f,g,h}$
-% \item hebrew\,$^{c,h}$
-% \item hebrew2\,$^{c,h}$
-% \item hindi-modern\,$^c$
-% \item icelandic\,$^f$
-% \item interlingua
-% \item irish
-% \item italian
-% \item italian2
-% \item japanese\,$^{c,d,g}$
-% \item japanese2\,$^{c,d,g}$
-% \item japanese3\,$^{c,d,g}$
-% \item japanese4\,$^{c,d,g}$
-% \item japanese5\,$^{c,d,g}$
-% \item japanese6\,$^{c,d,g}$
-% \item kannada\,$^c$
-% \item latin
-% \item latin2
-% \item latinc
-% \item latinc2
-% \item latvian (letton)\,$^e$
-% \item latvian2 (letton2)\,$^c$
-% \item lithuanian
-% \item lithuanian2\,$^{c,h}$
-% \item lowersorbian (lsorbian)
-% \item magyar (hungarian)
-% \item magyar2
-% \item magyar3
-% \item malayalam-b\,$^c$
-% \item malayalam-keli\,$^c$
-% \item malayalam-keli2\,$^c$
-% \item malayalam-mr\,$^c$
-% \item malayalam-omega\,$^{c,e,g,h}$
-% \item malayalam-rachana\,$^c$
-% \item malayalam-rachana2\,$^c$
-% \item malayalam-rachana3\,$^c$
-% \item mongol\,$^c$
-% \item mongolb (mongolian)\,$^{c,f,h}$
-% \item ngermanb (ngerman, naustrian)
-% \item ngermanb2
-% \item norsk
-% \item norsk2
-% \item nynorsk
-% \item nynorsk2
-% \item polish
-% \item polish2\,$^{c,e}$
-% \item polski\,$^c$
-% \item portuguese (portuges)
-% \item romanian
-% \item romanian2
-% \item romanian3
-% \item russian\,$^{b,c}$
-% \item russianb\,$^{b,c}$
-% \item russianc\,$^{b,c}$
-% \item russian2m\,$^{c,e}$
-% \item russian2o\,$^{c,e}$
-% \item russian-cca\,$^{c,g,h}$
-% \item russian-cca1\,$^{c,g,h}$
-% \item russian-lh\,$^{c,g,h}$
-% \item russian-lhcyralt\,$^{c,g,h}$
-% \item russian-lhcyrkoi\,$^{c,g,h}$
-% \item russian-lhcyrwin\,$^{c,g,h}$
-% \item samin
-% \item scottish
-% \item serbian
-% \item serbianc\,$^c$
-% \item slovak
-% \item slovene
-% \item spanish (castillan, castillian)
-% \item spanish2
-% \item spanish3\,$^{e,f}$
-% \item spanish4
-% \item swahili
-% \item swedish
-% \item swedish2
-% \item thai\,$^{c,d,f,g}$
-% \item turkish
-% \item ukrainian (ukraineb)\,$^{b,c}$
-% \item uppersorbian (usorbian)
-% \item vietnam (vietnamese)\,$^{c,d}$
-% \item welsh
-% \item xalx (khalkha)\,$^c$
-% \item xalx2\,$^c$
-% \item xalx3\,$^c$
-% \end{itemize}
-% \end{multicols}
-% \hrule
-% \begin{multicols}{2}\footnotesize
-% \begin{itemize}
-% \item[()]The languages between parentheses are aliases of a main language
-%        and their \suffix{.mld} files will load the \suffix{.mld} file
-%        of that main language.
-% \item[$^{\dagger}$] The presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory.
-% \item[$^a$] The \ulopt{arab(ic)}\ilopt{arab}\ilopt{arabic} and \lopt{arab2} languages require the use of the
-%        \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}).
-% \item[$^b$] The \ulopt{russian} language is not yet supported
-%        by the \pack{babel} system~\cite{babel,babel-user}, but
-%        \lopt{russianb}~\cite{russianb} is supported if you use
-%        babel-3.6 or a higher version; \lopt{russianc} is an extra. Look also at other \suffix{.mld} files for russian.
-% \item[$^c$] Some languages may require specific fonts.
-% \item[$^d$] Requires the \pack{CJK} package~\cite{cjk,cjk2}.
-% \item[$^e$] Requires \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), the version of \LaTeX\ for Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$).
-% \item[$^f$] Requires a 8-bits input encoding.
-% \item[$^g$] Uses also a \suffix{.mlo} file.
-% \item[$^h$] Requires a specific input encoding.
-% \item[$^i$] The \lopt{bicig} language is also known as \lopt{uighur}.
-% \item[$^j$] The \lopt{arabi} and \lopt{farsi3} languages require the use of the
-%        \packa{\Arabi}{arabi} package~\cite{arabi}.
-% \end{itemize}
-% \end{multicols}
-% \end{minipage}
-% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
-% \end{table}
-% ^^A \ifDP\else\afterpage{\clearpage}\fi
-% \or\relax
-% \begin{table}[!p]
-% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
-% \changeskips
-% ^^A \vspace*{2\baselineskip}
-% \caption{Langues disponibles}\label{t+languages}
-% \ilopt{afrikaan}%
-% \ilopt{afrikaans}%
-% \ilopt{albanian}%
-% \ilopt{arab}%
-% \ilopt{arabic}%
-% \ilopt{arab2}%
-% \ilopt{arabi}%
-% \ilopt{armenian}%
-% \ilopt{bahasai}%
-% \ilopt{bahasa}%
-% \ilopt{indon}%
-% \ilopt{indonesian}%
-% \ilopt{bahasam}%
-% \ilopt{malay}%
-% \ilopt{meyalu}%
-% \ilopt{bangla}%
-% \ilopt{basque}%
-% \ilopt{bengali}%
-% \ilopt{bicig}%
-% \ilopt{uighur}%
-% \ilopt{bicig2}%
-% \ilopt{uighur2}%
-% \ilopt{bicig3}%
-% \ilopt{uighur3}%
-% \ilopt{bithe}%
 % \ilopt{manju}%
-% \ilopt{brazil}%
-% \ilopt{brazilian}%
-% \ilopt{breton}%
-% \ilopt{bulgarian}%
-% \ilopt{bulgarianb}%
-% \ilopt{buryat}%
-% \ilopt{buryat2}%
-% \ilopt{catalan}%
-% \ilopt{chinese1}%
-% \ilopt{chinese2}%
-% \ilopt{croatian}%
-% \ilopt{czech}%
-% \ilopt{danish}%
-% \ilopt{devanagari}%
-% \ilopt{hindi}%
-% \ilopt{dutch}%
-% \iloptd{english}%
-% \ilopt{american}%
-% \ilopt{australian}%
-% \ilopt{british}%
-% \ilopt{canadian}%
-% \ilopt{newzealand}%
-% \ilopt{UKenglish}%
-% \ilopt{USenglish}%
-% \ilopt{english1}%
-% \ilopt{english2}%
-% \ilopt{esperant}%
-% \ilopt{esperanto}%
-% \ilopt{estonian}%
-% \ilopt{ethiopia}%
-% \ilopt{ethiopian}%
-% \ilopt{ethiopian2}%
-% \ilopt{farsi1}%
-% \ilopt{farsi2}%
-% \ilopt{farsi3}%
-% \ilopt{finnish}%
-% \ilopt{finnish2}%
-% \ilopt{french}%
-% \ilopt{frenchb}%
-% \ilopt{frenchle}%
-% \ilopt{frenchpro}%
-% \ilopt{francais}%
-% \ilopt{acadien}%
-% \ilopt{canadien}%
-% \ilopt{french1}%
-% \ilopt{french2}%
-% \ilopt{galician}%
-% \ilopt{german}%
-% \ilopt{austrian}%
-% \ilopt{germanb}%
-% \ilopt{germanb2}%
-% \ilopt{greek}%
-% \ilopt{greek-mono}%
-% \ilopt{greek-polydemo}%
-% \ilopt{greek-polykatha}%
-% \ilopt{guarani}%
-% \ilopt{hangul1}%
-% \ilopt{hangul2}%
-% \ilopt{hangul3}%
-% \ilopt{hangul4}%
-% \ilopt{hangul-u8}%
-% \ilopt{hanja1}%
-% \ilopt{hanja2}%
-% \ilopt{hanja-u8}%
-% \ilopt{hebrew}%
-% \ilopt{hebrew2}%
-% \ilopt{hindi-modern}%
-% \ilopt{icelandic}%
-% \ilopt{interlingua}%
-% \ilopt{irish}%
-% \ilopt{italian}%
-% \ilopt{italian2}%
-% \ilopt{japanese}%
-% \ilopt{japanese2}%
-% \ilopt{japanese3}%
-% \ilopt{japanese4}%
-% \ilopt{japanese5}%
-% \ilopt{japanese6}%
-% \ilopt{kannada}%
-% \ilopt{latin}%
-% \ilopt{latin2}%
-% \ilopt{latinc}%
-% \ilopt{latinc2}%
-% \ilopt{latvian}%
-% \ilopt{latvian2}%
-% \ilopt{letton}%
-% \ilopt{letton2}%
-% \ilopt{lithuanian}%
-% \ilopt{lithuanian2}%
-% \ilopt{lowersorbian}%
-% \ilopt{lsorbian}%
-% \ilopt{magyar}%
-% \ilopt{hungarian}%
-% \ilopt{magyar2}%
-% \ilopt{magyar3}%
-% \ilopt{malayalam-b}%
-% \ilopt{malayalam-keli}%
-% \ilopt{malayalam-keli2}%
-% \ilopt{malayalam-mr}%
-% \ilopt{malayalam-omega}%
-% \ilopt{malayalam-keli}%
-% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana}%
-% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana2}%
-% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana3}%
+% \ilopt{mexican}%
 % \ilopt{mongol}%
 % \ilopt{mongolb}%
 % \ilopt{mongolian}%
@@ -4202,6 +3851,389 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % \ilopt{norsk2}%
 % \ilopt{nynorsk}%
 % \ilopt{nynorsk2}%
+% \ilopt{occitan}%
+% \ilopt{occitan2}%
+% \ilopt{polish}%
+% \ilopt{polish2}%
+% \ilopt{polski}%
+% \ilopt{portuguese}%
+% \ilopt{portuges}%
+% \ilopt{romanian}%
+% \ilopt{romanian2}%
+% \ilopt{romanian3}%
+% \ilopt{russian}%
+% \ilopt{russianb}%
+% \ilopt{russianc}%
+% \ilopt{russian2m}%
+% \ilopt{russian2o}%
+% \ilopt{russian-cca}%
+% \ilopt{russian-cca1}%
+% \ilopt{russian-lh}%
+% \ilopt{russian-lhcyralt}%
+% \ilopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}%
+% \ilopt{russian-lhcyrwin}%
+% \ilopt{samin}%
+% \ilopt{scottish}%
+% \ilopt{serbian}%
+% \ilopt{serbianc}%
+% \ilopt{slovak}%
+% \ilopt{slovene}%
+% \ilopt{spanish}%
+% \ilopt{castillan}%
+% \ilopt{castillian}%
+% \ilopt{spanish2}%
+% \ilopt{spanish3}%
+% \ilopt{spanish4}%
+% \ilopt{swahili}%
+% \ilopt{swedish}%
+% \ilopt{swedish2}%
+% \ilopt{thai}%
+% \ilopt{turkish}%
+% \ilopt{ukrainian}%
+% \ilopt{ukraineb}%
+% \ilopt{uppersorbian}%
+% \ilopt{usorbian}%
+% \ilopt{vietnam}%
+% \ilopt{vietnamese}%
+% \ilopt{welsh}%
+% \ilopt{xalx}%
+% \ilopt{khalkha}%
+% \ilopt{xalx2}%
+% \ilopt{xalx3}%
+% \centering
+% \hspace*{-.5\widthinc}\begin{minipage}{\textwidth+\widthinc}\raggedright\small
+% \selectlanguage{french} ^^A to get better spacing
+% \begin{multicols}{4}
+% \begin{itemize}
+% ^^A \leftmargin=-1em \itemindent=-1em
+% ^^A \def\labelitemi{--}
+% \item afrikaan (afrikaans)
+% \item albanian
+% \item arab (arabic)\,$^{c}$
+% \item arab2\,$^{a,c}$
+% \item arabi\,$^{c,j}$
+% \item armenian\,$^c$
+% \item bahasai (bahasa, indon, indonesian)\,$^c$
+% \item bahasam (malay, meyalu)\,$^c$
+% \item bangla (bengali)\,$^c$
+% \item basque
+% \item bicig (uighur)\,$^{c,i}$
+% \item bicig2 (uighur2)\,$^{c,i}$
+% \item bicig3 (uighur3)\,$^{c,i}$
+% \item bithe (manju)\,$^c$
+% \item brazil (brazilian)
+% \item breton
+% \item bulgarian\,$^c$
+% \item bulgarianb\,$^c$
+% \item buryat\,$^c$
+% \item buryat2\,$^c$
+% \item catalan
+% \item chinese1\,$^{c,g}$
+% \item chinese2\,$^{c,g}$
+% \item croatian
+% \item czech
+% \item danish
+% \item devanagari (hindi)$^c$
+% \item dutch
+% \item english$^{\dagger}$ (american, australian, british, canadian, newzealand, UKenglish, USenglish)
+% \item english1
+% \item english2
+% \item esperant (esperanto)
+% \item estonian
+% \item ethiopia (ethiopian)\,$^c$
+% \item ethiopian2\,$^{c,e,h}$
+% \item farsi1\,$^{c,f,g}$
+% \item farsi2\,$^{c,f,g}$
+% \item farsi3\,$^{c,j}$
+% \item finnish
+% \item finnish2
+% \item french (frenchb, frenchle, frenchpro, francais, acadien, canadien)
+% \item french1
+% \item french2
+% \item galician
+% \item german (austrian)
+% \item germanb
+% \item germanb2
+% \item greek\,$^c$
+% \item greek-mono\,$^{c,e}$
+% \item greek-polydemo\,$^{c,e}$
+% \item greek-polykatha\,$^{c,e}$
+% \item guarani\,$^h$
+% \item hangul1\,$^{c,d,g}$
+% \item hangul2\,$^{c,d,g}$
+% \item hangul3\,$^{c,d,g}$
+% \item hangul4\,$^{c,d,g}$
+% \item hangul-u8\,$^{c,e,f,g,h}$
+% \item hanja1\,$^{c,d,g}$
+% \item hanja2\,$^{c,d,g}$
+% \item hanja-u8\,$^{c,e,f,g,h}$
+% \item hebrew\,$^{c,h}$
+% \item hebrew2\,$^{c,h}$
+% \item hindi-modern\,$^c$
+% \item icelandic\,$^f$
+% \item interlingua
+% \item irish
+% \item italian
+% \item italian2
+% \item japanese\,$^{c,d,g}$
+% \item japanese2\,$^{c,d,g}$
+% \item japanese3\,$^{c,d,g}$
+% \item japanese4\,$^{c,d,g}$
+% \item japanese5\,$^{c,d,g}$
+% \item japanese6\,$^{c,d,g}$
+% \item kannada\,$^c$
+% \item latin
+% \item latin2
+% \item latinc
+% \item latinc2
+% \item latvian (letton)\,$^e$
+% \item latvian2 (letton2)\,$^c$
+% \item lithuanian
+% \item lithuanian2\,$^{c,h}$
+% \item lowersorbian (lsorbian)
+% \item magyar (hungarian)
+% \item magyar2
+% \item magyar3
+% \item malayalam-b\,$^c$
+% \item malayalam-keli\,$^c$
+% \item malayalam-keli2\,$^c$
+% \item malayalam-mr\,$^c$
+% \item malayalam-omega\,$^{c,e,g,h}$
+% \item malayalam-rachana\,$^c$
+% \item malayalam-rachana2\,$^c$
+% \item malayalam-rachana3\,$^c$
+% \item mexican
+% \item mongol\,$^c$
+% \item mongolb (mongolian)\,$^{c,f,h}$
+% \item ngermanb (ngerman, naustrian)
+% \item ngermanb2
+% \item norsk
+% \item norsk2
+% \item nynorsk
+% \item nynorsk2
+% \item occitan
+% \item occitan2
+% \item polish
+% \item polish2\,$^{c,e}$
+% \item polski\,$^c$
+% \item portuguese (portuges)
+% \item romanian
+% \item romanian2
+% \item romanian3
+% \item russian\,$^{b,c}$
+% \item russianb\,$^{b,c}$
+% \item russianc\,$^{b,c}$
+% \item russian2m\,$^{c,e}$
+% \item russian2o\,$^{c,e}$
+% \item russian-cca\,$^{c,g,h}$
+% \item russian-cca1\,$^{c,g,h}$
+% \item russian-lh\,$^{c,g,h}$
+% \item russian-lhcyralt\,$^{c,g,h}$
+% \item russian-lhcyrkoi\,$^{c,g,h}$
+% \item russian-lhcyrwin\,$^{c,g,h}$
+% \item samin
+% \item scottish
+% \item serbian
+% \item serbianc\,$^c$
+% \item slovak
+% \item slovene
+% \item spanish (castillan, castillian)
+% \item spanish2
+% \item spanish3\,$^{e,f}$
+% \item spanish4
+% \item swahili
+% \item swedish
+% \item swedish2
+% \item thai\,$^{c,d,f,g}$
+% \item turkish
+% \item ukrainian (ukraineb)\,$^{b,c}$
+% \item uppersorbian (usorbian)
+% \item vietnam (vietnamese)\,$^{c,d}$
+% \item welsh
+% \item xalx (khalkha)\,$^c$
+% \item xalx2\,$^c$
+% \item xalx3\,$^c$
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{multicols}
+% \hrule
+% \begin{multicols}{2}\footnotesize
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item[()]The languages between parentheses are aliases of a main language
+%        and their \suffix{.mld} files will load the \suffix{.mld} file
+%        of that main language.
+% \item[$^{\dagger}$] The presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory.
+% \item[$^a$] The \ulopt{arab(ic)}\ilopt{arab}\ilopt{arabic} and \lopt{arab2} languages require the use of the
+%        \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}).
+% \item[$^b$] The \ulopt{russian} language is not yet supported
+%        by the \pack{babel} system~\cite{babel,babel-user}, but
+%        \lopt{russianb}~\cite{russianb} is supported if you use
+%        babel-3.6 or a higher version; \lopt{russianc} is an extra. Look also at other \suffix{.mld} files for russian.
+% \item[$^c$] Some languages may require specific fonts.
+% \item[$^d$] Requires the \pack{CJK} package~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}.
+% \item[$^e$] Requires \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), the version of \LaTeX\ for Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$).
+% \item[$^f$] Requires a 8-bits input encoding.
+% \item[$^g$] Uses also a \suffix{.mlo} file.
+% \item[$^h$] Requires a specific input encoding.
+% \item[$^i$] The \lopt{bicig} language is also known as \lopt{uighur}.
+% \item[$^j$] The \lopt{arabi} and \lopt{farsi3} languages require the use of the
+%        \packa{\Arabi}{arabi} package~\cite{arabi}.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{multicols}
+% \end{minipage}
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{table}
+% ^^A \ifDP\else\afterpage{\clearpage}\fi
+% \or\relax
+% \begin{table}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \changeskips
+% ^^A \vspace*{2\baselineskip}
+% \caption{Langues disponibles}\label{t+languages}
+% \ilopt{afrikaan}%
+% \ilopt{afrikaans}%
+% \ilopt{albanian}%
+% \ilopt{arab}%
+% \ilopt{arabic}%
+% \ilopt{arab2}%
+% \ilopt{arabi}%
+% \ilopt{armenian}%
+% \ilopt{bahasai}%
+% \ilopt{bahasa}%
+% \ilopt{indon}%
+% \ilopt{indonesian}%
+% \ilopt{bahasam}%
+% \ilopt{malay}%
+% \ilopt{meyalu}%
+% \ilopt{bangla}%
+% \ilopt{basque}%
+% \ilopt{bengali}%
+% \ilopt{bicig}%
+% \ilopt{uighur}%
+% \ilopt{bicig2}%
+% \ilopt{uighur2}%
+% \ilopt{bicig3}%
+% \ilopt{uighur3}%
+% \ilopt{bithe}%
+% \ilopt{manju}%
+% \ilopt{brazil}%
+% \ilopt{brazilian}%
+% \ilopt{breton}%
+% \ilopt{bulgarian}%
+% \ilopt{bulgarianb}%
+% \ilopt{buryat}%
+% \ilopt{buryat2}%
+% \ilopt{catalan}%
+% \ilopt{chinese1}%
+% \ilopt{chinese2}%
+% \ilopt{croatian}%
+% \ilopt{czech}%
+% \ilopt{danish}%
+% \ilopt{devanagari}%
+% \ilopt{hindi}%
+% \ilopt{dutch}%
+% \iloptd{english}%
+% \ilopt{american}%
+% \ilopt{australian}%
+% \ilopt{british}%
+% \ilopt{canadian}%
+% \ilopt{newzealand}%
+% \ilopt{UKenglish}%
+% \ilopt{USenglish}%
+% \ilopt{english1}%
+% \ilopt{english2}%
+% \ilopt{esperant}%
+% \ilopt{esperanto}%
+% \ilopt{estonian}%
+% \ilopt{ethiopia}%
+% \ilopt{ethiopian}%
+% \ilopt{ethiopian2}%
+% \ilopt{farsi1}%
+% \ilopt{farsi2}%
+% \ilopt{farsi3}%
+% \ilopt{finnish}%
+% \ilopt{finnish2}%
+% \ilopt{french}%
+% \ilopt{frenchb}%
+% \ilopt{frenchle}%
+% \ilopt{frenchpro}%
+% \ilopt{francais}%
+% \ilopt{acadien}%
+% \ilopt{canadien}%
+% \ilopt{french1}%
+% \ilopt{french2}%
+% \ilopt{galician}%
+% \ilopt{german}%
+% \ilopt{austrian}%
+% \ilopt{germanb}%
+% \ilopt{germanb2}%
+% \ilopt{greek}%
+% \ilopt{greek-mono}%
+% \ilopt{greek-polydemo}%
+% \ilopt{greek-polykatha}%
+% \ilopt{guarani}%
+% \ilopt{hangul1}%
+% \ilopt{hangul2}%
+% \ilopt{hangul3}%
+% \ilopt{hangul4}%
+% \ilopt{hangul-u8}%
+% \ilopt{hanja1}%
+% \ilopt{hanja2}%
+% \ilopt{hanja-u8}%
+% \ilopt{hebrew}%
+% \ilopt{hebrew2}%
+% \ilopt{hindi-modern}%
+% \ilopt{icelandic}%
+% \ilopt{interlingua}%
+% \ilopt{irish}%
+% \ilopt{italian}%
+% \ilopt{italian2}%
+% \ilopt{japanese}%
+% \ilopt{japanese2}%
+% \ilopt{japanese3}%
+% \ilopt{japanese4}%
+% \ilopt{japanese5}%
+% \ilopt{japanese6}%
+% \ilopt{kannada}%
+% \ilopt{latin}%
+% \ilopt{latin2}%
+% \ilopt{latinc}%
+% \ilopt{latinc2}%
+% \ilopt{latvian}%
+% \ilopt{latvian2}%
+% \ilopt{letton}%
+% \ilopt{letton2}%
+% \ilopt{lithuanian}%
+% \ilopt{lithuanian2}%
+% \ilopt{lowersorbian}%
+% \ilopt{lsorbian}%
+% \ilopt{magyar}%
+% \ilopt{hungarian}%
+% \ilopt{magyar2}%
+% \ilopt{magyar3}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-b}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-keli}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-keli2}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-mr}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-omega}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-keli}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana2}%
+% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana3}%
+% \ilopt{manju}%
+% \ilopt{mexican}%
+% \ilopt{mongol}%
+% \ilopt{mongolb}%
+% \ilopt{mongolian}%
+% \ilopt{ngermanb}%
+% \ilopt{ngerman}%
+% \ilopt{naustrian}%
+% \ilopt{ngermanb2}%
+% \ilopt{norsk}%
+% \ilopt{norsk2}%
+% \ilopt{nynorsk}%
+% \ilopt{nynorsk2}%
+% \ilopt{occitan}%
+% \ilopt{occitan2}%
 % \ilopt{polish}%
 % \ilopt{polish2}%
 % \ilopt{polski}%
@@ -4349,6 +4381,7 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % \item malayalam-rachana\,$^c$
 % \item malayalam-rachana2\,$^c$
 % \item malayalam-rachana3\,$^c$
+% \item mexican
 % \item mongol\,$^c$
 % \item mongolb (mongolian)\,$^{c,f,h}$
 % \item ngermanb (ngerman, naustrian)
@@ -4357,6 +4390,8 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % \item norsk2
 % \item nynorsk
 % \item nynorsk2
+% \item occitan
+% \item occitan2
 % \item polish
 % \item polish2\,$^{c,e}$
 % \item polski\,$^c$
@@ -4413,7 +4448,7 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 %       babel-3.6 ou une version supérieure; <<~\lopt{russianc}~>> est un supplément. Regardez aussi les autres
 %       fichiers \suffix{.mld} pour le russe.
 % \item[$^c$] Certaines langues peuvent requérir des fontes spécifiques.
-% \item[$^d$] Requiert le paquetage \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2}.
+% \item[$^d$] Requiert le paquetage \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}.
 % \item[$^e$] Requiert \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), la version de \LaTeX\ pour Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$).
 % \item[$^f$] Requiert un codage en entrée sur 8~bits.
 % \item[$^g$] Utilise aussi un fichier \suffix{.mlo}.
@@ -5208,8 +5243,8 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 %            \pack{guarani}~\cite{guarani},
 %            \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} and \pack{omal}~\cite{malayalam-o},
 %            \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} (mongol)~\cite{mlsquick,montex}, \pack{CJK} (chinese,
-%            corean-hangûl/hanja, japanese, thai)~\cite{cjk,cjk2},
-%            \packa{\PLaTeX}{PLaTeX}~\cite{platex,platex-pl} (polish),
+%            korean-hangûl/hanja, japanese, thai)~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega},
+%            \pack{polski}~\cite{polski,platex-pl} (polish),
 %            \packa{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX}~\cite{slatex} (swedish),
 %            \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi} (farsi or iranian), or \pack{vietnam}~\cite{vietnam}
 %            --- latvian (letton),
@@ -5217,7 +5252,7 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 %            need \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), i.e.,~the Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) version of \LaTeX, (see~\cite{antomega}),
 %            or even found by searching on the Web (\xfile{bulgarianb.mld} for upper cyrillic bulgarian,
 %            \xfile{japanese.mld} for japanese, \xfile{serbianc.mld} for cyrillic serbian).
-%            Other languages are welcome\,\footnote{I~am searching for the titles in corsican and in occitan, in
+%            Other languages are welcome\,\footnote{I~am searching for the titles in corsican, in
 %            particular.}. See table~\vref{t+languages}.
 % \or\relax
 % \subsection{Langues pour les titres}\label{fo+lang}
@@ -5225,14 +5260,14 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % dans le superbe paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, certaines ont été adaptées,
 % d'autres ont été mises à~disposition par d'aimables utilisateurs ou prises dans des paquetages spécifiques, tels
 % que \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}, \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}, \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}
-% (arménien)~\cite{armtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} (bangla, bengali)~\cite{bangtex},
+% (arménien)~\cite{armtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} (bânglâ, bengalî)~\cite{bangtex},
 % \packa{Cervan\TeX}{CervanTeX} (espagnol)~\cite{spanish4}.
 % \devnag\ipacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} pour \TeX~\cite{devanagari},
 % \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop}, \pack{guarani}~\cite{guarani}, \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} and
 % \pack{omal}~\cite{malayalam-o},
 % \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} (mongol)~\cite{mlsquick,montex}, \pack{CJK} (chinois,
-% coréen-hangûl/hanja, japonais, thaï)~\cite{cjk,cjk2},
-%            \packa{\PLaTeX}{PLaTeX}~\cite{platex,platex-pl} (polonais),
+% coréen-hangûl/hanja, japonais, thaï)~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega},
+%            \pack{polski}~\cite{polski,platex-pl} (polonais),
 %            \packa{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX}~\cite{slatex} (suédois),
 % \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi} (farsi ou iranien)
 % \pack{vietnam}~\cite{vietnam} --- le latvien (letton), des variantes de grec
@@ -5242,7 +5277,7 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % (voir~\cite{antomega}), --- ou ont même été trouvées en
 % cherchant sur le Web (\xfile{bulgarianb.mld} pour le haut bulgare cyrillique, \xfile{japanese.mld} pour le
 % japonais, \xfile{serbianc.mld} pour le serbe cyrillique). D'autres langues sont les bienvenues\,\footnote{Je recherche
-% notamment les titres pour le corse (\emph{corsican}) et l'occitan.}.
+% notamment les titres pour le corse (\emph{corsican}).}.
 % Voir le tableau~\vref{t+languages}.
 % \fi
 %
@@ -6441,7 +6476,7 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % insertion of \suffix{.mtc}\meta{N} files (and siblings). They are
 % some examples in the \exam{mtc-add.tex} (see section~\vref{mtc-add.tex}),
 % \exam{mtc-ads.tex} (see section~\vref{mtc-ads.tex}),
-% and {mtc-nom.tex} (see section~\vref{mtc-nom.tex}) files distributed with
+% and \exam{mtc-nom.tex} (see section~\vref{mtc-nom.tex}) files distributed with
 % \upack{minitoc}. The \exam{mtc-ads.tex} example shows how much that problem is difficult.
 % \or\relax
 % Bien sûr, les documents dans lesquels la table des matières, la liste des figures, la liste des tableaux, la
@@ -6823,7 +6858,7 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % \item
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax\label{h.caption}\label{h.caption2}\label{h.ccaption}\label{h.mcaption}
-%       If one of the \pack{caption}~\SMM{\lmess{W0033}\\\lmess{W0034}\\\lmess{W0035}\\\lmess{W0036}}\cite{caption},
+%       If one of the \pack{caption}~\SMM{\lmess{W0033}\\\lmess{W0034}\\\lmess{W0035}\\\lmess{W0036}}\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung},
 %       \pack{caption2}\footnote{This package is obsolete;
 %       now use the \upack{caption} package.}~\cite{caption2}, (both written by \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}),
 %       \pack{ccaption}~\cite{ccaption} (written by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), or
@@ -6831,7 +6866,7 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 %       it must be loaded \emph{before} the \upack{minitoc} package.
 % \or\relax\label{h.caption}\label{h.caption2}\label{h.ccaption}\label{h.mcaption}
 %       Si l'un des
-%       paquetages \pack{caption}~\SMM{\lmess{W0033}\\\lmess{W0034}\\\lmess{W0035}\\\lmess{W0036}}\cite{caption},
+%       paquetages \pack{caption}~\SMM{\lmess{W0033}\\\lmess{W0034}\\\lmess{W0035}\\\lmess{W0036}}\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung},
 %       \pack{caption2}~\cite{caption2}\,\footnote{Ce paquetage est obsolète; utilisez
 %       maintenant le paquetage \upack{caption}.}, (tous deux écrits par \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}),
 %       \pack{ccaption}~\cite{ccaption} (écrit par \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}), ou
@@ -7064,7 +7099,7 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % ^^A \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{open}{\empty}
 % ^^A \mtcsetfeature{minitoc}{close}{\empty}
 % \mtcskip
-% ^^A\lsneed{5}
+% ^^A \lsneed{5}
 % \lneed{6}
 % ^^A \mtcskip
 % \minilof
@@ -7081,8 +7116,8 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % \fi
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % Here is a list of problems and frequently asked questions about
-% the \upack{minitoc.sty} package. If the version has a number less than~56, please
-% upgrade to version~\#56. This list is also given in the \xfile{minitoc.bug} file,
+% the \upack{minitoc.sty} package. If the version has a number less than~57, please
+% upgrade to version~\#57. This list is also given in the \xfile{minitoc.bug} file,
 % in pure text form. The numbering of this list is done by date of the first occurrence of the question.
 %
 % If a problem arises, it is often wise to: a)~use the \optd{hints} option (see section~\vref{s+hints}),
@@ -7095,8 +7130,8 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % reproducing the problem; this example should use the \opt{hints} option).
 % \or\relax
 % Voici une liste de problèmes et de questions fréquemment posées («~foire aux questions~») à~propos du paquetage
-% \upack{minitoc}. Si votre version a un numéro plus petit que~56, vous êtes priés de faire une mise à~jour
-% à~la version~\#56. Cette liste est aussi donnée dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.bug}, sous
+% \upack{minitoc}. Si votre version a un numéro plus petit que~57, vous êtes priés de faire une mise à~jour
+% à~la version~\#57. Cette liste est aussi donnée dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.bug}, sous
 % forme de texte pur (et en anglais). La numérotation de cette liste est faite selon la date de la première occurrence
 % de la question.
 %
@@ -8237,10 +8272,10 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % An example is having a local table of contents for a chapter (\com{minitoc}) whose entries should not appear in
 % the main table of contents. Just use the \env{mtchideinmaintoc} environment:
 % \begin{quote}
-% \com{chapter}\texttt{\{Title\}}\\
+% \com{chapter}\texttt{\{}\emph{Title}\texttt{\}}\\
 % \texttt{\bs begin\{mtchideinmaintoc\}[}\emph{level}\texttt{]}\\
 % \com{minitoc}\\
-% \com{section}\texttt{\{sub-title\}}\\
+% \com{section}\texttt{\{}\emph{sub-title}\texttt{\}}\\
 % .{}.{}.\\
 % \texttt{\bs end\{mtchideinmaintoc\}}
 % \end{quote}
@@ -8253,10 +8288,10 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 % doivent pas apparaître dans la table des matières principale. Utilisez simplement l'environnement
 % \env{mtchideinmaintoc}:
 % \begin{quote}
-% \com{chapter}\texttt{\{Titre\}}\\
+% \com{chapter}\texttt{\{}\emph{Titre}\texttt{\}}\\
 % \texttt{\bs begin\{mtchideinmaintoc\}[}\emph{niveau}\texttt{]}\\
 % \com{minitoc}\\
-% \com{section}\texttt{\{sous-titre\}}\\
+% \com{section}\texttt{\{}\emph{sous-titre}\texttt{\}}\\
 % .{}.{}.\\
 % \texttt{\bs end\{mtchideinmaintoc\}}
 % \end{quote}
@@ -8269,7 +8304,7 @@ Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres sp
 %<*mtc-apx>
 \documentclass[oneside]{book}
 \ProvidesFile{mtc-apx.tex}%
-  [2007/03/22]
+  [2007/03/22]%
 \usepackage{lipsum} % provides filling text
 \usepackage{tocbibind} % adds some entries in the main TOC.
 \usepackage[tight,listfiles]{minitoc}
@@ -8340,7 +8375,7 @@ Second appendix
 %<*mtc-hi1>
 \documentclass{report}
 \ProvidesFile{mtc-hi1.tex}%
-  [2007/01/04]
+  [2007/01/04]%
 \usepackage%
   [tight,listfiles]{minitoc}
 \begin{document}
@@ -8429,6 +8464,7 @@ Second appendix
 % \end{SMOOTH}
 % \end{multicols}}
 %
+% \lneed{5}
 % \begin{macro}{\mtchideinmainlof}
 % \begin{macro}{\mtchideinmainlot}
 % \begin{macro}{\endmtchideinmainlof}
@@ -8698,8 +8734,8 @@ Second appendix
 %       and \com{makeatother}, because these commands have a~\verb|@| in
 %       their names; you must use \com{renewcommand*} to redefine
 %       these commands.
-% \item Use the \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft} to change the indentation, with
-%       font independent units. But then see section~\vref{faq+tocloft}.
+% \item Use\virage{} the \pack{tocloft} package~\cite{tocloft} to change the indentation, with
+%       font independent units. But then see \emph{also} section~\vref{faq+tocloft}.
 % \item Use the same font for the section and subsection entries
 %       in the minitocs, using the \com{mtcsetfont} command (see section~\vref{s+simp-font-commands}) or
 %       redefining the \com{mtcSfont}, \com{mtcSSfont}, \com{mtcSSSfont},
@@ -8745,8 +8781,8 @@ Second appendix
 %       ou entre \com{makeatletter}
 %       et \com{makeatother}, puisque ces commandes contiennent un~\verb|@| dans leurs noms;
 %       vous devez utiliser \com{renewcommand*} pour redéfinir ces commandes.
-% \item Utiliser le paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft} pour changer l'indentation, avec des unités
-%       indépendantes de la fonte. Mais alors regardez la section~\vref{faq+tocloft}.
+% \item Utiliser\virage{} le paquetage \pack{tocloft}~\cite{tocloft} pour changer l'indentation, avec des unités
+%       indépendantes de la fonte. Mais alors regardez \emph{aussi} la section~\vref{faq+tocloft}.
 % \item Utiliser la même fonte pour les entrées de sections et de sous-sections dans les minitocs,
 %       en utilisant la commande \com{mtcsetfont} (voir la section~\vref{s+simp-font-commands}) ou
 %       en redéfinissant les commandes \com{mtcSfont}, \com{mtcSSfont}, \com{mtcSSSfont},
@@ -8818,7 +8854,7 @@ Second appendix
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{Use with packages for captions}\label{faq.31}
 %       If\SMM{\lmess{W0033}\\\lmess{W0034}\\\lmess{W0035}\\\lmess{W0036}}
-%       one of the \pack{caption}~\cite{caption},
+%       one of the \pack{caption}~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung},
 %       \pack{caption2}\footnote{This package is obsolete; now use a recent
 %       version of the
 %       \upack{caption} package.}~\cite{caption2}, (both written by \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}),
@@ -8829,7 +8865,7 @@ Second appendix
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Utilisation avec des paquetages pour les captions}\label{faq.31}\ipack{caption}\ipack{caption2}\ipack{ccaption}\ipack{mcaption}
 %       Si\SMM{\lmess{W0033}\\\lmess{W0034}\\\lmess{W0035}\\\lmess{W0036}}i
-%       l'un des paquetages \pack{caption}~\cite{caption},
+%       l'un des paquetages \pack{caption}~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung},
 %       \pack{caption2}\,\footnote{Ce paquetage est obsolète; utilisez
 %       maintenant une version récente du paquetage \upack{caption}.}~\cite{caption2}, (qui ont tous deux été écrits
 %       par \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}),
@@ -9229,8 +9265,7 @@ Second appendix
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*mtc-gap>
 \documentclass[a4paper,oneside,12pt]{book}
-\ProvidesFile{mtc-gap.tex}%
-  [2007/01/04]
+\ProvidesFile{mtc-gap.tex}[2007/01/04]%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % We use the \pack{vruler} package (by \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang}) to display a vertical ruler showing the position of the titles:
@@ -9239,9 +9274,7 @@ Second appendix
 % des titres:
 % \fi
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\usepackage{vruler} % to have a vertical graduation to note positions
-%                   % (by Zhuhan Jiang)
-\usepackage{txfonts}
+\usepackage{txfonts,vruler} % vertical graduation to note positions (Zhuhan Jiang)
 \usepackage[english2,tight,listfiles]{minitoc}
 \begin{document}
 \setvruler[1cm][0][10][3][0][0pt][0pt][0pt][] % with vruler package
@@ -9373,8 +9406,7 @@ Second appendix
 % \com{usepackage}\verb|{minitoc}|\\
 % \ienv{document}\verb|\begin{document}|\\
 % \com{frontmatter}\\
-% \com{dominitoc}\\
-% \com{tableofcontents}\\
+% \com{dominitoc}\com{tableofcontents}\\
 % \com{mainmatter}\\
 % \com{chapter}\verb|{Chapter}|\\
 % \verb|\section{Section A} \section{Section B}|\\
@@ -9396,12 +9428,12 @@ Second appendix
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % When using together \pack{tocloft} and \upack{minitoc}, the \pack{tocloft} package must be
 % loaded first, and its commands take precedence to format the entries
-% in the TOC (and in minitocs). To suppress the page numbers, your should try
+% in the TOC (and in minitocs). To suppress the page numbers, you should try
 % the \verb|\cftpagenumbersoff{|\emph{XXX}\verb|}| command (from \pack{tocloft}), which is described
 % in the \xfile{tocloft.pdf} documentation~\cite[pages~45-56]{tocloft}; \emph{XXX} is the level
 % of entry (\texttt{chapter}, \texttt{sec}, \texttt{subsec}, etc.). There are similar remarks about
-% font related commands. 
-% 
+% font related commands.
+%
 % The \pack{tocloft} package is more specialized in that job than \upack{minitoc}, so if it is
 % loaded, \upack{minitoc} uses the \pack{tocloft} tools.
 % There is the corrected example (\exam{mtc-tlo.tex}\label{mtc-tlo.tex}):
@@ -9411,11 +9443,11 @@ Second appendix
 % commandes prennent le pas pour mettre en forme les
 % entrées dans la table des matières (et les minitocs). Pour
 % supprimer les numéros de pages, vous devriez essayer la
-% commande \verb|\cftpagenumbersoff{|\emph{XXX}\verb|}| (de \pack{tocloft}), qui est décrite dans la documentation 
-% \xfile{tocloft.pdf}~\cite[pages~45-56]{tocloft}; \emph{XXX} 
+% commande \verb|\cftpagenumbersoff{|\emph{XXX}\verb|}| (de \pack{tocloft}), qui est décrite dans la documentation
+% \xfile{tocloft.pdf}~\cite[pages~45-56]{tocloft}; \emph{XXX}
 % est le niveau de l'entrée (\texttt{chapter}, \texttt{sec}, \texttt{subsec}, etc.).
 % Il y a des remarques similaires sur les commandes concernant les fontes.
-% 
+%
 % Le paquetage \pack{tocloft} est davantage spécialisé dans
 % ce travail que \upack{minitoc}, donc s'il est chargé, \upack{minitoc}
 % se sert des outils de \pack{tocloft}. Voici l'exemple
@@ -9424,8 +9456,7 @@ Second appendix
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*mtc-tlo>
 \documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{book}
-\ProvidesFile{mtc-tlo.tex}%
-  [2007/06/13]
+\ProvidesFile{mtc-tlo.tex}[2007/06/13]%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % We must load \pack{tocloft} \emph{before} \upack{minitoc}:
@@ -10470,7 +10501,7 @@ Second appendix
 % $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{amsproc}&\AmS&\pageref{s+AMS}&\cite{amslatex}\\
 % &\textbf{P}&\pack{appendix}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+appendix}&\cite{appendix}\\
 % &\textbf{P}&\pack{captcont}&\name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}&\pageref{h.captcont}&\cite{captcont}\\
-% &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption}&\cite{caption,cap-anleitung}\\
+% &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption}&\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}\\
 % &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption2}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption2}&\cite{caption2}\\
 % &\textbf{P}&\pack{ccaption}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.ccaption}&\cite{ccaption}\\
 % &\textbf{P}&\pack{float}&\name{Anselm}{Lingnau}&\pageref{h.float}&\cite{float}\\
@@ -10523,7 +10554,7 @@ Second appendix
 % $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{amsproc}&\AmS&\pageref{s+AMS}&\cite{amslatex}\\
 % &\textbf{P}&\pack{appendix}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+appendix}&\cite{appendix}\\
 % &\textbf{P}&\pack{captcont}&\name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}&\pageref{h.captcont}&\cite{captcont}\\
-% &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption}&\cite{caption,cap-anleitung}\\
+% &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption}&\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}\\
 % &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption2}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption2}&\cite{caption2}\\
 % &\textbf{P}&\pack{ccaption}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.ccaption}&\cite{ccaption}\\
 % &\textbf{P}&\pack{float}&\name{Anselm}{Lingnau}&\pageref{h.float}&\cite{float}\\
@@ -10833,6 +10864,7 @@ Il y a une partie ou plus de deux parties: deuxi
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
+% \lneed{5}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % If you want also a third part, comment out this line and recompile 3~times:
 % \or\relax
@@ -10898,7 +10930,7 @@ Il y a une partie ou plus de deux parties: deuxi
 % \pack{multitoc}~\cite{multitoc} (de \namea{Martin}{Schröder}{Schroder}).
 % \fi
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*mtc-3co> 
+%<*mtc-3co>
 \documentclass[oneside]{book}
 \ProvidesFile{mtc-3co.tex}%
   [2007/02/19]
@@ -11044,7 +11076,7 @@ a multicolumn table of contents}  \lipsum[\arabic{section}]
 \end{multicols}
 \clearpage
 \end{document}
-%</mtc-3co> 
+%</mtc-3co>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
 % \lneed{5}
@@ -11340,8 +11372,8 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
    AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.",
    ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}",
    NOTE="{\url{http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc.pdf}}",
-   MONTH=dec,
-   YEAR=2007}
+   MONTH=apr,
+   YEAR=2008}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -11355,8 +11387,8 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
    AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.",
    ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}",
    NOTE="{\url{http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/fminitoc.pdf}}",
-   MONTH=dec,
-   YEAR=2007}
+   MONTH=apr,
+   YEAR=2008}
 
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -11399,7 +11431,7 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
 % Mais la base ainsi créée doit être purgée des lignes superflues;
 % sur les systèmes analogues à~Unix, faites\,\footnote{Notez que nous
 % ne devrions pas utiliser de préambule pour ce fichier dans \xfile{minitoc.ins}; néanmoins, des lignes
-% superflues sont encore produites. Ce problème n'est pas encore corrigé, donc nous conservons sa solution.}:
+% superflues sont encore produites. Ce problème n'est pas encore corrigé, donc nous conservons cette solution.}:
 % \fi
 % \begin{verse}\small
 % \verb"cat mtc-add.bib | grep -v '^%%' > addbib;mv addbib mtc-add.bib"
@@ -11434,6 +11466,7 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test.
 %% \usepackage{mtcoff}
 \makeindex
 %    \end{macrocode}
+% \lneed{6}
 % \begin{macro}{\doparttoc}
 % \begin{macro}{\dopartlof}
 % \begin{macro}{\dopartlot}
@@ -11841,7 +11874,7 @@ Afterthoughts appendix
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*mtc-art>
 %% mtc-art.tex
-%% This file contains a set of tests for the minitoc.sty version #56
+%% This file contains a set of tests for the minitoc.sty version #57
 %% package. You can alter most of parameters to test.
 %% article (\section must be defined)
 \documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article}
@@ -12040,8 +12073,7 @@ Afterthoughts appendix
 \subsection{T1} \lipsum[33]
 \begin{figure}[t]        % tests compatibility with floating bodies
 \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
-\begin{picture}(100,50)
-\end{picture}
+\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture}
 \caption{F1}             % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar)
 \end{figure}
 \FloatBarrier
@@ -12051,8 +12083,7 @@ Afterthoughts appendix
 \subparagraph{TTTT1} \lipsum[36]
 \begin{figure}[t]
 \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
-\begin{picture}(100,50)
-\end{picture}
+\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture}
 \caption[f2]{F2}         % tests optional arg. of a caption
 \end{figure}
 \FloatBarrier
@@ -12083,8 +12114,7 @@ Afterthoughts appendix
 \subparagraph{VVVV1} \lipsum[48]
 \begin{figure}[t]        % tests compatibility with floating bodies
 \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
-\begin{picture}(100,50)
-\end{picture}
+\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture}
 \caption{F3}             % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar)
 \end{figure}
 \FloatBarrier
@@ -12120,8 +12150,7 @@ Afterthoughts appendix
 \secttoc
 \mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED
 }                               % right brace
-%% this pair of braces is used to keep local the change
-%% on secttocdepth.
+%% this pair of braces is used to keep local the change on secttocdepth.
 \lipsum[51]
 \subsection{W1}                 % with the given depth
 \lipsum[52]
@@ -12129,8 +12158,7 @@ Afterthoughts appendix
 \paragraph{WWW1} \lipsum[54]
 \begin{figure}[t]            % tests compatibility with floating bodies
 \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
-\begin{picture}(100,50)
-\end{picture}
+\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture}
 \caption{F4}                 % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar)
 \end{figure}
 \FloatBarrier
@@ -12152,8 +12180,7 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
 \subsection{C3} \lipsum[60]
 \begin{figure}[hb]        % tests compatibility with floating bodies
 \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
-\begin{picture}(100,50)
-\end{picture}
+\begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture}
 \caption{F5}              % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar)
 \end{figure}
 \FloatBarrier
@@ -12164,10 +12191,8 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
 \sectlof % empty
 \sectlot % empty
 \lipsum[62]
-\subsection{D1} \lipsum[63]
-\subsection{D2} \lipsum[64]
-\subsection{D3} \lipsum[65]
-\subsection{D4} \lipsum[66]
+\subsection{D1} \lipsum[63] \subsection{D2} \lipsum[64]
+\subsection{D3} \lipsum[65] \subsection{D4} \lipsum[66]
 \end{document}
 %</mtc-art>
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -12208,11 +12233,10 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
 %<*mtc-bk>
 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% A example file (differs from previous versions)
 %% mtc-bk.tex
-%% This file contains a set of tests for the minitoc.sty version #56
-%% package file. You can alter most of parameters to test.
-%% book/report (\chapter must be defined).
-%% You can use a copy of this file to play with minitoc
-%% commands and parameters.
+%% This file contains a set of tests for the minitoc.sty version #57 package file.
+%% You can alter most of parameters to test.
+%% Class: book/report (\chapter must be defined).
+%% You can use a copy of this file to play with minitoc commands and parameters.
 \documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{report} % the report class uses less pages
 %% \documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{book}
 \ProvidesFile{mtc-bk.tex}%
@@ -12366,7 +12390,8 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
-% 
+%
+% \lneed{6}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % A lot of subsections:
 % \or\relax
@@ -12814,8 +12839,7 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
 \vspace{-18pt}
 \rule{\linewidth}{1pt}
 
-\setlength{\columnseprule}{.3pt}
-\setlength{\columnsep}{1cm}
+\setlength{\columnseprule}{.3pt} \setlength{\columnsep}{1cm}
 \begin{multicols}{2}%
 
 %: TABLE DES MATIÈRES (col. gauche)
@@ -12873,8 +12897,7 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla
 %: BEGIN %
 %%%%%%%%%%
 \begin{document}
-\dominitoc
-\faketableofcontents
+\dominitoc \faketableofcontents
 \chapter{Première étape (début)}
 %\minitoc
 \begin{pageUn}
@@ -13462,11 +13485,9 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
 \minitoc
 \lipsum[1]
 \section{First section} \lipsum[2]
-\subsection{Alpha} \lipsum[3]
-\subsection{Beta} \lipsum[4]
+\subsection{Alpha} \lipsum[3] \subsection{Beta} \lipsum[4]
 \section{Second section} \lipsum[5]
-\subsection{Gamma} \lipsum[6]
-\subsection{Delta} \lipsum[7]
+\subsection{Gamma} \lipsum[6] \subsection{Delta} \lipsum[7]
 \end{document}
 %</mtc-fo2>
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -13628,8 +13649,7 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
 \ProvidesFile{mtc-hir.tex}%
   [2007/01/04]
 \usepackage{lipsum}
-\usepackage%
-  [tight]{minitoc}
+\usepackage[tight]{minitoc}
 \dominilot
 \begin{document}
 \listoftables
@@ -13650,7 +13670,7 @@ so wie koma es definiert.
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
-% \lneed{3}
+% \lneed{5}
 % \begin{macro}{\mtchideinmainlot}
 % \begin{macro}{\chapter}
 % \begin{macro}{\minilot}
@@ -14033,9 +14053,8 @@ lecteur sur une question qui est une source constante de malentendus
 au sujet de la programmation.
 
 \subsubsection{Les preuves de programme}
-L'écriture de programmes informatiques obéit à~de tout autres
-principes. Il convient de préciser cette affirmation pour la
-préserver~[...]
+L'écriture de programmes informatiques obéit à~de tout autres principes.
+Il convient de préciser cette affirmation pour la préserver~[...]
 
 \section{Programmation dans le monde réel}
 \subsection{La vraie nature de la programmation des ordinateurs}
@@ -14529,7 +14548,7 @@ follows easily.
 % nomenclature printed above.
 % \or\relax
 % Un second chapitre, avec sa minitoc, une section, et une
-% entrée dans la nomenclature. Cette entrée sera présente dans la 
+% entrée dans la nomenclature. Cette entrée sera présente dans la
 % nomenclature imprimée plus haut.
 % \fi
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -14629,6 +14648,7 @@ follows easily.
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
+% \lneed{6}
 % \begin{macro}{\dominitoc}
 % \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents}
 % \begin{macro}{\chapter}
@@ -14738,6 +14758,7 @@ follows easily.
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
+% \lneed{6}
 % \begin{macro}{\dominitoc}
 % \begin{macro}{\faketableofcontents}
 % \begin{macro}{\chapter}
@@ -15180,7 +15201,7 @@ Hier sollte nun der Anhang sein, davor das Verzeichnis daf
 Dedication goes here
 
 \chapter*{Abstract}
-\mtcaddchapter[Abstract] % Added for a starred chapter 
+\mtcaddchapter[Abstract] % Added for a starred chapter
                          % with an entry in the ToC
 Abstract goes here
 
@@ -15204,11 +15225,11 @@ Declaration goes here
 % une correction:
 % \fi
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\tableofcontents
-\decrementmtc % Synchro added (look at the .log file)
+\tableofcontents \decrementmtc % Synchro added (look at the .log file)
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
+% \lneed{5}
 % \begin{macro}{\chapter}
 % \begin{macro}{\minitoc}
 % \begin{macro}{\section}
@@ -15221,22 +15242,15 @@ Declaration goes here
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \chapter{Chapter One}
 \minitoc
-
-\section{Section 1}
-Some text.
-
-\section{Section 2}
-Some text.
+\section{Section 1} Some text.
+\section{Section 2} Some text.
 
 \chapter{Chapter Two}
 \minitoc
-
 \section{Another Section 1}
 Some more text.
-
 \section{Another Section 2}
 Some more text.
-
 \end{document}
 %</mtc-syn>
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -15317,6 +15331,7 @@ Some more text.
 % \end{multicols}}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
+% \lneed{6}
 % \begin{macro}{\chapter}
 % \begin{macro}{\minitoc}
 % \begin{macro}{\section}
@@ -15344,7 +15359,6 @@ Some more text.
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
-%
 % \lneed{4}
 % \begin{macro}{\chapter*}
 % \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter}
@@ -15361,6 +15375,7 @@ Some more text.
 % \end{multicols}}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
+% \lneed{6}
 % \begin{macro}{\chapter*}
 % \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter}
 % \begin{macro}{\minitoc}
@@ -15452,6 +15467,7 @@ Some more text.
   [2007/01/04]
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{multicols}}
+% \lneed{5}
 % \begin{macro}{\setlength}
 % \begin{macro}{\textwidth}
 % \begin{macro}{\textheight}
@@ -15470,6 +15486,7 @@ Some more text.
 % \end{multicols}}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
+% \lneed{4}
 % \end{macro}
 % \begin{macro}{\setlength}
 % \begin{macro}{\stcindent}
@@ -15509,11 +15526,9 @@ Some more text.
 % {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \begin{document}
-\dosecttoc[e]
-\faketableofcontents
+\dosecttoc[e] \faketableofcontents
 
-\section{Afghanistan}
-\secttoc
+\section{Afghanistan} \secttoc
 \subsection{Geography}
 \subsubsection{Total area}
     647,500 km2
@@ -15521,8 +15536,7 @@ Some more text.
     647,500 km2
 \subsection{History} \ldots
 
-\section{Albania}
-\secttoc
+\section{Albania} \secttoc
 \subsection{Geography}
 \subsubsection{Total area}
     28,750 km2
@@ -15576,8 +15590,7 @@ Some more text.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*mtc-tsf>
 \documentclass{report}
-\ProvidesFile{mtc-tsf.tex}%
-  [2007/01/04]
+\ProvidesFile{mtc-tsf.tex}[2008/04/03]%
 \usepackage{fullpage}
 \usepackage[config=altsf]{subfig}
 \usepackage[tight]{minitoc}
@@ -15591,8 +15604,7 @@ Some more text.
 \newdimen\testtemp
 \newcommand{\ru}[1]{%
   \testtemp #1%
-  \advance\testtemp .5pt%
-  \divide\testtemp 2%
+  \advance\testtemp .5pt \divide\testtemp 2%
   \hbox to \testtemp{\leaders\hbox to 1mm{%
     \vrule height1mm depth0pt width.25pt\hfil}\hfil}%
   \hbox to 0pt{\hss\vrule height3mm depth0pt width.25pt\hss}%
@@ -15601,20 +15613,9 @@ Some more text.
 %%
 \fboxsep=-\fboxrule
 \newcommand{\figbox}[1]{%
-  \fbox{%
-    \vbox to 1in{%
-      \vfil
-      \hbox to 2in{%
-        \parbox{2in}{%
-          \centering
-          #1}}%
-      \vfil
-      \vbox to 0pt{%
-        \vss
-        \hbox to 2in{%
-          \hfil
-          \ru{1.1in}%
-          \hfil}}}}}
+  \fbox{\vbox to 1in{%
+      \vfil\hbox to 2in{\parbox{2in}{\centering #1}}\vfil
+      \vbox to 0pt{\vss\hbox to 2in{\hfil\ru{1.1in}\hfil}}}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \begin{macro}{\setcounter}
 % \begin{macro}{\dominilof}
@@ -15628,66 +15629,51 @@ Some more text.
 % \fi
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \begin{document}
-\setcounter{lofdepth}{2}
-\dominilof \listoffigures
+\setcounter{lofdepth}{2} \dominilof \listoffigures
 \newpage
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
+% \lneed{6}
 % \begin{macro}{\chapter}
 % \begin{macro}{\minilof}
 % \begin{macro}{\mtcskip}
 % \begin{macro}{\mtcsetdepth}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% A chapter containing a figure with subfigures. We print a minilof twice, with different depths:
+% A chapter containing a figure with subfigures. We print its minilof twice, with different depths:
 % \or\relax
-% Un chapitre contenant une figure avec des sous-figures. Nous imprimons une minilof deux fois, avec des
+% Un chapitre contenant une figure avec des sous-figures. Nous imprimons sa minilof deux fois, avec des
 % profondeurs différentes:
 % \fi
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \chapter{Reference Test}
-\minilof
-\mtcskip
+\minilof \mtcskip
 \mtcsetdepth{minilof}{1}
 \minilof
 
 \begin{figure}[ht]%
   \centering
   \subfigure{%
-    \label{fig+A}%
-    \figbox{SUBFIGURE ONE:\\
-            (no opt)}}
+    \label{fig+A}\figbox{SUBFIGURE ONE:\\(no opt)}}
   \quad
   \subfigure[]{%
-    \label{fig+B}%
-    \figbox{SUBFIGURE TWO:\\
-            (empty opt)}}\\
+    \label{fig+B}\figbox{SUBFIGURE TWO:\\(empty opt)}}\\
 
   \subfigure[Subfigure Three.]{%
-    \label{fig+C}%
-    \figbox{SUBFIGURE THREE:\\
-            (opt)}}
+    \label{fig+C}\figbox{SUBFIGURE THREE:\\(opt)}}
   \quad
   \subfigure[][Subfigure Four.]{%
-    \label{fig+D}%
-    \figbox{SUBFIGURE FOUR:\\
-            (empty opt and opt)}}
+    \label{fig+D}\figbox{SUBFIGURE FOUR:\\(empty opt and opt)}}
   \quad
   \subfigure[][]{%
-    \label{fig+E}%
-    \figbox{SUBFIGURE FIVE:\\
-            (both empty opt)}}\\
+    \label{fig+E}\figbox{SUBFIGURE FIVE:\\(both empty opt)}}\\
 
   \subfigure[The Sixth Subfigure.][Subfigure Six.]{%
-    \label{fig+F}%
-    \figbox{SUBFIGURE SIX:\\
-            (both opt)}}
+    \label{fig+F}\figbox{SUBFIGURE SIX:\\(both opt)}}
   \quad
   \subfigure[The Seventh Subfigure][]{%
-    \label{fig+G}%
-    \figbox{SUBFIGURE SEVEN:\\
-            (opt and empty opt)}}
+    \label{fig+G}\figbox{SUBFIGURE SEVEN:\\(opt and empty opt)}}
 
   \caption{Optional argument test.}%
   \label{fig+main}%
@@ -15883,7 +15869,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \fi
 % \begin{xmessage}[I0000]
 % \begin{quote}
-% \verb|Package: minitoc 2007/12/04 v56 Package minitoc (JPFD)|
+% \verb|Package: minitoc 2008/04/03 v57 Package minitoc (JPFD)|
 % \end{quote}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % This is the announce message of the \upack{minitoc} package, with its name, date and version. ``JPFD'' are my
@@ -15899,7 +15885,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \begin{xmessage}[I0001]
 % \begin{quote}
 % \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0001|\\
-% \verb|(minitoc)             *** minitoc package, version 56 ***.|
+% \verb|(minitoc)             *** minitoc package, version 57 ***.|
 % \end{quote}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % Remember the version of the package.
@@ -19401,7 +19387,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % sans objet sans le paquetage \upack{minitoc}.
 % \fi
 % \end{xmessage}
-% 
+%
 % \begin{xmessage}[F0009]
 % \begin{quote}
 % \verb|Package mtcoff Warning: F0009|\\
@@ -19421,7 +19407,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % sans objet sans le paquetage \upack{minitoc}.
 % \fi
 % \end{xmessage}
-% 
+%
 % \lneed{15}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{Message from the \upack{mtcpatchmem} package}\ipack{mtcpatchmem}
@@ -19584,7 +19570,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %     See section~\vref{s+AMS}.
 % \item[\uclass{amsproc}, \xfile{amsproc.cls}]\iclass{amsproc} A\imess{W0027} document class for conference
 %     proceedings~\cite{amslatex},
-%     provided by the American Mathematical Society (\AmS). Unfortunately, this class is 
+%     provided by the American Mathematical Society (\AmS). Unfortunately, this class is
 %     \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package.
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
 % \item[\upack{Antomega}] \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega} (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
@@ -19671,12 +19657,12 @@ have centered labels.
 %     control over the contents of the List-of-Figures and the List-of-Tables pages. It should be compatible
 %     with all other packages that modify or extend the float environment and with the \pack{subfig}
 %     package~\cite{subfig} in particular.
-% \item[\upack{caption}] The \pack{caption} package~\cite{caption}\imess{W0033} provides many ways to customize the captions
+% \item[\upack{caption}] The \pack{caption} package~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}\imess{W0033} provides many ways to customize the captions
 %     in floating environments such \env{figure} and \env{table} and cooperates with many other packages.
 % \item[\upack{caption2}] The\footnote{This text comes from the documentation of the \pack{caption} package.
 %     The \pack{caption} and \pack{caption2} packages have the same author, \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}.}
 %     \pack{caption2} package~\cite{caption2}\imess{W0034} used to be an experimental side-version
-%     of the regular \pack{caption} package~\cite{caption} and has been superseed by the new release of
+%     of the regular \pack{caption} package~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung} and has been superseed by the new release of
 %     the regular \pack{caption} package version~\mbox{3.0} in December 2003. \pack{caption2} is still
 %     some kind of supported, that means it will be part of future releases and bugs will still be fixed,
 %     so existing documents using this package will still compile. But \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt} will \emph{not} answer
@@ -19748,7 +19734,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %     A package option of \upack{minitoc}. It checks every mini-table to look if it is empty; then empty mini-tables
 %     are \emph{not} printed. This is the default. The opposite package option (\opt{nocheckfiles}) prints even the
 %     empty mini-tables, which look ugly. See section~\vref{o+checkfiles}.
-% \item[\upack{CJK}] The \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg} and others), is a set of packages and fonts to
+% \item[\upack{CJK}] The \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg} and others), is a set of packages and fonts to
 %     prepare \LaTeX\ documents in some oriental language, like chinese, japanese, korean (with Hangûl or Hanja fonts),
 %     and thai, plus some variants of russian.
 %     The titles of mini-tables for these languages come from some \pack{CJK} files and were inserted in
@@ -19830,7 +19816,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %     Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}.
 %     See the \exam{mtc-ocf.tex} example file, in section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}.
 % \item[\uscrp{cmk}]\iscrp{cmk}
-%     An example of shell script to prepare the documentation files in PostScript format from the ones in PDF format. 
+%     An example of shell script to prepare the documentation files in PostScript format from the ones in PDF format.
 %     This script should be adapted to your needs.
 % \item[CMR] For ``Computer Modern Roman''. The roman subset of the Computer Modern fonts. See ``Computer Modern''
 %     below.
@@ -20092,7 +20078,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %     \verb|\usepackage[margin=2cm]{geometry}|
 %     \end{quote}
 %     This powerful (and recommended) package is used in some example documents and in this documentation.
-% \item[\upack{guarani}]\ipack{guarani} A \LaTeX\ package to compose text in \ilopt{guarani}Guarani,
+% \item[\upack{guarani}]\ipack{guarani} A \LaTeX\ package to compose text in \ilopt{guarani}Guaraní,
 %     the main language spoken in Paraguay.
 %     The file \xfile{guarani.ldf}, included in this package, defines the titles. See~\cite{guarani} and
 %     section~\vref{s+mld+guarani}.
@@ -20217,7 +20203,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \item[Lambda] The \LaTeX{} format (in the \TeX\ meaning of that word) adapted to the special features of
 %     Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) is called ``\emph{Lambda}'' ($\mathbf{\Lambda}$).
 % \item[Lamed] The \LaTeX{} format (in the \TeX\ meaning of that word) adapted to the special features of
-%     \pack{Aleph}~($\aleph$) is called ``\emph{Lamed}''~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed.pdf}\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}).
+%     \pack{Aleph}~($\aleph$) is called ``\emph{Lamed}''~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed3.png}\includegraphics[height=10pt,keepaspectratio]{lamed3.png}}).
 % \item[\LaTeX] \LaTeX~\cite{latex-manual} is a typesetting system that is very
 %     suitable for producing scientific and mathematical
 %     documents of high typographical quality. It is also suitable for
@@ -20370,15 +20356,27 @@ have centered labels.
 %     of the Mongol language (Bicig and Bicig2, Mongol, Bithe and Manju, Buryat, Xalx and Khalkha) and in a
 %     dialect of Russian used in Mongolia (Russianc). Bicig is another name for Uighur.
 %     You can find many things about Mongolia and Mongolian at the web site~\cite{mongol-web}.
-%     See also~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}
-%     and~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_language}.
+% See also:
+% {\small\begin{quote}
+% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}\\
+% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_language}\\
+% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_script}\\
+% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clear_script}\\
+% \url{http://www.indiana.edu/~mongsoc/mong/language.htm}\\
+% \url{http://www.viahistoria.com/SilverHorde/main.html?research/MongolScripts.html}\\
+% \url{http://www.krysstal.com/writing_evolution.html}\\
+% \url{http://mongolxel.webz.cz/qaguchin/index.htm}
+% \end{quote}}
+%
 %     The following description is extracted from~\cite{montex}.
 %
 %     \reversemarginpar
 %      \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} is a package which offers support for writing documents in
-%      Mongolian, Manju, Buryat and Russian.  Mongolian can be represented
-%      in traditional Uighur script (also known as Classical or
-%      Traditional\ixgrf{mongolcy.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,height=2.5cm]{mongoltr.png}}}%
+%      Mongolian, Manju, Buryat and Russian.
+%
+%      \lneed{3}
+%      Mongolian\ixgrf{mongolcy.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,height=2.5cm]{mongoltr.png}}}
+%      can be represented in traditional Uighur script (also known as Classical or Traditional
 %      Script) and Cyrillic. Manju resembles the Traditional Mongolian script
 %      (from which it is derived) but uses a rich choice of diacritics in
 %      order to eliminate numerous ambiguities of the Mongolian script
@@ -20451,7 +20449,6 @@ have centered labels.
 %      diacritics in the form of dots and circles (\emph{tongki fuka sindaha hergen}, script with dots and
 %      circles).
 %      \end{description}
-%
 % \item[MS-DOS] (Microsoft\textsuperscript{\textregistered} Disk Operating System) An old operating system
 %     for personnal computers (PCs).
 %     From the \upack{minitoc} point of view,
@@ -20558,9 +20555,9 @@ have centered labels.
 %     to create one bibliography for multiple, but different parts of the document.
 % \item[\upack{multicol}] The \pack{multicol} package~\cite{multicol} defines the \env{multicols} environment
 %     (with a~``\textbf{s}'') to typeset text on several columns. Used in some example documents.
-% \item[\upack{multitoc}] This package~\cite{multitoc} allows setting only the table of contents, list of 
+% \item[\upack{multitoc}] This package~\cite{multitoc} allows setting only the table of contents, list of
 %     figures and/or list of tables in two or more columns (using the \pack{multicol} package~\cite{multicol}, of course).
-%     The number of columns can be configured via commands; the 
+%     The number of columns can be configured via commands; the
 %     multicolumn toc(s) can be selected via package options.
 %     The \exam{mtc-3co.tex} example document uses this package; see section~\vref{mtc-3co.tex}.
 % \end{wdesc}
@@ -20605,7 +20602,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %        \toprule
 %           \textbf{Encoding}&\textbf{Description}\\
 %        \midrule
-%           \texttt{T1}    &\LaTeX{} extended text (``Cork'')\\
+%           \texttt{T1}    &\LaTeX{} extended text (``Cork encoding'')\\
 %           \texttt{TS1}   &\LaTeX{} symbols (Latin)\\
 %           \texttt{T2A}, \texttt{T2B}, \texttt{T2C}&\LaTeX{} text (Cyrillic)\\
 %           \texttt{T3}    &\LaTeX{} phonetic alphabet\\
@@ -20624,6 +20621,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %           \texttt{X2}    &\LaTeX{} extended text (Cyrillic)\\
 %           \texttt{U}     &Unknown \\
 %           \texttt{L}\meta{xx}&A local encoding\\
+%           \texttt{L7x}   &Encoding used for the Lithuanian language\\
 %           \texttt{LTH}   &Encoding used for the Thai language\\
 %           \texttt{LV1}   &Encoding used with some \texttt{VTeX} fonts\\
 %           \texttt{LY1}   &Alternative to \texttt{T1} encoding, for Y\&Y software\\
@@ -20652,6 +20650,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %           \texttt{ptm} &Adobe Times \\
 %           \texttt{phv} &Adobe Helvetica \\
 %           \texttt{pcr} &Adobe Courier\\
+%           \texttt{lazy}&Additional \LaTeX{} symbols\\
 %        \bottomrule
 %        \end{tabular}%
 %     \end{minipage}%
@@ -20664,10 +20663,16 @@ have centered labels.
 %        \toprule
 %           \textbf{Series}&\textbf{Description}\\
 %        \midrule
+%           \texttt{ul}&Ultra light\\
+%           \texttt{el}&Extra light\\
+%           \texttt{l}&Light\\
+%           \texttt{sl}&Semi light\\
 %           \texttt{m} &Medium  \\
+%           \texttt{sb} &Semi bold  \\
 %           \texttt{b} &Bold  \\
+%           \texttt{eb} &Extra bold  \\
 %           \texttt{bx}&Bold extended \\
-%           \texttt{sb}&Semi-bold \\
+%           \texttt{ub}&Ultra bold \\
 %           \texttt{c} &Condensed\\
 %        \bottomrule
 %        \end{tabular}\hfill\null
@@ -20675,6 +20680,9 @@ have centered labels.
 %     \end{tabularx}
 %     \end{table}
 %     \begin{table}[!tp]
+%     \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}l@{}Z{1}@{}r@{}}
+%     \begin{minipage}[t]{.54\textwidth}
+%        \capstart
 %        \caption{Most common font shapes}\label{t+nfss+4}
 %     \centering
 %        \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}ll@{}}
@@ -20685,8 +20693,32 @@ have centered labels.
 %           \texttt{it}&Italic \\
 %           \texttt{sl}&Slanted (or ``oblique'') \\
 %           \texttt{sc}&Caps and small caps\\
+%           \texttt{u}&Unslanted (upright italic)\\
+%        \bottomrule
+%        \end{tabular}
+%     \end{minipage}%
+%     &&%
+%     \begin{minipage}[t]{.45\textwidth}
+%        \capstart
+%        \caption{Most common font widths}\label{t+nfss+4a}
+%     \centering
+%        \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}lcl@{}}
+%        \toprule
+%           \textbf{Width}&\textbf{\%}&\textbf{Description}\\
+%        \midrule
+%           \texttt{uc}&50.0&Ultra condensed\\
+%           \texttt{ec}&50.0&Extra condensed\\
+%           \texttt{c}&50.0&Condensed\\
+%           \texttt{sc}&50.0&Semi condensed\\
+%           \texttt{m}&50.0&Medium\\
+%           \texttt{sc}&50.0&Semi extended\\
+%           \texttt{c}&50.0&Extended\\
+%           \texttt{ec}&50.0&Extra extended\\
+%           \texttt{uc}&50.0&Ultra extended\\
 %        \bottomrule
 %        \end{tabular}
+%     \end{minipage}
+%     \end{tabularx}
 %     \end{table}
 %     The ``local'' encodings are intended for font encodings which are only
 %     locally available, for instance a font containing an organisation's
@@ -20697,6 +20729,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %     ones are listed in table~\vref{t+nfss+2}.
 %     The most common values for the font series are listed in table~\vref{t+nfss+3}.
 %     The most common values for the font shape are listed in table~\vref{t+nfss+4}.
+%     The most common values for the font width are listed in table~\vref{t+nfss+4a}.
 %
 %     The font size is specified as a dimension, for instance \texttt{10pt} or
 %     \texttt{1.5in} or \texttt{3mm}; if no unit is specified, \texttt{pt} is assumed.  These five
@@ -20755,6 +20788,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %           \com{LARGE}        & size   & \texttt{17.28pt} \\
 %           \com{huge}         & size   & \texttt{20.74pt} \\
 %           \com{Huge}         & size   & \texttt{24.88pt}\\
+%           \com{textnormal}   & normal & \textnormal{normal text}\\
 %        \bottomrule
 %        \end{tabular}
 %     \end{table}
@@ -20816,8 +20850,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % Extending Omega with the \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex} extensions is a separate
 % project, known as ``\pack{Aleph}'' ($\aleph$)~\cite{aleph,aleph-hagen} and led by \xname{Giuseppe}{Bilotta}.
 % The \LaTeX\ for \pack{Aleph} is known as
-% ``\emph{Lamed}''~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed.pdf}\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}).
-% There is an experimental system, named \packa{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}{LuaTeX}~\cite{luatex}, which will regroup
+% ``\emph{Lamed}''~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed3.png}\includegraphics[height=10pt,keepaspectratio]{lamed3.png}}).
+% There is an experimental system, named \packa{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}{LuaTeX}~\cite{luatex,luatex2007}, which will regroup
 % \textsc{pdf}\TeX, \pack{Aleph}, \packa{\eTeX}{etex} and other developments.
 % A promising development is \packa{\protect\XeTeX}{xetex}~\cite{xetex} by~\name{Jonathan}{Kew}, with
 % \packa{\protect\XeLaTeX}{xelatex}.
@@ -20884,8 +20918,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % \item[\xfile{placeins.txt}] A plain text file containing the documentation of
 %     the \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins}.
 % \item[\upack{\PLaTeX}]\ipacka{\PLaTeX}{PLaTeX} A\virage{} version of \LaTeX\ customized
-%     for the polish (\lopt{polski}) language. See~\cite{platex,platex-pl}.
-%     But the \emph{same} name refers also to a version of \LaTeX\ customized for the japanese language,
+%     for the polish (\lopt{polski}) language. It has been replaced by the \pack{polski} package. See~\cite{polski,platex-pl}.
+%     But the \emph{same} name was referring also to a version of \LaTeX\ customized for the japanese language,
 %     \packa{\PLaTeXe}{PLaTeX2e}~\cite{platex-jp,kakuto}.
 % \item[\uscrp{pmk}]\iscrp{pmk}
 %      An example of shell script to prepare the \upack{minitoc} package
@@ -21008,7 +21042,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %     Microsoft\textsuperscript{\textregistered}),
 %     consists of two overlaid character sets: the so-called halfwidth Katakana (JIS X0201-1976, 1-byte characters
 %     encoded in the range \texttt{0xA1} to \texttt{0xDF}) and the (fullwidth) JIS character set (JIS X0208-1990,
-%     mapped to the remaining code points). This information is taken from~\cite{cjk,cjk2}.
+%     mapped to the remaining code points). This information is taken from~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}.
 % \item[\upack{\SLaTeX}]\ipacka{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX} A version of \LaTeX\ customized for the swedish language. See~\cite{slatex}.
 % \item[\upack{splitbib}]\ipack{splitbib} A \LaTeX\ package~\cite{splitbib} which allows for sorting a bibliography
 %     into categories and
@@ -21048,7 +21082,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %    ``Ach'' or in the Scottish ``Loch.'' In an ASCII environment, \TeX{}
 %    becomes \texttt{TeX}.
 % \item[\upack{thailatex}] The \pack{thailatex} package~\cite{thailatex} allows to typeset
-%     documents in the Thai language. You can also use the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2}.
+%     documents in the Thai language. You can also use the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}.
 % \item[\uopt{tight}]\iopt{tight} An option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It gives a tight line spacing in the
 %     mini-tables. The opposite option is \optd{loose}.
 % \item[\upack{titlesec}] The \pack{titlesec}\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} package~\cite{titletoc} allows to change the sectioning titles.
@@ -21136,6 +21170,15 @@ have centered labels.
 % \end{wdesc}
 % \jsection{W}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{W}
 % \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX}
+% \par\reversemarginpar
+% \item[Wikipedia] The \index{Wikipedia}Wikipedia\index{Wikipedia}\ixgrf{wiki.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\raisebox{0cm}[2.5cm][0cm]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{wiki.png}}}}
+% is a free, multilingual, open content (neutral, verifiable, modifiable and improvable by anyone)
+% encyclopedia project operated by the non-profit Wikimedia Foundation.
+% Its name is a portemanteau of the words \emph{wiki} (a type of collaborative website) and \emph{encyclopedia}.
+% Launched in 2001 by \name{Jimmy}{Wales} and \name{Larry}{Sanger}, it is the largest, fastest growing and most
+% popular general reference work currently available on the Internet.
+% \par\normalmarginpar
 % \item[\upack{wrapfig}] The \pack{wrapfig} package~\cite{wrapfig} provides the \env{wrapfigure} and
 %     \env{wraptable} environments to place a figure or table at the side of the page and wrap text around~it.
 % \end{wdesc}
@@ -21391,13 +21434,13 @@ have centered labels.
 %     Il permet de contrôler le contenu des pages de la liste des figures et de la liste des tableaux. Il devrait
 %     être compatible avec tous les autres paquetages qui modifient ou étendent l'environnement flottant et avec
 %     le paquetage \pack{subfig}~\cite{subfig} en particulier.
-% \item[\upack{caption}] Le paquetage \upack{caption}~\cite{caption}\imess{W0033} offre de nombreuses façons d'adapter les
+% \item[\upack{caption}] Le paquetage \upack{caption}~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung}\imess{W0033} offre de nombreuses façons d'adapter les
 %     captions (légendes) dans des environnements flottants tels que \env{figure} et \env{table}, et coopère
 %     avec de nombreux autres paquetages.
 % \item[\upack{caption2}] Le paquetage\,\footnote{Ce texte provient de la documentation du paquetage \pack{caption},
 %     et a été traduit. Les paquetages \pack{caption} et \pack{caption2} ont le même auteur, \xname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}.}
 %     \pack{caption2}~\cite{caption2}\imess{W0034} était considéré comme étant une version expérimentale
-%     parallèle du paquetage normal \pack{caption}~\cite{caption} et a été supplanté par la nouvelle version~\mbox{3.0}
+%     parallèle du paquetage normal \pack{caption}~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung} et a été supplanté par la nouvelle version~\mbox{3.0}
 %     du paquetage normal \pack{caption} en décembre 2003. \pack{caption2} est encore supporté
 %     d'une certaine manière, ce qui signifie qu'il fera partie des prochaines distributions et que les erreurs
 %     seront encore corrigées, afin que les documents existants utilisant ce paquetage puissent encore être
@@ -21476,7 +21519,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %      mini-tables vides \emph{ne sont pas} imprimées. C'est le choix par défaut. L'option contraire
 %      (\opt{nocheckfiles}) imprime aussi les mini-tables vides, qui sont laides. Voir la
 %      section~\vref{o+checkfiles}.
-% \item[\upack{CJK}] Le système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et autres) est un ensemble de paquetages et de
+% \item[\upack{CJK}] Le système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et autres) est un ensemble de paquetages et de
 %     fontes pour préparer des documents \LaTeX\ dans certaines langues orientales, telles que le chinois,
 %     le coréen (fontes Hangûl ou Hanja), le japonais et le thaï, ainsi que certaines variantes du russe.
 %     Les titres des mini-tables pour ces langues
@@ -21559,7 +21602,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %     Voir le fichier exemple \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}, dans la section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}.
 % \item[\uscrp{cmk}]\iscrp{cmk}
 %     Un exemple de script \emph{shell} pour préparer les fichiers de documentation
-%     en format PostScript à~partir de ceux en format PDF. 
+%     en format PostScript à~partir de ceux en format PDF.
 %     Vous devriez adapter ce script à~vos besoins.
 % \item[CMR] Pour «~Computer Modern Roman~». Le sous-ensemble romain des fontes «~Computer Modern~».
 %     Voir «~Computer Modern~» ci-dessous.
@@ -21937,7 +21980,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \item[Lambda] Le format (au sens \TeX\ du terme) \LaTeX{} adapté aux capacités spéciales du système
 %     Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) est appelé «~\emph{Lambda}~»~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$).
 % \item[Lamed] Le format (au sens \TeX\ du terme)  \LaTeX{} adapté aux capacités spéciales du système
-%     \pack{Aleph}~($\aleph$) est appelé «~\emph{Lamed}~»~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed.pdf}\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}).
+%     \pack{Aleph}~($\aleph$) est appelé «~\emph{Lamed}~»~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed3.png}\includegraphics[height=10pt,keepaspectratio]{lamed3.png}}).
 % \item[\LaTeX] \LaTeX~\cite{latex-manual} est un système de préparation de documents qui convient fort bien pour
 %     produire des documents scientifiques et mathématiques de haute qualité typographique. Il convient aussi pour
 %     produire toutes sortes d'autres documents, depuis de simples lettres jusqu'à des livres complets.
@@ -22097,15 +22140,26 @@ have centered labels.
 % \item[\upack{Mon\TeX}] \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} est un important paquetage utilisé
 %     pour préparer des documents
 %     dans divers dialectes de la langue mongole (Bicig et Bicig2, Mongol, Bithe et Manju, Buryat, Xalx et Khalkha) et dans
-%     un dialecte du russe utilisé en Mongolie (Russianc). Bigig est un autre nom pour le Ouïghour.
+%     un dialecte du russe utilisé en Mongolie (Russianc). Bicig est un autre nom pour le Ouïghour.
 %     Vous pourrez trouver beaucoup d'informations sur la langue mongole et la Mongolie sur le site web~\cite{mongol-web}.
-%     voir aussi~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}
-%     et~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_language}.
+% Voir aussi:
+% {\small\froff\begin{quote}
+% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}\\
+% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_language}\\
+% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_script}\\
+% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clear_script}\\
+% \url{http://www.indiana.edu/~mongsoc/mong/language.htm}\\
+% \mbox{\url{http://www.viahistoria.com/SilverHorde/main.html?research/MongolScripts.html}}\\
+% \url{http://www.krysstal.com/writing_evolution.html}\\
+% \url{http://mongolxel.webz.cz/qaguchin/index.htm}
+% \end{quote}}
 %     La description suivante a été extraite de~\cite{montex} et traduite:
 %
 %     \reversemarginpar
 %     \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} est un paquetage qui fournit le support pour écrire des documents en mongol
 %     (\emph{mongolian}), mandchou (\emph{manju}), bouriate (\emph{buryat}) et russe.
+%
+%     \lneed{3}
 %     Le mongol peut être représenté en écriture ouïghure (\emph{uighur})
 %     traditionnelle\ixgrf{mongoltr.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,height=2.5cm]{mongoltr.png}}}
 %     (appelée aussi écriture classique ou traditionnelle) et en écriture cyrillique. Le mandchou
@@ -22327,7 +22381,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %        \toprule
 %           \textbf{Codage}&\textbf{Description}\\
 %        \midrule
-%           \texttt{T1}    & texte \TeX{} étendu («~Cork~») \\
+%           \texttt{T1}    & texte \TeX{} étendu («~codage de Cork~») \\
 %           \texttt{TS1}   & codages des symboles pour \LaTeX{} (latin)\\
 %           \texttt{T2A}, \texttt{T2B}, \texttt{T2C} & texte \LaTeX{} (cyrillique)\\
 %           \texttt{T3}    & alphabet phonétique pour \LaTeX{}\\
@@ -22346,6 +22400,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %           \texttt{X2}    & texte \LaTeX{} étendu (cyrillique)\\
 %           \texttt{U}     & inconnu \\
 %           \texttt{L}\meta{xx} & un codage local\\
+%           \texttt{L7x}   & codage utilisé pour la langue lithuanienne\\
 %           \texttt{LTH}   & codage utilisé pour la langue thaïe\\
 %           \texttt{LV1}   & codage utilisé par quelques fontes de \texttt{VTeX}\\
 %           \texttt{LY1}   & alternative au \texttt{T1}, pour les logiciels Y\&Y\\
@@ -22376,6 +22431,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %           \texttt{ptm}  & Adobe Times \\
 %           \texttt{phv}  & Adobe Helvetica \\
 %           \texttt{pcr}  & Adobe Courier\\
+%           \texttt{lazy} & Symboles \LaTeX{} additionnels\\
 %        \bottomrule
 %        \end{tabular}%
 %     \end{minipage}%
@@ -22389,30 +22445,64 @@ have centered labels.
 %        \toprule
 %           \textbf{Graisse}&\textbf{Description}\\
 %        \midrule
+%           \texttt{ul}&Ultra fin\\
+%           \texttt{el}&Extra fin\\
+%           \texttt{l}&Fin\\
+%           \texttt{sl}&Semi fin\\
 %           \texttt{m}    & Moyen (\emph{medium})\\
-%           \texttt{b}    & Gras (\emph{bold})  \\
-%           \texttt{bx}   & Gras étendu (\emph{bold extended})\\
 %           \texttt{sb}   & Demi-gras (\emph{semi-bold}) \\
+%           \texttt{b} &Bold  \\
+%           \texttt{eb} &Extra gras  \\
+%           \texttt{bx}   & Gras étendu (\emph{bold extended})\\
+%           \texttt{ub}&Ultra gras \\
 %           \texttt{c}    & Condensé (\emph{condensed})\\
 %        \bottomrule
 %        \end{tabular}\hfill\null
 %     \end{minipage}
 %     \end{tabularx}
 %     \end{table}
+%     \newlength{\ww}
 %     \begin{table}[!tp]
-%     \changeskips
-%        \caption{Formes de fontes les plus courantes}\label{t+nfss+4}
 %     \centering
-%        \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}
+%     \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}l@{}Z{1}@{}r@{}}
+%     \setlength{\ww}{.64\textwidth}
+%     \addtolength{\ww}{-1.5em}
+%     \begin{minipage}[t]{\ww}
+%        \capstart
+%        \caption{Formes de fontes les plus courantes}\label{t+nfss+4}
+%        {\begin{tabularx}{\ww}{@{}lZ{1}@{}}
 %        \toprule
 %           \textbf{Forme}&\textbf{Description}\\
 %        \midrule
-%           \texttt{n}    & Normale (c'est-à-dire «~droite~» (\emph{upright}) ou «~romain~» (\emph{roman})) \\
+%           \texttt{n}    & Normale (c'est-à-dire «~droite~» (\emph{upright}) ou «~romaine~» (\emph{roman})) \\
 %           \texttt{it}   & Italique \\
 %           \texttt{sl}   & Penchée (\emph{slanted}) (ou «~oblique~») \\
 %           \texttt{sc}   & Capitales et petites capitales (\emph{caps and small caps})\\
+%           \texttt{u}    & Italique redressée (\emph{upright italic}) \\
+%        \bottomrule
+%        \end{tabularx}}
+%     \end{minipage}%
+%     &&%
+%     \begin{minipage}[t]{.35\textwidth}
+%        \capstart
+%        \caption{Largeurs de fontes les plus courantes}\label{t+nfss+4a}
+%        \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}lcl@{}}
+%        \toprule
+%           \textbf{Width}&\textbf{\%}&\textbf{Description}\\
+%        \midrule
+%           \texttt{uc}&50.0&Ultra condensé\\
+%           \texttt{ec}&50.0&Extra condensé\\
+%           \texttt{c}&50.0&Condensé\\
+%           \texttt{sc}&50.0&Semi condensé\\
+%           \texttt{m}&50.0&Normal\\
+%           \texttt{sc}&50.0&Semi étendu\\
+%           \texttt{c}&50.0&Étendu\\
+%           \texttt{ec}&50.0&Extra étendu\\
+%           \texttt{uc}&50.0&Ultra étendu\\
 %        \bottomrule
 %        \end{tabular}
+%     \end{minipage}%
+%     \end{tabularx}
 %     \end{table}
 %     Les codages «~locaux~» sont destinés aux codages de fontes qui ne sont disponibles que localement, par
 %     exemple une fonte contenant le logo d'une organisation dans diverses tailles.
@@ -22422,6 +22512,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %     listées dans le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+2}.
 %     Les valeurs les plus courantes pour les graisses (\emph{series}) sont listées dans le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+3}.
 %     Les valeurs les plus courantes pour la forme de fonte sont listées dans le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+4}.
+%     Les valeurs les plus courantes pour la largeur de fonte sont listées dans le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+4a}.
 %
 %     La taille de fonte est spécifiée comme une dimension, par exemple \texttt{10pt} ou
 %     \texttt{1.5in} ou \texttt{3mm}; si aucune unité n'est spécifiée, \texttt{pt} est pris par défaut. Ces cinq
@@ -22481,6 +22572,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %           \com{LARGE}        & taille   & \texttt{17.28pt} \\
 %           \com{huge}         & taille   & \texttt{20.74pt} \\
 %           \com{Huge}         & taille   & \texttt{24.88pt}\\
+%           \com{textnormal}   & normal & \textnormal{texte normal}\\
 %        \bottomrule
 %        \end{tabular}
 %     \end{table}
@@ -22537,7 +22629,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %
 % Ces améliorations non seulement facilitent la tâche des utilisateurs de \TeX{}
 % pour gérer des langues multiples et complexes telles que l'arabe, les
-% langues indiennes, le khmer, le chinois, le japonais ou le koréen, dans
+% langues indiennes, le khmer, le chinois, le japonais ou le coréen, dans
 % un seul document, mais aussi forment la base de développements futurs
 % dans d'autres domaines, tels le soutien de la couleur et de l'hypertexte.
 %
@@ -22546,8 +22638,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % L'ajout à~Omega des extensions de \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex} est un projet
 % distinct, connu sous le nom de «~\pack{Aleph}~» ($\aleph$)~\cite{aleph,aleph-hagen} et conduit par \xname{Giuseppe}{Bilotta}.
 % La version de \LaTeX\ pour \pack{Aleph} est connue sous le nom de
-% «~\emph{Lamed}~»~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed.pdf}\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}).
-% Il~y~a un système expérimental, nommé \packa{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}{LuaTeX}~\cite{luatex}, qui regroupera
+% «~\emph{Lamed}~»~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed3.png}\includegraphics[height=10pt,keepaspectratio]{lamed3.png}}).
+% Il~y~a un système expérimental, nommé \packa{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}{LuaTeX}~\cite{luatex,luatex2007}, qui regroupera
 % \textsc{pdf}\TeX, \pack{Aleph}, \packa{\eTeX}{etex} et d'autres développements.
 % Une voie prometteuse est \packa{\protect\XeTeX}{xetex}~\cite{xetex} par~\name{Jonathan}{Kew}, avec
 % \packa{\protect\XeLaTeX}{xelatex}.
@@ -22623,8 +22715,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % \item[\xfile{placeins.txt}] Un fichier en texte pur (anglais) contenant la documentation du paquetage
 %     \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins}.
 % \item[\upack{\PLaTeX}]\ipacka{\PLaTeX}{PLaTeX} Une\virage{} version de \LaTeX\ adaptée
-%     à~la langue polonaise (\lopt{polski}). Voir~\cite{platex,platex-pl}.
-%     Mais le \emph{même} nom désigne aussi une version de \LaTeX\ adaptée à~la langue japonaise,
+%     à~la langue polonaise (\lopt{polski}). A~été remplacée par le paquetage \pack{polski}. Voir~\cite{polski,platex-pl}.
+%     Mais le \emph{même} nom désignait aussi une version de \LaTeX\ adaptée à~la langue japonaise,
 %     \packa{\PLaTeXe}{PLaTeX2e}~\cite{platex-jp,kakuto}.
 % \item[\uscrp{pmk}]\iscrp{pmk}
 %      Un exemple de script \emph{shell} pour préparer le paquetage \upack{minitoc}
@@ -22794,7 +22886,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %     consiste en deux jeux de caractères se recouvrant: celui surnommé Katakana demi-largeur (JIS X0201-1976,
 %     caractères codés sur 1~octet dans l'intervalle de \texttt{0xA1} à~\texttt{0xDF}) et le jeu de caractères JIS
 %     (pleine largeur) (JIS X0208-1990, associé aux points de codage restants).
-%     Cette information provient de~\cite{cjk,cjk2}.
+%     Cette information provient de~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}.
 % \item[\upack{\SLaTeX}]\ipacka{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX} Une version of \LaTeX\ adaptée pour la langue suédoise. Voir~\cite{slatex}.
 % \item[\upack{splitbib}]\ipack{splitbib} Un paquetage~\cite{splitbib} \LaTeX\ qui permet de trier une bibliographie
 %     en catégories et sous-catégories; ceci est intéressant pour des listes de publications, pour grouper les
@@ -22843,7 +22935,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %     \textbf{[tex]}\dots Dans un environnement \texttt{ASCII}, \TeX{}
 %     devient \texttt{TeX}.
 % \item[\upack{thailatex}] Le paquetage \pack{thailatex}~\cite{thailatex} permet de composer
-%     des documents en langue thaïe. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser le système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2}.
+%     des documents en langue thaïe. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser le système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}.
 % \item[\uopt{tight}]\iopt{tight} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle donne un espacement serré des lignes dans
 %     les mini-tables. L'option contraire est \optd{loose}.
 % \item[\upack{titlesec}] Le\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc} permet de changer les titres de
@@ -22943,6 +23035,15 @@ have centered labels.
 % \end{wdesc}
 % \jsection{W}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{W}
 % \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX}
+% \par\reversemarginpar
+% \item[Wikipédia] La \ixgrf{wikif.png}Wikipédia\index{Wikipedia=Wikipédia}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{0cm}[2.87cm][0cm]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipédia}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{wikif.png}}}}
+% est un projet d'encyclopédie libre, multilingue et de contenu ouvert (libre, neutre et vérifiable
+% que chacun peut éditer et améliorer) géré par la \emph{Wikimedia Foundation}
+% à~but non lucratif. Son nom est un assemblage des mots \emph{wiki} (un type de site Web collaboratif) et
+% \emph{encyclopedia}. Lancé en 2001 par \name{Jimmy}{Wales} et \name{Larry}{Sanger}, c'est le projet de travail
+% de référence général le plus vaste, celui qui croît le plus vite, et le plus populaire disponible sur l'Internet.
+% \par\normalmarginpar
 % \item[\upack{wrapfig}] Le paquetage \pack{wrapfig}~\cite{wrapfig} fournit les environnements \env{wrapfigure} et
 %     \env{wraptable} pour placer une figure ou un tableau sur le côté de la page et faire que le texte
 %     enveloppe cette figure ou ce tableau.
@@ -22971,14 +23072,14 @@ have centered labels.
 % \egroup
 %
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% This chapter describes the installation of the \upack{minitoc} package (version~\#56).
+% This chapter describes the installation of the \upack{minitoc} package (version~\#57).
 %
 % This package contains a lot of files. The list of all files is given in \xfile{minitoc.l}. See
 % tables~\vref{t+files1} and~\vref{t+files2}.
 % The files are sorted into ``classes'' below (a file can appear in more than one class). Each class specifies
 % the function and the placement of its files.
 % \or\relax
-% Ce chapitre décrit l'installation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} (version~\#56).
+% Ce chapitre décrit l'installation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} (version~\#57).
 %
 % Ce paquetage contient de nombreux fichiers. La liste de tous les fichiers est donnée dans
 % \xfile{minitoc.l}. Voir le tableaux~\vref{t+files1} et~\vref{t+files2}.
@@ -23161,6 +23262,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %    \item \xfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}
 %    \item \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}
 %    \item \xfile{manju.mld}
+%    \item \xfile{mexican.mld}
 %    \item \xfile{meyalu.mld}
 %    \item \xfile{mongol.mld}
 %    \item \xfile{mongolb.mld}
@@ -23174,6 +23276,8 @@ have centered labels.
 %    \item \xfile{norsk2.mld}
 %    \item \xfile{nynorsk.mld}
 %    \item \xfile{nynorsk2.mld}
+%    \item \xfile{occitan.mld}
+%    \item \xfile{occitan2.mld}
 %    \item \xfile{polish.mld}
 %    \item \xfile{polish2.mld}
 %    \item \xfile{polski.mld}
@@ -23288,6 +23392,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{table}
 % \begin{table}[!tp]
+% ^^A \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
 % \centering
 % \changeskips
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -23341,144 +23446,11 @@ have centered labels.
 %    \end{itemize}
 % \medskip
 % \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN6}):}}}]\NL
-%    \begin{itemize}
-% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
-% \leftmargin=0pt
-% \listparindent=1em
-%    \item \xgrf{acadien.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{afrsud-l.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{afrsud-p.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{albania.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{alba-eth.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{allemand.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{anglo.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{arabic.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{armeniar.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{baltes.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{bangla.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{bangla2.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{basque1.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{basque2.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{belgique.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{bosnia.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{brazil.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{brazilp.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{bretagne.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{bulgariar.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{bulgmap.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{buryatia.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{buryatia-l.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{canada.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{canada-l.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{canada-pe.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{canada-pf.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{canada1.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{catalan-d.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{catalan-p.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{caucasus.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{chine1.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{chine2.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{croatie1.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{croatie2.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{cz1.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{cz3.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{danemark.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{ecosse1.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{ecosse2.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{ecosse3.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{espa-l.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{estonia-a.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{estonia-b.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{ethiolang.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{ethiopia.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{farsi.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{farsi-logo.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{feroe.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{finlande1.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{finlande2.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{finnishd.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{franco.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{fswahili.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{galicia-m.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{galicia-mp.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{galles1.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{galles2.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{grece1.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{grece2.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{greekm.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{hangul.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{hanja.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{hispano.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{hum-lang.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{hun1.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{hun2.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{inde1.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{inde2.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{indonesia1.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{indonesia2.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{iranian.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{irish.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{irlande.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{islande.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{islandep.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{isr1.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{isr2.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{italian.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{italo1.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{japon1.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{japon2.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{karnataka.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{kerala.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{khalkha.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{korean1.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{korean2.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{lamed.pdf}
-%    \item \xfile{lamed.tex}
-%    \item \xgrf{lettonie.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{lituanie.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{luso.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{malaysia1.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{malaysia2.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{malayalam.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{mondep.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{mongasie.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{mongolcy.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{mongolian.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{mongoltr.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{neder.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{norvege-c.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{norvege-t.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{paraguay.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{paraguayp.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{pologne.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{portugal.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{romanian.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{russian.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{russianlan.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{same.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{serbia1.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{slovakia.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{slovenie.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{sorabe-1.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{sorabe-2.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{sorbian.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{spain.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{suede-a.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{suede-f.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{svenska.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{swahili.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{sweden.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{thai.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{turquie.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{uighur.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{ukraine.jpg}
-%    \item \xgrf{ukrainep.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{viet2.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{viet3.pdf}
-%    \item \xgrf{xinjiang.png}
-%    \item \xgrf{xinjiangc.png}
-%    \end{itemize}
+%     {\rmfamily\slshape\ifcase\LANG\relax
+%     The list of the graphic files is given in table~\vref{t+GRF}.
+%     \or\relax
+%     La liste des fichiers graphiques est donnée dans le tableau~\vref{t+GRF}.
+%     \fi}
 % \medskip
 % \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN7}):}}}]\NL
 %    \begin{itemize}
@@ -23530,173 +23502,54 @@ have centered labels.
 % \end{itemize}
 % \end{multicols}
 % \end{minipage}}
+% ^^A \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{table}
-% \begin{table}[!p]
-% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \begin{table}[!t]
 % \centering
 % \changeskips
-% \def\TDSPH{\vphantom{\'TDSj}}
+% \centering
+% \setlength{\winf}{\textwidth}% ^^A width in frame
+% \setlength{\winp}{\textwidth}% ^^A width in minipage
+% \addtolength{\winf}{-2.\fboxrule}
+% \addtolength{\winf}{-2.\fboxsep}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{A TDS-compliant hierarchy for the \upack{minitoc} files}\label{t+TDS}\index{TDS}
-% \def\tdstitle{TDS~Root~Directory\TDSPH}
+% \caption[List of the graphic files]{List of the graphic files (class~\ref{IN6})}\label{t+GRF}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Une hiérarchie conforme à~la TDS pour les fichiers de \upack{minitoc}}\label{t+TDS}\index{TDS}
-% \def\tdstitle{Répertoire~racine~TDS\TDSPH}
+% \caption[Liste des fichiers graphiques]{Liste des fichiers graphiques (classe~\ref{IN6})}\label{t+GRF}
 % \fi
-% {\footnotesize\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}O{1}|O{1}|O{1}|O{1}|O{1}|O{1}|O{1}@{}}
-% \toprule
-% \multicolumn{7}{@{}c@{}}{\large\textbf{\tdstitle}}\\
-% \midrule
-% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c|}{\texttt{bibtex/}}&\texttt{doc/}&\texttt{makeindex/}&\texttt{scripts/}&\texttt{source/}&\texttt{tex/}\\
-% \cmidrule(r){1-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}\cmidrule(lr){5-5}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}\cmidrule(l){7-7}
-% \texttt{bib/}&\texttt{bst/}&\texttt{latex/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{latex/}&\texttt{latex/}\\
-% \cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}\cmidrule(lr){5-5}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}\cmidrule(l){7-7}
-% \texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\textbf{(D)}&\textbf{(E)}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}\\
-% \cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}\cmidrule(l){7-7}%
-% \textbf{(A)}&\textbf{(B)}&\textbf{(C)}&\multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\textbf{(F)}&\textbf{(G)}\\
-% ^^A \cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}%
-% \cmidrule{3-4}%
-% \multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\texttt{examples/}&\texttt{images/}&\multicolumn{3}{c}{}\\
-% \cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}%
-% \multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\textbf{(H)}&\textbf{(I)}&\multicolumn{3}{c}{}\\
-% \morecmidrules\cmidrule[\heavyrulewidth]{1-7}
-% \multicolumn{7}{@{}c@{}}{%
-% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize
-% \raggedright
-% \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}
-% \begin{multicols}{2} %^^A \raggedcolumns\setcounter{unbalance}{5}
-% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
-% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=2em
-% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt
-% \begin{description}
-% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
-% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=1em
-% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=-1em \itemindent=-1em
-% \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\textbf{(H)}}
-% \parindent=0pt
-% \def\sepitem{\vspace*{-1.5\baselineskip}\item[]\null\hspace*{-2em}\hrulefill\pagebreak[1]}
-% \item[(A)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{fminitoc.bib}, \xfile{minitoc.bib};
-% \sepitem
-% \item[(B)\hfill\null]~\unskip\isuffix{.bst}\xfile{en-mtc.bst}, \xfile{fr-mtc.bst};
-% \sepitem
-% \item[(C)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{INSTALL},
-%     \xfile{README},
-%     \xfile{TODO},
-%     \xfile{CATALOG},
-%     \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{fminitoc.lan},
-%     \xfile{fminitoc.pdf},
-%     \xfile{minitoc.bug},
-%     \xfile{minitoc.l},
-%     \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan},
-%     \xfile{minitoc.pdf},
-%     \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre},
-%     \xfile{minitoc.sum},
-%     \ipack{franc}\upack{franc.sty},
-%     \ipack{frbib}\upack{frbib.sty},
-%     \ipack{frnew}\upack{frnew.sty};
-% \sepitem
-% \item[(D)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{fminitoc.ist}, \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc.ist};
-% \sepitem
-% \item[(E)\hfill\null]~\unskip\scrp{cmk}, \scrp{emk}, \scrp{fmk}, \scrp{imk}, \scrp{pmk}, \scrp{rmk},
-%            \scrp{tmk}, \scrp{xmk};
-% \sepitem
-% \item[(F)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{fminitoc.dtx}, \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{minitoc.ins};
-% \sepitem
-% \item[(G)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{minitoc.sty}, \xfile{mtcoff.sty}, \xfile{mtcmess.sty}, \xfile{mtcpatchmem.sty},
-%            \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld}, \texttt{*}\suffix{.mlo};
-% \sepitem
-% \item[(H)\hfill\null]~\unskip\exam{mtc-2c.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-2c.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-2nd.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-2nd.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-3co.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-3co.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-add.bib},
-%     \exam{mtc-add.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-add.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-ads.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-ads.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-amm.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-amm.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-apx.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-apx.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-art.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-art.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-bk.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-bk.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-bo.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-bo.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-ch0.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-ch0.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-cri.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-cri.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-fko.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-fko.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-fo1.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-fo1.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-fo2.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-fo2.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-gap.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-gap.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-hi1.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-hi1.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-hi2.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-hi2.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-hia.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-hia.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-hir.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-hir.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-hop.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-hop.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-liv.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-liv.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-mem.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-mem.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-mm1.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-mm1.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-mu.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-mu.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-nom.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-nom.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-ocf.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-ocf.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-ofs.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-ofs.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-sbf.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-sbf.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-scr.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-scr.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-syn.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-syn.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-tbi.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-tbi.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-tlc.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-tlc.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-tlo.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-tlo.tex},
-%     \exam{mtc-tsf.pdf},
-%     \exam{mtc-tsf.tex};
-% \sepitem
-% \item[(I)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xgrf{acadien.pdf},
+% \fbox{\begin{minipage}{\winf}\footnotesize\RaggedRight
+% \columnseprule=.4pt
+% \begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns
+%     \xgrf{acadien.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{africa-lf.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{africa-lo.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{afrsud-l.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{afrsud-p.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{albania.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{alba-eth.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{allemand.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{anglo.png},
-%     \xgrf{arabic.png},
+%     \xgrf{anglo1.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{arab-l.jpg},
+%     \xgrf{arabw.png},
+%     \xgrf{armeniad.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{armenian-l.png},
 %     \xgrf{armeniar.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{baltes.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{bangla.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{bangla.png},
+%     \xgrf{bangla1.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{bangla2.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{basque-de.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{basque-df.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{basque1.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{basque2.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{belgique.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{bengali-m.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{bosnia.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{brazil.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{brazilp.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{bretagne.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{bulgariar.jpg},
+%     \xgrf{bulgarski.png},
 %     \xgrf{bulgmap.png},
 %     \xgrf{buryatia-l.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{buryatia.pdf},
@@ -23708,41 +23561,70 @@ have centered labels.
 %     \xgrf{catalan-d.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{catalan-p.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{caucasus.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{china-ae.png},
+%     \xgrf{china-af.png},
+%     \xgrf{china-ch.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{china-l.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{china-w.png},
 %     \xgrf{chine1.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{chine2.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{croatie1.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{croatie2.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{cz1.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{cz3.png},
+%     \xgrf{czechd.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{danemark.jpg},
+%     \xgrf{danishd.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{danishg.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{devanagari.png},
+%     \xgrf{dutchw.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{ecosse1.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{ecosse2.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{ecosse3.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{espa-l.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{espa-o.png},
 %     \xgrf{estonia-a.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{estonia-b.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{eth2.png},
 %     \xgrf{ethiolang.png},
 %     \xgrf{ethiopia.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{euro-lan.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{euro-lan1.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{euro-lan2.png},
+%     \xgrf{euskara.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{farsi.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{farsi-logo.png},
 %     \xgrf{feroe.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{finlande1.png},
 %     \xgrf{finlande2.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{finnishd.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{finnishl.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{france-lr.png},
 %     \xgrf{franco.png},
 %     \xgrf{fswahili.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{gael-ft.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{galicia-m.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{galicia-mp.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{galician-l.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{galles1.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{galles2.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{germ-w.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{german-c.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{german-d.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{german-m.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{grece1.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{grece2.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{greeka.png},
 %     \xgrf{greekm.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{hangul.png},
 %     \xgrf{hanja.png},
+%     \xgrf{hanzi.png},
+%     \xgrf{hin.png},
+%     \xgrf{hindi-b.png},
+%     \xgrf{hindi-p.png},
 %     \xgrf{hispano.png},
-%     \xgrf{hum-lang.png},
+%     \xgrf{hrv.png},
 %     \xgrf{hun1.png},
 %     \xgrf{hun2.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{inde1.pdf},
@@ -23752,260 +23634,115 @@ have centered labels.
 %     \xgrf{iranian.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{irish.png},
 %     \xgrf{irlande.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{islam-pbc.png},
+%     \xgrf{islam-sw.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{islande.png},
 %     \xgrf{islandep.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{isr1.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{isr2.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{italian.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{italo1.png},
+%     \xgrf{italysm.png},
+%     \xgrf{ivrit.png},
 %     \xgrf{japon1.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{japon2.jpg},
+%     \xgrf{kannada-n.png},
+%     \xgrf{karnad1.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{karnataka.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{kerala.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{khalkha.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{korean1.png},
 %     \xgrf{korean2.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{lamed.pdf},
-%     \xfile{lamed.tex},
+%     \xgrf{kos-alb.png},
+%     \xgrf{kos-ml.png},
+%     \xgrf{lamed3.png},
+%     \xgrf{lang-g.png},
+%     \xgrf{latvian-d.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{latvian-r1.png},
 %     \xgrf{lettonie.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{lituanie.png},
-%     \xgrf{luso.jpg},
+%     \xgrf{luso1.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{luso2.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{malayalam.png},
 %     \xgrf{malaysia1.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{malaysia2.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{malayalam.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{manchu.jpg},
+%     \xgrf{manchuria.jpg},
+%     \xgrf{manjuc.jpg},
+%     \xgrf{manjui.png},
+%     \xgrf{mex1.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{mex2.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{mex3.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{mexip.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{meyalu.png},
 %     \xgrf{mondep.png},
 %     \xgrf{mongasie.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{mongolcy.png},
 %     \xgrf{mongolian.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{mongols.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{mongoltr.png},
 %     \xgrf{neder.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{nihongo.png},
 %     \xgrf{norvege-c.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{norvege-t.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{occdial1.jpg},
+%     \xgrf{occdial2.png},
+%     \xgrf{occitanie.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{occtaur.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{paraguay.png},
 %     \xgrf{paraguayp.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{polmin.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{pologne.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{portu-a.png},
+%     \xgrf{portu-b.png},
+%     \xgrf{portu-p.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{portugal.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{romanian.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{rus-re.png},
+%     \xgrf{rus-su.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{russian.png},
-%     \xgrf{russianlan.png},
+%     \xgrf{russian-e.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{russian-f.png},
+%     \xgrf{russian-n.png},
 %     \xgrf{same.png},
+%     \xgrf{same-f.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{serbia1.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{slovak-ok.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{slovakia.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{slovenian.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{slovenie.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{sorabe-1.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{sorabe-2.jpg},
+%     \xgrf{sorben.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{sorbian.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{spain.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{suede-a.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{suede-f.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{svenska.png},
 %     \xgrf{swahili.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{swahili-m.png},
 %     \xgrf{sweden.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{thai.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{thai.png},
+%     \xgrf{turkish.png},
 %     \xgrf{turquie.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{uighur.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{ukra.png},
 %     \xgrf{ukraine.jpg},
 %     \xgrf{ukrainep.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{viet2.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{viet3.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{viet-w.pdf},
+%     \xgrf{wiki.png},
+%     \xgrf{wikif.png},
+%     \xgrf{wrs-a.png},
+%     \xgrf{wrs-c.pdf},
 %     \xgrf{xinjiang.png},
-%     \xgrf{xinjiangc.png}.
-% \end{description}
+%     \xgrf{xinjiangc.png},
+%     \xgrf{xyugo.pdf}.
 % \end{multicols}
-% \end{minipage}}\\
-% \bottomrule
-% \end{tabularx}}
-% \smash{%
-% \ixfile{acadian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{acadien.mld}%
-% \ixfile{afrikaan.mld}%
-% \ixfile{afrikaans.mld}%
-% \ixfile{albanian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{american.mld}%
-% \ixfile{arabic.mld}%
-% \ixfile{arabi.mld}%
-% \ixfile{arab.mld}%
-% \ixfile{arab2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{armenian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{australian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{austrian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{bahasai.mld}%
-% \ixfile{bahasa.mld}%
-% \ixfile{bahasam.mld}%
-% \ixfile{bangla.mld}%
-% \ixfile{basque.mld}%
-% \ixfile{bengali.mld}%
-% \ixfile{bicig.mld}%
-% \ixfile{bicig2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{bicig3.mld}%
-% \ixfile{bithe.mld}%
-% \ixfile{brazilian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{brazil.mld}%
-% \ixfile{breton.mld}%
-% \ixfile{british.mld}%
-% \ixfile{bulgarianb.mld}%
-% \ixfile{bulgarian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{buryat.mld}%
-% \ixfile{buryat2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{canadian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{canadien.mld}%
-% \ixfile{castillan.mld}%
-% \ixfile{castillian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{catalan.mld}%
-% \ixmldo{chinese1}%
-% \ixmldo{chinese2}%
-% \ixfile{croatian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{czech.mld}%
-% \ixfile{danish.mld}%
-% \ixfile{devanagari.mld}%
-% \ixfile{dutch.mld}%
-% \ixfile{english.mld}%
-% \ixfile{english1.mld}%
-% \ixfile{english2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{esperant.mld}%
-% \ixfile{esperanto.mld}%
-% \ixfile{estonian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{ethiopia.mld}%
-% \ixfile{ethiopian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{ethiopian2.mld}%
-% \ixmldo{farsi1}%
-% \ixmldo{farsi2}%
-% \ixfile{farsi3.mld}%
-% \ixfile{finnish.mld}%
-% \ixfile{finnish2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{francais.mld}%
-% \ixfile{french.mld}%
-% \ixfile{french1.mld}%
-% \ixfile{french2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{frenchb.mld}%
-% \ixfile{frenchle.mld}%
-% \ixfile{frenchpro.mld}%
-% \ixfile{galician.mld}%
-% \ixfile{german.mld}%
-% \ixfile{germanb.mld}%
-% \ixfile{germanb2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{greek.mld}%
-% \ixfile{greek-mono.mld}%
-% \ixfile{greek-polydemo.mld}%
-% \ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld}%
-% \ixfile{guarani.mld}%
-% \ixmldo{hangul1}%
-% \ixmldo{hangul2}%
-% \ixmldo{hangul3}%
-% \ixmldo{hangul4}%
-% \ixmldo{hangul-u8}%
-% \ixmldo{hanja1}%
-% \ixmldo{hanja2}%
-% \ixmldo{hanja-u8}%
-% \ixfile{hebrew.mld}%
-% \ixfile{hebrew2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{hindi.mld}%
-% \ixfile{hindi-modern.mld}%
-% \ixfile{hungarian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{icelandic.mld}%
-% \ixfile{indonesian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{indon.mld}%
-% \ixfile{interlingua.mld}%
-% \ixfile{irish.mld}%
-% \ixfile{italian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{italian2.mld}%
-% \ixmldo{japanese}%
-% \ixmldo{japanese2}%
-% \ixmldo{japanese3}%
-% \ixmldo{japanese4}%
-% \ixmldo{japanese5}%
-% \ixmldo{japanese6}%
-% \ixfile{kannada.mld}%
-% \ixfile{khalkha.mld}%
-% \ixfile{latin.mld}%
-% \ixfile{latin2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{latinc.mld}%
-% \ixfile{latinc2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{latvian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{latvian2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{letton.mld}%
-% \ixfile{letton2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{lithuanian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{lithuanian2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{lowersorbian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{lsorbian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{magyar.mld}%
-% \ixfile{magyar2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{magyar3.mld}%
-% \ixfile{malayalam-b.mld}%
-% \ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld}%
-% \ixfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{malayalam-mr.mld}%
-% \ixmldo{malayalam-omega}%
-% \ixfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}%
-% \ixfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}%
-% \ixfile{malay.mld}%
-% \ixfile{manju.mld}%
-% \ixfile{meyalu.mld}%
-% \ixfile{mongol.mld}%
-% \ixfile{mongolb.mld}%
-% \ixfile{mongolian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{naustrian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{newzealand.mld}%
-% \ixfile{ngermanb.mld}%
-% \ixfile{ngermanb2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{ngerman.mld}%
-% \ixfile{norsk.mld}%
-% \ixfile{norsk2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{nynorsk.mld}%
-% \ixfile{nynorsk2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{polish.mld}%
-% \ixfile{polish2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{polski.mld}%
-% \ixfile{portuges.mld}%
-% \ixfile{portuguese.mld}%
-% \ixfile{romanian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{romanian2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{romanian3.mld}%
-% \ixfile{russian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{russian2m.mld}%
-% \ixfile{russian2o.mld}%
-% \ixfile{russianb.mld}%
-% \ixmldo{russian-cca1}%
-% \ixmldo{russian-cca}%
-% \ixfile{russianc.mld}%
-% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyralt}%
-% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi}%
-% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyrwin}%
-% \ixmldo{russian-lh}%
-% \ixfile{samin.mld}%
-% \ixfile{scottish.mld}%
-% \ixfile{serbianc.mld}%
-% \ixfile{serbian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{slovak.mld}%
-% \ixfile{slovene.mld}%
-% \ixfile{spanish.mld}%
-% \ixfile{spanish2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{spanish3.mld}%
-% \ixfile{spanish4.mld}%
-% \ixfile{swahili.mld}%
-% \ixfile{swedish.mld}%
-% \ixfile{swedish2.mld}%
-% \ixmldo{thai}%
-% \ixfile{turkish.mld}%
-% \ixfile{uighur.mld}%
-% \ixfile{uighur2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{uighur3.mld}%
-% \ixfile{UKenglish.mld}%
-% \ixfile{ukraineb.mld}%
-% \ixfile{ukrainian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{uppersorbian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{USenglish.mld}%
-% \ixfile{usorbian.mld}%
-% \ixfile{vietnamese.mld}%
-% \ixfile{vietnam.mld}%
-% \ixfile{welsh.mld}%
-% \ixfile{xalx.mld}%
-% \ixfile{xalx2.mld}%
-% \ixfile{xalx3.mld}%
-% }%
-% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{minipage}}
 % \end{table}
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
 % \begin{enumerate}[(1)]
@@ -24029,7 +23766,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \label{IN1}The files \xfile{minitoc.sty}, \xfile{mtcoff.sty},
 %     \xfile{mtcmess.sty},
-%     and \emph{all}\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0034}}
+%     and \emph{all}\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0094}}
 %     \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} and \texttt{*}\suffix{.mlo} files are the package
 %     itself\,\footnote{The large number of \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} files is (partially) a consequence
 %     of the fact that some languages have
@@ -24051,7 +23788,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \or\relax
 % \label{IN1}Les fichiers \xfile{minitoc.sty}, \xfile{mtcoff.sty},
 %     \xfile{mtcmess.sty}
-%     et \emph{tous}\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0034}}
+%     et \emph{tous}\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0094}}
 %     les fichiers \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} et \texttt{*}\suffix{.mlo} constituent le
 %     paquetage lui-même\,\footnote{Le grand nombre de fichiers \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} est (en partie)
 %     une conséquence du fait que certaines
@@ -24061,7 +23798,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %     Pour certaines langues, la multiplicité des fichiers \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld} correspond  à~une multiplicité de fontes
 %     et/ou de codages (chinois, grec, japonais, coréen, malayalam, polonais, russe, serbe), ou même à~des
 %     réformes de l'orthographe (allemand, grec, norvégien). \emph{Notez que la présence du fichier
-%     \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire.} Depuis la version~\#50, le paquetage \upack{minitoc} signale les
+%     \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire.}. Depuis la version~\#50, le paquetage \upack{minitoc} signale les
 %     fichiers \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} manquants et en donne une liste dans un message d'avertissement.}.
 %
 %     Le tableau~\vref{t+languages} liste les langues disponibles; pour chacune de ces langues, un fichier
@@ -24073,6 +23810,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %     Les fichiers de cette classe doivent être \emph{tous} installés dans un répertoire où \LaTeXe{} trouve
 %     les fichiers \suffix{.sty}.
 % \fi
+% \lneed{4}
 % \item
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \label{IN2}Informative text files:
@@ -24216,280 +23954,12 @@ have centered labels.
 % \item
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \label{IN6}
-%     \xgrf{acadien.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{afrsud-l.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{afrsud-p.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{albania.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{alba-eth.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{allemand.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{anglo.png},
-%     \xgrf{arabic.png},
-%     \xgrf{armeniar.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{baltes.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{bangla.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{bangla2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{basque1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{basque2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{belgique.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{bosnia.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{brazil.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{brazilp.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{bretagne.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{bulgariar.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{bulgmap.png},
-%     \xgrf{buryatia-l.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{buryatia.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{canada.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{canada-l.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{canada-pe.png},
-%     \xgrf{canada-pf.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{canada1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{catalan-d.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{catalan-p.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{caucasus.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{chine1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{chine2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{croatie1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{croatie2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{cz1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{cz3.png},
-%     \xgrf{danemark.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{ecosse1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{ecosse2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{ecosse3.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{espa-l.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{estonia-a.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{estonia-b.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{ethiolang.png},
-%     \xgrf{ethiopia.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{farsi.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{farsi-logo.png},
-%     \xgrf{feroe.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{finlande1.png},
-%     \xgrf{finlande2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{finnishd.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{franco.png},
-%     \xgrf{fswahili.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{galicia-m.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{galicia-mp.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{galles1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{galles2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{grece1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{grece2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{greekm.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{hangul.png},
-%     \xgrf{hanja.png},
-%     \xgrf{hispano.png},
-%     \xgrf{hum-lang.png},
-%     \xgrf{hun1.png},
-%     \xgrf{hun2.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{inde1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{inde2.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{indonesia1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{indonesia2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{iranian.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{irish.png},
-%     \xgrf{irlande.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{islande.png},
-%     \xgrf{islandep.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{isr1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{isr2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{italian.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{italo1.png},
-%     \xgrf{japon1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{japon2.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{karnataka.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{kerala.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{khalkha.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{korean1.png},
-%     \xgrf{korean2.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{lamed.pdf},
-%             \xfile{lamed.tex} (\xfile{lamed.tex} is the source code\footnote{Compiling \xfile{lamed.tex}
-%             requires a specific hebrew font and a specific package (both obsolete), plus a conversion into PDF (or EPS);
-%             hence I prefer to provide also the graphic files.}),
-%     \xgrf{lettonie.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{lituanie.png},
-%     \xgrf{luso.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{malaysia1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{malaysia2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{malayalam.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{mondep.png},
-%     \xgrf{mongasie.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{mongolcy.png},
-%     \xgrf{mongolian.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{mongoltr.png},
-%     \xgrf{neder.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{norvege-c.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{norvege-t.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{paraguay.png},
-%     \xgrf{paraguayp.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{pologne.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{portugal.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{romanian.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{russian.png},
-%     \xgrf{russianlan.png},
-%     \xgrf{same.png},
-%     \xgrf{serbia1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{slovakia.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{slovenie.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{sorabe-1.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{sorabe-2.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{sorbian.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{spain.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{suede-a.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{suede-f.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{svenska.png},
-%     \xgrf{swahili.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{sweden.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{thai.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{turquie.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{uighur.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{ukraine.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{ukrainep.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{viet2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{viet3.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{xinjiang.png},
-%     \xgrf{xinjiangc.png},
-%             are images to include.
+%     {\rmfamily\slshape The list of the graphic files is given in table~\vref{t+GRF};
+%             they are images to include.}
 % \or\relax
 % \label{IN6}
-%     \xgrf{acadien.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{afrsud-l.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{afrsud-p.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{albania.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{alba-eth.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{allemand.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{anglo.png},
-%     \xgrf{arabic.png},
-%     \xgrf{armeniar.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{baltes.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{bangla.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{bangla2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{basque1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{basque2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{belgique.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{bosnia.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{brazil.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{brazilp.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{bretagne.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{bulgariar.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{bulgmap.png},
-%     \xgrf{buryatia-l.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{buryatia.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{canada.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{canada-l.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{canada-pe.png},
-%     \xgrf{canada-pf.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{canada1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{catalan-d.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{catalan-p.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{caucasus.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{chine1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{chine2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{croatie1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{croatie2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{cz1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{cz3.png},
-%     \xgrf{danemark.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{ecosse1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{ecosse2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{ecosse3.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{espa-l.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{estonia-a.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{estonia-b.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{ethiolang.png},
-%     \xgrf{ethiopia.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{farsi.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{farsi-logo.png},
-%     \xgrf{feroe.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{finlande1.png},
-%     \xgrf{finlande2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{finnishd.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{franco.png},
-%     \xgrf{fswahili.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{galicia-m.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{galicia-mp.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{galles1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{galles2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{grece1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{grece2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{greekm.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{hangul.png},
-%     \xgrf{hanja.png},
-%     \xgrf{hispano.png},
-%     \xgrf{hum-lang.png},
-%     \xgrf{hun1.png},
-%     \xgrf{hun2.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{inde1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{inde2.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{indonesia1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{indonesia2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{iranian.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{irish.png},
-%     \xgrf{irlande.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{islande.png},
-%     \xgrf{islandep.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{isr1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{isr2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{italian.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{italo1.png},
-%     \xgrf{japon1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{japon2.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{karnataka.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{kerala.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{khalkha.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{korean1.png},
-%     \xgrf{korean2.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{lamed.pdf},
-%     \xfile{lamed.tex} (\xfile{lamed.tex} est le code source\,\footnote{La compilation de \xfile{lamed.tex}
-%             a besoin d'une fonte hébraïque et d'un paquetage spécifiques (tous deux obsolètes), puis d'une conversion
-%             en PDF (ou EPS); j'ai donc préféré fournir aussi les fichiers graphiques.}),
-%     \xgrf{lettonie.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{lituanie.png},
-%     \xgrf{luso.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{malaysia1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{malaysia2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{malayalam.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{mondep.png},
-%     \xgrf{mongasie.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{mongolcy.png},
-%     \xgrf{mongolian.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{mongoltr.png},
-%     \xgrf{neder.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{norvege-c.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{norvege-t.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{paraguay.png},
-%     \xgrf{paraguayp.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{pologne.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{portugal.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{romanian.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{russian.png},
-%     \xgrf{russianlan.png},
-%     \xgrf{same.png},
-%     \xgrf{serbia1.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{slovakia.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{slovenie.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{sorabe-1.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{sorabe-2.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{sorbian.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{spain.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{suede-a.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{suede-f.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{svenska.png},
-%     \xgrf{swahili.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{sweden.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{thai.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{turquie.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{uighur.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{ukraine.jpg},
-%     \xgrf{ukrainep.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{viet2.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{viet3.pdf},
-%     \xgrf{xinjiang.png},
-%     \xgrf{xinjiangc.png},
-%              sont des images à~inclure.
+%     {\rmfamily\slshape  La liste des fichiers graphiques est donnée dans le tableau~\vref{t+GRF};
+%     ce sont des images à~inclure.}
 % \fi
 % \item
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -24509,7 +23979,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %            \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{fminitoc.ist}, \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan},
 %            \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{fminitoc.lan}).
 %            The english and french versions are not word-by-word translations, but they are in parallel in the
-%            file \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, and this helps the maintenance.
+%            \xfile{minitoc.dtx} file, and this helps the maintenance.
 %            Note that there is no more any \xfile{fminitoc.ins} file.}.
 % \or\relax
 % \label{IN7}\xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{fminitoc.dtx},
@@ -24718,6 +24188,356 @@ have centered labels.
 % ^^A \end{RaggedRight}
 % \end{itemize}
 % \fi
+% \begin{table}[!t]
+% \centering
+% \changeskips
+% \def\TDSPH{\vphantom{\'TDSj}}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{A TDS-compliant hierarchy for the \upack{minitoc} files}\label{t+TDS}\index{TDS}
+% \def\tdstitle{TDS~Root~Directory\TDSPH}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{Une hiérarchie conforme à~la TDS pour les fichiers de \upack{minitoc}}\label{t+TDS}\index{TDS}
+% \def\tdstitle{Répertoire~racine~TDS\TDSPH}
+% \fi
+% {\footnotesize\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}O{1}|O{1}|O{1}|O{1}|O{1}|O{1}|O{1}@{}}
+% \toprule
+% \multicolumn{7}{@{}c@{}}{\large\textbf{\tdstitle}}\\
+% \midrule
+% \multicolumn{2}{@{}c|}{\texttt{bibtex/}}&\texttt{doc/}&\texttt{makeindex/}&\texttt{scripts/}&\texttt{source/}&\texttt{tex/}\\
+% \cmidrule(r){1-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}\cmidrule(lr){5-5}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}\cmidrule(l){7-7}
+% \texttt{bib/}&\texttt{bst/}&\texttt{latex/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{latex/}&\texttt{latex/}\\
+% \cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}\cmidrule(lr){5-5}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}\cmidrule(l){7-7}
+% \texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\textbf{(D)}&\textbf{(E)}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}\\
+% \cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}\cmidrule(l){7-7}%
+% \textbf{(A)}&\textbf{(B)}&\textbf{(C)}&\multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\textbf{(F)}&\textbf{(G)}\\
+% ^^A \cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}%
+% \cmidrule{3-4}%
+% \multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\texttt{examples/}&\texttt{images/}&\multicolumn{3}{c}{}\\
+% \cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}%
+% \multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\textbf{(H)}&\textbf{(I)}&\multicolumn{3}{c}{}\\
+% \morecmidrules\cmidrule[\heavyrulewidth]{1-7}
+% \multicolumn{7}{@{}c@{}}{%
+% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize
+% \raggedright
+% \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}
+% \begin{multicols}{2} %^^A \raggedcolumns\setcounter{unbalance}{5}
+% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
+% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=2em
+% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt
+% \begin{description}
+% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
+% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=1em
+% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=-1em \itemindent=-1em
+% \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\textbf{(H)}}
+% \parindent=0pt
+% \def\sepitem{\vspace*{-1.5\baselineskip}\item[]\null\hspace*{-2em}\hrulefill\pagebreak[1]}
+% \item[(A)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{fminitoc.bib}, \xfile{minitoc.bib};
+% \sepitem
+% \item[(B)\hfill\null]~\unskip\isuffix{.bst}\xfile{en-mtc.bst}, \xfile{fr-mtc.bst};
+% \sepitem
+% \item[(C)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{INSTALL},
+%     \xfile{README},
+%     \xfile{TODO},
+%     \xfile{CATALOG},
+%     \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{fminitoc.lan},
+%     \xfile{fminitoc.pdf},
+%     \xfile{minitoc.bug},
+%     \xfile{minitoc.l},
+%     \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan},
+%     \xfile{minitoc.pdf},
+%     \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre},
+%     \xfile{minitoc.sum},
+%     \ipack{franc}\upack{franc.sty},
+%     \ipack{frbib}\upack{frbib.sty},
+%     \ipack{frnew}\upack{frnew.sty};
+% \sepitem
+% \item[(D)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{fminitoc.ist}, \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc.ist};
+% \sepitem
+% \item[(E)\hfill\null]~\unskip\scrp{cmk}, \scrp{emk}, \scrp{fmk}, \scrp{imk}, \scrp{pmk}, \scrp{rmk},
+%            \scrp{tmk}, \scrp{xmk};
+% \sepitem
+% \item[(F)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{fminitoc.dtx}, \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{minitoc.ins};
+% \sepitem
+% \item[(G)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xfile{minitoc.sty}, \xfile{mtcoff.sty}, \xfile{mtcmess.sty}, \xfile{mtcpatchmem.sty},
+%            \texttt{*}\suffix{.mld}, \texttt{*}\suffix{.mlo};
+% \sepitem
+% \item[(H)\hfill\null]~\unskip\exam{mtc-2c.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-2c.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-2nd.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-2nd.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-3co.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-3co.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-add.bib},
+%     \exam{mtc-add.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-add.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-ads.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-ads.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-amm.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-amm.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-apx.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-apx.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-art.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-art.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-bk.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-bk.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-bo.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-bo.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-ch0.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-ch0.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-cri.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-cri.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-fko.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-fko.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-fo1.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-fo1.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-fo2.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-fo2.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-gap.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-gap.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-hi1.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-hi1.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-hi2.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-hi2.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-hia.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-hia.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-hir.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-hir.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-hop.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-hop.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-liv.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-liv.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-mem.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-mem.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-mm1.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-mm1.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-mu.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-mu.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-nom.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-nom.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-ocf.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-ocf.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-ofs.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-ofs.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-sbf.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-sbf.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-scr.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-scr.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-syn.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-syn.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-tbi.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-tbi.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-tlc.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-tlc.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-tlo.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-tlo.tex},
+%     \exam{mtc-tsf.pdf},
+%     \exam{mtc-tsf.tex};
+% \sepitem
+% \item[(I)\hfill\null]
+%     \ifcase\LANG\relax
+%     The list of the graphic files is given in table~\vref{t+GRF}.
+%     \or\relax
+%     La liste des fichiers graphiques est donnée dans le tableau~\vref{t+GRF}.
+%     \fi
+% \end{description}
+% \end{multicols}
+% \end{minipage}}\\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabularx}}
+% \smash{%
+% \ixfile{acadian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{acadien.mld}%
+% \ixfile{afrikaan.mld}%
+% \ixfile{afrikaans.mld}%
+% \ixfile{albanian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{american.mld}%
+% \ixfile{arabic.mld}%
+% \ixfile{arabi.mld}%
+% \ixfile{arab.mld}%
+% \ixfile{arab2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{armenian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{australian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{austrian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{bahasai.mld}%
+% \ixfile{bahasa.mld}%
+% \ixfile{bahasam.mld}%
+% \ixfile{bangla.mld}%
+% \ixfile{basque.mld}%
+% \ixfile{bengali.mld}%
+% \ixfile{bicig.mld}%
+% \ixfile{bicig2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{bicig3.mld}%
+% \ixfile{bithe.mld}%
+% \ixfile{brazilian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{brazil.mld}%
+% \ixfile{breton.mld}%
+% \ixfile{british.mld}%
+% \ixfile{bulgarianb.mld}%
+% \ixfile{bulgarian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{buryat.mld}%
+% \ixfile{buryat2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{canadian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{canadien.mld}%
+% \ixfile{castillan.mld}%
+% \ixfile{castillian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{catalan.mld}%
+% \ixmldo{chinese1}%
+% \ixmldo{chinese2}%
+% \ixfile{croatian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{czech.mld}%
+% \ixfile{danish.mld}%
+% \ixfile{devanagari.mld}%
+% \ixfile{dutch.mld}%
+% \ixfile{english.mld}%
+% \ixfile{english1.mld}%
+% \ixfile{english2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{esperant.mld}%
+% \ixfile{esperanto.mld}%
+% \ixfile{estonian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{ethiopia.mld}%
+% \ixfile{ethiopian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{ethiopian2.mld}%
+% \ixmldo{farsi1}%
+% \ixmldo{farsi2}%
+% \ixfile{farsi3.mld}%
+% \ixfile{finnish.mld}%
+% \ixfile{finnish2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{francais.mld}%
+% \ixfile{french.mld}%
+% \ixfile{french1.mld}%
+% \ixfile{french2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{frenchb.mld}%
+% \ixfile{frenchle.mld}%
+% \ixfile{frenchpro.mld}%
+% \ixfile{galician.mld}%
+% \ixfile{german.mld}%
+% \ixfile{germanb.mld}%
+% \ixfile{germanb2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{greek.mld}%
+% \ixfile{greek-mono.mld}%
+% \ixfile{greek-polydemo.mld}%
+% \ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld}%
+% \ixfile{guarani.mld}%
+% \ixmldo{hangul1}%
+% \ixmldo{hangul2}%
+% \ixmldo{hangul3}%
+% \ixmldo{hangul4}%
+% \ixmldo{hangul-u8}%
+% \ixmldo{hanja1}%
+% \ixmldo{hanja2}%
+% \ixmldo{hanja-u8}%
+% \ixfile{hebrew.mld}%
+% \ixfile{hebrew2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{hindi.mld}%
+% \ixfile{hindi-modern.mld}%
+% \ixfile{hungarian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{icelandic.mld}%
+% \ixfile{indonesian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{indon.mld}%
+% \ixfile{interlingua.mld}%
+% \ixfile{irish.mld}%
+% \ixfile{italian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{italian2.mld}%
+% \ixmldo{japanese}%
+% \ixmldo{japanese2}%
+% \ixmldo{japanese3}%
+% \ixmldo{japanese4}%
+% \ixmldo{japanese5}%
+% \ixmldo{japanese6}%
+% \ixfile{kannada.mld}%
+% \ixfile{khalkha.mld}%
+% \ixfile{latin.mld}%
+% \ixfile{latin2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{latinc.mld}%
+% \ixfile{latinc2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{latvian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{latvian2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{letton.mld}%
+% \ixfile{letton2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{lithuanian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{lithuanian2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{lowersorbian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{lsorbian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{magyar.mld}%
+% \ixfile{magyar2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{magyar3.mld}%
+% \ixfile{malayalam-b.mld}%
+% \ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld}%
+% \ixfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{malayalam-mr.mld}%
+% \ixmldo{malayalam-omega}%
+% \ixfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}%
+% \ixfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}%
+% \ixfile{malay.mld}%
+% \ixfile{manju.mld}%
+% \ixfile{mexican.mld}%
+% \ixfile{meyalu.mld}%
+% \ixfile{mongol.mld}%
+% \ixfile{mongolb.mld}%
+% \ixfile{mongolian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{naustrian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{newzealand.mld}%
+% \ixfile{ngermanb.mld}%
+% \ixfile{ngermanb2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{ngerman.mld}%
+% \ixfile{norsk.mld}%
+% \ixfile{norsk2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{nynorsk.mld}%
+% \ixfile{nynorsk2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{occitan.mld}%
+% \ixfile{occitan2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{polish.mld}%
+% \ixfile{polish2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{polski.mld}%
+% \ixfile{portuges.mld}%
+% \ixfile{portuguese.mld}%
+% \ixfile{romanian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{romanian2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{romanian3.mld}%
+% \ixfile{russian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{russian2m.mld}%
+% \ixfile{russian2o.mld}%
+% \ixfile{russianb.mld}%
+% \ixmldo{russian-cca1}%
+% \ixmldo{russian-cca}%
+% \ixfile{russianc.mld}%
+% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyralt}%
+% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi}%
+% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyrwin}%
+% \ixmldo{russian-lh}%
+% \ixfile{samin.mld}%
+% \ixfile{scottish.mld}%
+% \ixfile{serbianc.mld}%
+% \ixfile{serbian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{slovak.mld}%
+% \ixfile{slovene.mld}%
+% \ixfile{spanish.mld}%
+% \ixfile{spanish2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{spanish3.mld}%
+% \ixfile{spanish4.mld}%
+% \ixfile{swahili.mld}%
+% \ixfile{swedish.mld}%
+% \ixfile{swedish2.mld}%
+% \ixmldo{thai}%
+% \ixfile{turkish.mld}%
+% \ixfile{uighur.mld}%
+% \ixfile{uighur2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{uighur3.mld}%
+% \ixfile{UKenglish.mld}%
+% \ixfile{ukraineb.mld}%
+% \ixfile{ukrainian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{uppersorbian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{USenglish.mld}%
+% \ixfile{usorbian.mld}%
+% \ixfile{vietnamese.mld}%
+% \ixfile{vietnam.mld}%
+% \ixfile{welsh.mld}%
+% \ixfile{xalx.mld}%
+% \ixfile{xalx2.mld}%
+% \ixfile{xalx3.mld}%
+% }%
+% \end{table}
 %
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The file \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip} contains a ZIP archive of a \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy of all files of the
@@ -25468,7 +25288,13 @@ have centered labels.
 % Updated \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}.
 %
 % Suppressed parasite entries from the index.
-% ^^A MAJ-E
+%
+% Added \xfile{occitan.mld}.
+%
+% Updated \xfile{croatian.mld}, \xfile{danish.mld}, \xfile{dutch.mld}, \xfile{galician.mld},
+%         \xfile{germanb2.mld}, \xfile{greek.mld}, \xfile{icelandic.mld}, \xfile{interlingua.mld},
+%         \xfile{polish.mld}, \xfile{scottish.mld}, and \xfile{turkish.mld}.
+%
 % \or\relax
 %   Retrait de la préparation de la documentation en format PostScript.
 %
@@ -25649,6 +25475,60 @@ have centered labels.
 % Mise à~jour de \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}.
 %
 % Suppression d'entrées parasites dans l'index.
+%
+% Ajout de \xfile{occitan.mld}.
+%
+% Mise à~jour de \xfile{croatian.mld}, \xfile{danish.mld}, \xfile{dutch.mld}, \xfile{galician.mld},
+%      \xfile{germanb2.mld}, \xfile{greek.mld}, \xfile{icelandic.mld}, \xfile{interlingua.mld},
+%      \xfile{polish.mld}, \xfile{scottish.mld} et \xfile{turkish.mld}.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \section{Developments in~2008}
+% Corrected \xfile{polski.mld}.
+%
+% Added table~\vref{t+nfss+4a}.
+%
+% Added many maps about languages and dialects, etc.
+%
+% Better captions for maps.
+%
+% Added an entry for the Wikipedia in the jargon.
+%
+% Splitted the TDS hierarchy into two tables~\vref{t+TDS} and~\vref{t+GRF}.
+%
+% The page numbers in the index are now hyperlinks (thanks to~\namea{François}{Pétiard}{Petiard}).
+%
+% Colors added in figure~\vref{f+barrier}.
+%
+% Corrected an error of message number.
+%
+% Updated from the \pack{babel} package version~v3.8j of 2008/03/16.
+%
+% ^^A MAJ-E
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Développements en~2008}
+% Correction de \xfile{polski.mld}.
+%
+% Ajout de nombreuses cartes pour les langues et les dialectes, etc.
+%
+% Ajout de la table~\vref{t+nfss+4a}.
+%
+% Amélioration des légendes des cartes.
+%
+% Ajout d'une entrée pour la Wikipédia dans le jargon.
+%
+% Éclatement de la hiérarchie TDS en deux tableaux~\vref{t+TDS} and~\vref{t+GRF}.
+%
+% Les numéros de pages dans l'index sont maintenant des hyperliens (grâce à~\namea{François}{Pétiard}{Petiard}).
+%
+% Ajout de couleurs dans la figure~\vref{f+barrier}.
+%
+% Correction d'une erreur de numéro de message.
+%
+% Mise à~jour depuis le paquetage \pack{babel} package version~v3.8j du 2008/03/16.
+%
 % ^^A MAJ-F
 % \fi
 %
@@ -25752,10 +25632,10 @@ have centered labels.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/02]%
 \ProvidesPackage{minitoc}%
-   [2007/12/04 v56 Package minitoc (JPFD)] % message I0000
+   [2008/04/03 v57 Package minitoc (JPFD)] % message I0000
 \RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14]
 \mtcPackageInfo[I0001]{minitoc}%
-   {*** minitoc package, version 56 ***\@gobble}
+   {*** minitoc package, version 57 ***\@gobble}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -26450,10 +26330,11 @@ have centered labels.
 % \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % In french, the ordinal adjective is ``deuxième'' if the second object is not the last object, but ``second''
-% (masculine) or ``seconde'' (feminine) when it is also the last one. So we define a specific flag:
+% (masculine) or ``seconde'' (feminine) when it is also the last one (see~\cite[page~204]{fnul}). So we define a specific flag:
 % \or\relax
 % En français, l'adjectif ordinal est \og deuxième \fg si le deuxième objet n'est pas le dernier objet, mais
-% \og second \fg (masculin) ou \og seconde \fg (féminin) si c'est le dernier. Donc nous définissons un indicateur
+% \og second \fg (masculin) ou \og seconde \fg (féminin) si c'est le dernier (voir~\cite[page~204]{fnul}).
+% Donc nous définissons un indicateur
 % spécifique:
 % \fi
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -26900,12 +26781,12 @@ have centered labels.
 % \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionLoaded@}
 % \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@captionLoaded@a@}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% We must test if the \pack{caption} package~\cite{caption} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we
+% We must test if the \pack{caption} package~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung} is loaded before or after \upack{minitoc}, so we
 % test when \upack{minitoc} is loaded and also in an \com{AtBeginDocument} block, when all packages have been
 % loaded. See section~\vref{s+caption.h2}.
 % \or\relax
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
-% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{caption}~\cite{caption} est chargé avant ou après \upack{minitoc},
+% Nous devons tester si le paquetage \pack{caption}~\cite{caption,caption-eng,cap-anleitung} est chargé avant ou après \upack{minitoc},
 % donc nous testons lors du chargement de \upack{minitoc} et aussi dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}, une fois
 % que tous les paquetages ont été chargés. Voir la section~\vref{s+caption.h2}.
 % \end{SMOOTH}
@@ -37532,7 +37413,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
-%    
+%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % Since \com{nofiles} has been used, we must disable all the
 % preparation commands:
@@ -41073,6 +40954,7 @@ have centered labels.
 \mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-rachana2}%
 \mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-rachana3}%
 \mtc@setlangopt{manju}%
+\mtc@setlangopt{mexican}%
 \mtc@setlangopt{meyalu}%
 \mtc@setlangopt{mongol}%
 \mtc@setlangopt{mongolb}%
@@ -41086,6 +40968,8 @@ have centered labels.
 \mtc@setlangopt{norsk2}%
 \mtc@setlangopt{nynorsk}%
 \mtc@setlangopt{nynorsk2}%
+\mtc@setlangopt{occitan}%
+\mtc@setlangopt{occitan2}%
 \mtc@setlangopt{polish}%
 \mtc@setlangopt{polish2}%
 \mtc@setlangopt{polski}%
@@ -44100,7 +43984,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*fminitoc>
 \ProvidesFile{fminitoc.dtx}%
-             [2007/12/04 minitoc v56 french documentation start file]
+             [2008/04/03 minitoc v57 french documentation start file]
 \input{minitoc.dtx}
 %</fminitoc>
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -44182,7 +44066,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*mtcoff>
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}%
-\ProvidesPackage{mtcoff}[2007/12/04 v56 The mtcoff package]
+\ProvidesPackage{mtcoff}[2008/04/03 v57 The mtcoff package]
 \RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14]
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -44359,7 +44243,7 @@ have centered labels.
             \def\kernafterminilot{%
                    \mtcoffwarn@true
                    \mtcPackageWarning[F0008]{mtcoff}%
-                     {The macro \string\kernafterminilot 
+                     {The macro \string\kernafterminilot
                       \MessageBreak
                       should not be used out of context
                       \MessageBreak}%
@@ -44471,7 +44355,7 @@ have centered labels.
             \def\mltoffset{%
                    \mtcoffwarn@true
                    \mtcPackageWarning[F0009]{mtcoff}%
-                     {The macro \string\mltoffset 
+                     {The macro \string\mltoffset
                       \MessageBreak
                       should not be used out of context
                       \MessageBreak}%
@@ -45759,7 +45643,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %<*mtcpatchmem>
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/01]%
 \ProvidesPackage{mtcpatchmem}%
-   [2007/12/04 v56 Package mtcpatchmem]
+   [2008/04/03 v57 Package mtcpatchmem]
 \RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14]
 \mtcPackageInfo[M0001]{mtcpatchmem}%
    {mtcpatchmem package to patch the memoir class\@gobble}
@@ -45830,8 +45714,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % \fi
 % \minitoc
 % \mtcskip
-% \lsneed{3}
-% ^^A \minilof
+% \lneed{7}
+% ^^A MINILOF BLOCK WAS HERE
 % \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns}
 % \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}}
 % \mtcindent=0pt
@@ -45841,39 +45725,139 @@ have centered labels.
 % \setcounter{columnbadness}{9000}%
 % \raggedcolumns
 % \mtcskip
-% ^^A \minilot
-% \begin{figure}[th]
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{hum-lang.png}\ixgrf{hum-lang.png}
+% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{lang-g.png}\ixgrf{lang-g.png}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Language families in the world}\label{f+lang-fam}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Atlas_of_the_world})
+% \caption[Language families in the world]{Language families in the world (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Language_family}; see also \url{http://www.dicts.info/img/speakers.png})\hfill\null}\label{f+lang-fam}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Familles de langues dans le monde}\label{f+lang-fam}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Atlas_of_the_world})
+% \caption[Familles de langues dans le monde]{Familles de langues dans le monde (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Language_family}; voir aussi \url{http://www.dicts.info/img/speakers.png})\hfill\null}\label{f+lang-fam}
 % \fi
-% \end{figure}
-% \begin{figure}[th]
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+% \vspace*{2\baselineskip}
+% ^^A \begin{figure}[th]
 % \centering
 % \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{mondep.png}\ixgrf{mondep.png}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Political world}\label{f+polw}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.populationdata.net/cartes/monde/monde-politique-moyen.php})
+% \caption[The political world]{The political world (\url{http://www.populationdata.net/cartes/monde/monde-politique-moyen.php})\hfill\null}\label{f+polw}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Le monde politique}\label{f+polw}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.populationdata.net/cartes/monde/monde-politique-moyen.php})
+% \caption[Le monde politique]{Le monde politique (\url{http://www.populationdata.net/cartes/monde/monde-politique-moyen.php})\hfill\null}\label{f+polw}
 % \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{figure}
-% \lneed{3}
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}Z{1}@{}}
+% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{wrs-c.pdf}\ixgrf{wrs-c.pdf}\\{}%
+% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\small\RaggedRight
+% \itemsep=0pt
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \begin{wdesc}{Alphabets:X}\itemsep=0pt
+% \item[Alphabets:] latin (grey), cyrillic (blue-green), greek (blue), georgian (dark blue), armenian (darker blue);
+% \item[Abjads\,\protect\footnote{An \index{abjad}abjad is a segmental script containing symbols for consonants only,
+%   or where vowels are optionally written with diacritics (``pointing'') or only written word-initially.}:]
+%   arabic (green), arabic and latin (light green), hebrew and arabic (lighter green);
+% \item[Abugidas\,\protect\footnote{An \index{abugida}abugida, or \emph{alphasyllabary}, is a segmental script in which vowels are denoted
+%   by diacritical marks or other systematic modification of the consonants.}:] north indic (light orange),
+%   south indic (orange), ethiopic (maroon), thaana or t\=ana (Dhivehi language in Maldives) (olive), canadian syllabic (yellow);
+% \item[Logographic\,\protect\footnote{In logographic\index{logographic} systems, glyphs represent words or morphemes (meaningfull
+%   components of words, as in \emph{mean-ing-ful}, rather than phonetic elements).}$+$syllabic:] pure logographic (red),
+%   mixed logographic and \index{syllabary}syllabaries\,\footnote{In syllabaries, graphemes represent syllables.} (dark red),
+%   featural-alphabetic: hangûl (dark mauve)$+$limited logographic:
+%   hanja (light mauve);
+% \end{wdesc}
+% \or\relax
+% \begin{wdesc}{Alphabets:X}\itemsep=0pt
+% \item[Alphabets:] latin (gris), cyrillique (bleu-vert), grec (bleu), géorgien (bleu foncé), arménien (bleu plus foncé);
+% \item[Abjads\,\protect\footnote{Un \index{abjad}abjad est une écriture segmentale contenant des symboles uniquement pour les consonnes,
+%   ou dans laquelle les voyelles sont (sur option) écrites avec des diacritiques (\og pointantes\fg) ou seulement
+%   écrites en début de mot.}:] arabe (vert), arabe et latin (vert clair), hébreu et arabe (vert très clair);
+% \item[Abugidas\,\protect\footnote{Un \index{abugida}abugida, ou \emph{alphasyllabaire}, est une écriture segmentale dans
+%   laquelle les voyelles sont indiquées par des marques diacritiques ou une autre modification systématique des
+%   consonnes.}:] indien du nord (orange clair), indien du sud (orange), éthiopien (marron), thaana ou t\=ana
+%   (langue Dhivehi aux Maldives)(olive),
+%   syllabique canadien (jaune);
+% \item[Logographique\,\protect\footnote{Dans les systèmes \index{logographique}logographiques, les glyphes représentent des mots ou
+%   des morphèmes (composants de mots ayant un sens propre, comme dans \emph{mean-ing-ful}, plutôt que des
+%   éléments phonétiques).}$+$syllabique:] logographique pur (rouge), mélange logographique et \index{syllabaire}syllabaires\,\footnote{Dans
+%   les syllabaires, les graphèmes représentent des syllabes.}(rouge foncé),
+%   alphabétique modifié: hangûl (mauve foncé)$+$logographique limité: hanja (mauve clair);
+% \end{wdesc}
+% \fi
+% \end{minipage}
+% \end{tabularx}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Writing systems by country]{Writing systems by country (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_alphabets})\hfill\null}\label{f+wrs-c}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Écritures~--~par~pays]{Écritures~--~par~pays (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_alphabets})\hfill\null}\label{f+wrs-c}
+% \fi
+% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip}
+% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{wrs-a.png}\ixgrf{wrs-a.png}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Areas of writing systems]{Areas of writing systems (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_alphabets})\hfill\null}\label{f+wrs-a}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Écritures~--~par~régions]{Écritures~--~par~régions (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_alphabets})\hfill\null}\label{f+wrs-a}
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{africa-lf.pdf}\ixgrf{africa-lf.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{africa-lo.pdf}\ixgrf{africa-lo.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Language families and official languages in Africa]{Language families and official languages in Africa
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_Africa})\hfill\null}\label{f+africa}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Familles de langues et langues officielles en Afrique]{Familles de langues et langues officielles en Afrique
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_Africa})\hfill\null}\label{f+africa}
+% \fi
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+% \vspace*{2\baselineskip}
+% ^^A \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{euro-lan.pdf}\ixgrf{euro-lan.pdf}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Languages in Europe]{Languages in Europe (by \name{Andrei}{Nacu}, \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_the_European_Union})\hfill\null}\label{f+euro-lan}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Les langues en Europe]{Les langues en Europe (par \name{Andrei}{Nacu}, \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_the_European_Union})\hfill\null}\label{f+euro-lan}
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{euro-lan1.pdf}\ixgrf{euro-lan1.pdf}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Languages families in Europe]{Languages families in Europe (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_languages_in_Europe})\hfill\null}\label{f+euro-lan1}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Familles de langues en Europe]{Familles de langues en Europe (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_languages_in_Europe})\hfill\null}\label{f+euro-lan1}
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!th]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{euro-lan2.png}\ixgrf{euro-lan2.png}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Languages in Europe]{Languages in Europe
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_languages_in_Europe})\hfill\null}\label{f+euro-lan2}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Langues en Europe]{Langues en Europe
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_languages_in_Europe})\hfill\null}\label{f+euro-lan2}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \lneed{6}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \section{Overview}
 % This chapter shows the code of each \suffix{.mld} file. A \suffix{.mld} file is a \emph{minitoc language
 % definition} file, which defines the titles of the mini-tables for a given language. It contains often some
 % comments about its origin, if you need further details.
@@ -45883,31 +45867,53 @@ have centered labels.
 % trivial. The origin of each map is given by an URL to the graphic file or to the WEB page where I~found it.
 % Note that the~\cite{tlfq} and~\cite{LMP} Web sites are useful sources. Maps from~\cite{LMP} are under the
 % Creative Commons License, see~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.en_GB}.
-% The site \url{http://www.expatries.senat.fr/pays.html} allows to look at the maps of many countries (except France,
-% in particular!). The Perry-Castañeda Library Map Collection~\cite{texasmaps} (The University of Texas at Austin,
+% The site \url{http://www.expatries.senat.fr/pays.html} allows to look at the maps of many countries (but not of France!).
+% The Perry-Castañeda Library Map Collection~\cite{texasmaps} (The University of Texas at Austin,
 % \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps}) contains countless maps.
 %
+% \reversemarginpar
+% Many\ixgrf{wiki.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\raisebox{2cm}[4.5cm][-2cm]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{wiki.png}}}}
+% free maps were also found by a search in the vast Wikipedia
+% (i.e. \url{http://en.wikipedia.org}, \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org},
+% \url{http://de.wikipedia.org}, \url{http://simple.wikipedia.org}, etc.).
+% If you are curious and brave, you can also find many
+% maps and documents about Eastern Europa and about Asia at \url{http://www.hunmagyar.org}; that site give many
+% historical informations.
+%
+% \lneed{8}
+% \normalmarginpar
 % A \suffix{.mld} file is loaded either via a
 % package option in the \com{usepackage} command
 % for the \upack{minitoc} package (or a global option for the document), either via the command:
 % \or\relax
+% \section{Généralités}
 % Ce chapitre montre le code de chaque fichier \suffix{.mld}. Un fichier \suffix{.mld} est un fichier
 % de définition de langue pour minitoc (\emph{minitoc language definition file}), qui définit les titres des
 % mini-tables pour une langue donnée. Il contient souvent quelques informations sur son origine, si vous avez
 % besoin de plus de détails.
 %
 % \lneed{6}
+% \reversemarginpar
 % Pour certaines langues, j'ai ajouté une carte du pays ou des zones où la langue est parlée, si ce n'est pas trivial.
 % L'origine de chaque carte est donnée par un URL vers le fichier graphique ou vers la page où je l'ai trouvée.
 % Notez que les sites Web~\cite{tlfq} et~\cite{LMP} sont des sources utiles. Les cartes de~\cite{LMP} sont sous la
 % \emph{Creative Commons License}, voir~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.fr}.
-% Le site \url{http://www.expatries.senat.fr/pays.html} permet de regarder les cartes
-% de nombreux pays (sauf notamment la France!) La \emph{Perry-Castañeda Library Map Collection}~\cite{texasmaps} (Université du Texas
+%
+% Le site \url{http://www.expatries.senat.fr/pays.html} permet de regarder les cartes de nombreux
+% pays (mais pas de la France!). La \emph{Perry-Castañeda Library Map Collection}~\cite{texasmaps} (Université du Texas
 % à~Austin, \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps}) contient d'innombrables cartes.
 %
+% De\ixgrf{wikif.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\raisebox{2.87cm}[2.87cm][0.cm]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipédia}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{wikif.png}}}}
+% nombreuses cartes publiques proviennent aussi de la Wikipédia ({\froff\url{http://en.wikipedia.org}, \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org},
+% \url{http://de.wikipedia.org}, \url{http://simple.wikipedia.org}, etc.}).
+% Si vous êtes curieux et courageux, vous pourrez aussi trouver de nombreux documents et cartes concernant l'Europe de
+% l'Est et l'Asie sur le site \url{http://www.hunmagyar.org}; il donne de nombreuses informations historiques.
+%
+% \lneed{8}
+% \normalmarginpar
 % Un fichier \suffix{.mld} est chargé soit via une option du paquetage
-% dans la commande \com{usepackage} pour le paquetage \upack{minitoc},
-% (ou une  option globale pour le document)
+% dans la commande \com{usepackage} pour le paquetage \upack{minitoc}
+% (ou une  option globale pour le document),
 % soit via la commande:
 % \fi
 % \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
@@ -45963,7 +45969,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % Many \suffix{.mld} files require special fonts adequate for the corresponding language; as this is a
 % language-dependent issue, the user must set up the correct language and font context for each language, like using
-% the \pack{babel} package~\cite{Braams+TB12-2-291,babel,babel-user,BEP}, the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2}, the
+% the \pack{babel} package~\cite{Braams+TB12-2-291,babel,babel-user,BEP}, the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}, the
 % \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX} system~\cite[in~korean]{HLATEX}, the \pack{Antomega}
 % system~\cite{antomega}, the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}~\cite{bangtex},
 % \ipacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}\devnag{} for \TeX~\cite{devanagari},
@@ -45976,7 +45982,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % De nombreux fichiers \suffix{.mld} ont besoin de fontes spéciales adéquates pour la langue
 % correspondante; comme ceci est une question concernant la langue, l'utilisateur doit mettre en place un contexte
 % linguistique et typographique correct pour la langue correspondante, en utilisant par exemple le paquetage
-% \pack{babel}~\cite{Braams+TB12-2-291,babel,babel-user,BEP}, le système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2}, le système
+% \pack{babel}~\cite{Braams+TB12-2-291,babel,babel-user,BEP}, le système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}, le système
 % \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX}~\cite[en~coréen]{HLATEX}, le système \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega},
 % les paquetages \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}~\cite{bangtex},
 % \ipacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}\devnag{} for \TeX~\cite{devanagari},
@@ -45988,7 +45994,9 @@ have centered labels.
 % correspondant.
 % \fi
 %
-% \lneed{3}
+% \lneed{5}
+% \begin{environment}{filecontents}
+% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % But for some oriental languages\,\footnote{Mainly for chinese, farsi (iranian), hangûl (korean), hanja (korean), japanese,
 % \lopt{malayalam-omega}, thai, and russian variants.}, the source of the titles
@@ -45996,8 +46004,11 @@ have centered labels.
 % in a \suffix{.dtx} file, the \suffix{.mld} file is then just a wrapper loading
 % a \suffix{.mlo} file\,\footnote{The extension
 % \suffix{.mlo} means \emph{minitoc language object}.}, not generated by the
-% \suffix{.dtx} files in the current version of \upack{minitoc} package. The adequate input encoding must be set up
-% by the user \emph{before}\virage{} loading the \suffix{.mld} file via \com{mtcselectlanguage}.
+% \suffix{.dtx} files in the current version of \upack{minitoc} package.
+% To go around this limitation, the \xfile{minitoc.ins} file uses
+% \env{filecontents} environments to generate the \suffix{.mlo} files.
+% The adequate input encoding must be set up
+% by the user \emph{before}\virage{} loading the \suffix{.mld} file via the \com{mtcselectlanguage} command.
 % \or\relax
 % Mais pour certaines langues orientales\,\footnote{Principalement pour les variantes du chinois, du farsi
 % (iranien), du coréen (hangûl et hanja), du japonais, du \lopt{malayalam-omega}, du thaï et du russe.}, le code source des
@@ -46005,34 +46016,29 @@ have centered labels.
 % difficiles à~manipuler dans un fichier \suffix{.dtx}, le fichier \suffix{.mld} est alors une simple enveloppe qui charge
 % un fichier \suffix{.mlo}\,\footnote{Le suffixe \suffix{.mlo} signifie \emph{minitoc language object},
 % objet minitoc de langue.}, qui n'est pas engendré par les fichiers \suffix{.dtx} dans la version actuelle du
-% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Le codage d'entrée adéquat doit être mis en place par l'utilisateur \emph{avant}\virage{} le
-% chargement du fichier \suffix{.mld}  via \com{mtcselectlanguage}.
-% \fi
-%
-% ^^A \begin{environment}{filecontents}
-% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% To go around this limitation, the \xfile{minitoc.ins} file uses
-% \env{filecontents} environments to generate the \suffix{.mlo} files.
-% \or\relax
+% paquetage \upack{minitoc}.
 % Pour contourner cette limitation, le fichier \xfile{minitoc.ins} utilise simplement des
 % environnements \env{filecontents} pour engendrer les fichiers \suffix{.mlo}.
+% Le codage d'entrée adéquat doit être mis en place par l'utilisateur \emph{avant}\virage{} le
+% chargement du fichier \suffix{.mld} via la commande \com{mtcselectlanguage}.
 % \fi
-% ^^A \end{environment}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
 %
 % \lneed{4}
 % {\bfseries
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% Since\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0034}} version~\#49,
+% Since\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0094}} version~\#49,
 % the \upack{minitoc} package checks the presence of the
 % \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} file
 % (and of the \emph{language}\suffix{.mlo} file if necessary) for each language option of the package,
-% before validating the option. If a \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} is missing, the corresponding language option
+% before validating the option. If a \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} file is missing, the corresponding language option
 % is not enabled and a warning message is written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. But the presence of
 % the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory, because english is the default language.
 % If some \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files are missing,
-% the list of this files is given in the \suffix{.log} file.
+% the list of this files is given in the \suffix{.log} file. You should find these files on CTAN.
 % \or\relax
-% À~partir\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0034}} de la version~\#49,
+% À~partir\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0094}} de la version~\#49,
 % le paquetage \upack{minitoc} vérifie la présence du fichier
 % \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} (et du fichier \emph{langue}\suffix{.mlo} si nécessaire) pour
 % chaque option de langue du paquetage, avant de valider l'option. Si un fichier \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo}
@@ -46040,9 +46046,10 @@ have centered labels.
 % le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. Mais la présence du fichier \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire, car
 % l'anglais est la langue par défaut.
 % Si certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} sont manquants,
-% la liste de ces fichiers est écrite dans le fichier \suffix{.log}.
+% la liste de ces fichiers est écrite dans le fichier \suffix{.log}. Vous devriez pouvoir les trouver sur CTAN.
 % \fi
 % \par} ^^A %BF>
+% ^^A \clearpage ^^A %% BEGIN OF LANGUAGE SECTIONS
 %
 % \lneed{8}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -46052,17 +46059,11 @@ have centered labels.
 % \fi
 % \begin{figure}[!thb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{acadien}\ixgrf{acadien.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{acadien.pdf}\ixgrf{acadien.pdf}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Acadia today}\label{f+acadien}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.cyberacadie.com/acadie_pays.htm})
+% \caption[Acadia today]{Acadia today (\url{http://www.cyberacadie.com/acadie_pays.htm})}\label{f+acadien}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Acadie actuelle}\label{f+acadien}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.cyberacadie.com/acadie_pays.htm})
+% \caption[Acadie actuelle]{Acadie actuelle (\url{http://www.cyberacadie.com/acadie_pays.htm})}\label{f+acadien}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 %    \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
@@ -46077,8 +46078,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*acadian>
-\ProvidesFile{acadian.mld}[2004/12/14]
-\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
+\ProvidesFile{acadian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
 %</acadian>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %    \end{macro}
@@ -46103,8 +46103,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*acadien>
-\ProvidesFile{acadien.mld}[2004/12/14]
-\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
+\ProvidesFile{acadien.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
 %</acadien>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %    \end{macro}
@@ -46115,27 +46114,21 @@ have centered labels.
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~afrikaan~>>: \uxfile{afrikaan.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaan}\ixfile{afrikaan.mld}
 % \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
 % \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
 % \setlength{\awidth}{.382958802\iwidth}
 % \setlength{\bwidth}{.617041199\iwidth}
-% \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{afrsud-l}\ixgrf{afrsud-l.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{afrsud-l.pdf}\ixgrf{afrsud-l.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{afrsud-p}\ixgrf{afrsud-p.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{afrsud-p.pdf}\ixgrf{afrsud-p.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the afrikaans language}\label{f+afrsud}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afriquesud.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Afrikaans language areas]{Afrikaans language areas (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afriquesud.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+afrsud}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions de la langue afrikaans}\label{f+afrsud}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afriquesud.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Régions de la langue afrikaans]{Régions de la langue afrikaans (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afriquesud.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+afrsud}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -46161,9 +46154,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*afrikaan>
-\ProvidesFile{afrikaan.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Afrikaan(s) titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from dutch.dtx (babel) by Braams, Johannes~L.
+\ProvidesFile{afrikaan.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Afrikaan(s) titles from dutch.dtx (babel) by Braams, Johannes~L.
 \def\ptctitle{Inhoudsopgawe}%
 \def\plftitle{Lys van figure}%
 \def\plttitle{Lys van tabelle}%
@@ -46196,8 +46188,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*afrikaans>
-\ProvidesFile{afrikaans.mld}[2004/12/14]
-\mtcselectlanguage{afrikaan}%
+\ProvidesFile{afrikaans.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{afrikaan}%
 %</afrikaans>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -46209,23 +46200,23 @@ have centered labels.
 % \section{Langue <<~albanian~>>: \uxfile{albanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+albanian}\ixfile{albanian.mld}
 % \fi
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The albanian language is spoken in Albania and some regions of Macedonia, Montenegro, Serbia and Kosovo; see
-% figure~\vref{f+albania}.
+% The albanian language (\emph{shqip}) is spoken in Albania and some regions of Macedonia, Montenegro, Serbia and Kosovo;
+% see figures~\ref{f+albania} and~\vref{f+kosovo}.
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{albanian}'' language are taken from the \xfile{albanian.dtx} file
-% (with a contribution of \name{Adi}{Zaimi})
-% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,albanian}:
+% (with a contribution of \name{Adi}{Zaimi}) in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,albanian}:
 % \or\relax
-% La langue albanaise est parlée en Albanie et quelques régions de Macédonie, du Montenegro, de Serbie et du Kosovo;
-% voir la figure~\vref{f+albania}.
+% La langue albanaise (\emph{shqip}) est parlée en Albanie et quelques régions de Macédoine, du Montenegro,
+% de Serbie et du Kosovo; voir les figures~\ref{f+albania} et~\vref{f+kosovo}.
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{albanian}~>> (albanais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{albanian.dtx}
 % (avec une contribution de \name{Adi}{Zaimi})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,albanian}:
 % \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
 % \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
 % \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
 % \setlength{\awidth}{.468652038\iwidth}
 % \setlength{\bwidth}{.531347962\iwidth}
-% \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
 % \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{albania.pdf}\ixgrf{albania.pdf}%
@@ -46233,27 +46224,43 @@ have centered labels.
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{alba-eth.pdf}\ixgrf{alba-eth.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the albanian language}\label{f+albania}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/carte_albanophone.htm}
-% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/albaniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Albanian language areas]{Albanian language areas
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/carte_albanophone.htm}
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/albaniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+albania}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions de la langue albanaise}\label{f+albania}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/carte_albanophone.htm}
-% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/albaniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Régions de la langue albanaise]{Régions de la langue albanaise
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/carte_albanophone.htm}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/albaniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+albania}
 % \fi
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+% \vspace*{2\baselineskip}
+% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{kos-alb.png}\ixgrf{kos-alb.png}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{kos-ml.png}\ixgrf{kos-ml.png}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Language areas in Kosovo]{Language areas in Kosovo
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/Kosovo.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+kosovo}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Les langues au Kosovo]{Les langues au Kosovo
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/Kosovo.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+kosovo}
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{figure}
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*albanian>
-\ProvidesFile{albanian.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Albanian titles for minitoc.sty.
-%% from albabian.dtx (babel)
-%% Contribution of Adi Zaimi (zami1st at yahoo.com).
+\ProvidesFile{albanian.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Albanian titles from albabian.dtx (babel).
+%% Adi Zaimi (zami1st at yahoo.com / adizaimi at yahoo.com).
 \def\ptctitle{P\"ermbajta}%
 \def\plftitle{Figurat}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabelat}%
@@ -46269,6 +46276,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
 % \lneed{5}
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``American'' language: \uxfile{american.mld}}\label{s+mld+american}\ixfile{american.mld}
 % \or\relax
@@ -46276,20 +46284,31 @@ have centered labels.
 % \fi
 %    \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The ``\lopt{american}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}''\footnote{It should be true for the mini-table titles; the
-% languages themselves have some differences, like the hyphenation rules.}, so we just load \xfile{english.mld}
-% (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
-% \or\relax
-% La langue <<~\lopt{american}~>> (américain) est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>\footnote{Ceci devrait être vrai pour les titres des
-% mini-tables; les langues elles-mêmes ont quelques différences, par exemple les règles de coupure des mots.}, donc nous
-% chargeons simplement \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
+% The%
+% \marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{0pt}[0pt][0pt]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_language}%
+% {\mbox{\small\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}l@{}}\strut\\american\\language\end{tabular}}}}}
+% ``\lopt{american}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}''
+% (the languages themselves have some differences,
+% like the hyphenation rules, some spellings and phonetics),
+% so we just load \xfile{english.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
+% \or\relax
+% La%
+% \marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{0pt}[0pt][0pt]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/American_language}%
+% {\mbox{\small\begin{tabular}[c]{@{}l@{}}\strut\\american\\language\end{tabular}}}}}
+% langue <<~\lopt{american}~>> (américain) est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>
+% (les langues elles-mêmes ont quelques différences,
+% par exemple les règles de coupure des mots, l'orthographe et la prononciation),
+% donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{english.mld} (voir
+% la section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
 % \fi
 %
+% \normalmarginpar
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*american>
-\ProvidesFile{american.mld}[2004/12/14]
-\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
+\ProvidesFile{american.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
 %</american>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %    \end{macro}
@@ -46302,37 +46321,77 @@ have centered labels.
 % \fi
 % \begin{figure}[!thb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{arabic.png}\ixgrf{arabic.png}%
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{arabw.png}\ixgrf{arabw.png}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the arabic language}\label{f+arabic}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.muslimtents.com/learningarabic/home.html})
+% \caption[Countries where the arabic language is official]{Countries where the arabic language is official
+% (green: sole official language, blue: one of several official languages)
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabic_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+arabic}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions de la langue arabe}\label{f+arabic}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.muslimtents.com/learningarabic/home.html})
+% \caption[Pays où la langue arabe est officielle]{Pays où la langue arabe est officielle
+% (vert: seule langue officielle, bleu: une langue officielle parmi d'autres)
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabic_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+arabic}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!tpb]
+% ^^A \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{islam-pbc.png}\ixgrf{islam-pbc.png}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{arab}'' language are taken from the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}
+% \caption[Percentage of muslims by country]{Percentage of muslims by country
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_world})\hfill\null}\label{f+islam-pbc}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Pourcentage de musulmans par pays]{Pourcentage de musulmans par pays
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_world})\hfill\null}\label{f+islam-pbc}
+% \fi
+% \vspace*{2\baselineskip}
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{islam-sw.pdf}\ixgrf{islam-sw.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[The status of Islam by country]{The status of Islam by country
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_world})\hfill\null}\label{f+islam-sw}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Statut de l'Islam par pays]{Statut de l'Islam par pays
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muslim_world})\hfill\null}\label{f+islam-sw}
+% \fi
+% ^^A \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \par\reversemarginpar
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles\ixgrf{arab-l.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{16mm}[28.15mm][-16mm]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabic_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{arab-l.jpg}}}}
+% for the ``\lopt{arab}'' language (\textsf{al-'Arabiyyah}) are taken
+% from the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}
 % (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), which should be used, with the associated fonts.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{arab}~>> (arabe) sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}
+% Les titres\ixgrf{arab-l.jpg}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{16mm}[28.15mm][-16mm]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabic_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{arab-l.jpg}}}}
+% pour la langue <<~\lopt{arab}~>> (arabe) (\textsf{al-'Arabiyyah}) sont tirés
+% du paquetage \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}
 % (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), qui devrait être utilisé, avec les fontes associées.
 % \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The arabic language is spoken in:
+% Algeria, Bahrain, Egypt, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Libya, Mauritania, Morocco, Oman, Palestinian territories,
+% Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Syria, Tunisia, United Arab Emirates, Western Sahara, Yemen by a majority; it is also
+% the liturgical language of Islam (see figures~\ref{f+islam-pbc} and~\vref{f+islam-sw}).
+% \or\relax
+% La langue arabe est parlée dans les pays suivants:
+% Algérie, Bahrain, Égypte, Irak, Jordanie, Kowait, Liban, Libye, Mauritanie, Maroc, Oman, Territoires Palestiniens,
+% Qatar, Arabie Aaoudite, Soudan, Syrie, Tunisie, Émirats Arabes UnisEmirates, Sahara Occidental, Yémen par une
+% majorité de la population; c'est aussi la langue liturgique de l'Islam (voir les figures~\ref{f+islam-pbc}
+% et~\vref{f+islam-sw}).
+% \fi
+% \par\normalmarginpar
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*arab>
-\ProvidesFile{arab.mld}[1999/03/16]
-%% Arabic titles for minitoc.sty
-%% Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of arabtex)
-%% (strings taken from arabtex; to be used with arabtex)
+\ProvidesFile{arab.mld}[1999/03/16]%
+%% Arabic titles. Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of arabtex)
 \def\ptctitle{al-mu.htawayAtu}%
 \def\plftitle{qA'imaTu a.s-.suwari}%
-\def\plttitle{qA'imaTu al-^gadAwili}
+\def\plttitle{qA'imaTu al-^gadAwili}%
 %%
 \def\mtctitle{al-mu.htawayAtu}%
 \def\mlftitle{qA'imaTu a.s-.suwari}%
@@ -46351,7 +46410,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % \section{Langue <<~arab2~>>: \uxfile{arab2.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab2}\ixfile{arab2.mld}
 % \fi
 % \begin{macro}{\mtcArabTok}
-% \begin{macro}{\tcArabTok}@tok
+% \begin{macro}{\tcArabTok}
+% \begin{macro}{\a@tok}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{arab2}'' language are taken from the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}
 % (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), which should be used, with the associated fonts.
@@ -46365,10 +46425,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*arab2>
-\ProvidesFile{arab2.mld}[2006/03/31]
-%% Arabic titles for minitoc.sty. Variant.
-%% Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of arabtex)
-%% (strings taken from arabtex; to be used with arabtex)
+\ProvidesFile{arab2.mld}[2006/03/31]%
+%% Arabic titles. Variant. Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of arabtex)
 {\makeatletter\global\let\mtcArabTok\a@tok}%
 \def\ptctitle{\mtcArabTok(al-muHtawayAtu)}%
 \def\plftitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu aS-Suwari)}%
@@ -46385,6 +46443,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
 %
 % \lneed{5}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -46405,22 +46464,20 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*arabi>
-\ProvidesFile{arabi.mld}[2006/07/27]
-%% Arabic titles for minitoc.sty.
+\ProvidesFile{arabi.mld}[2006/07/27]%
+%% Arabic titles (strings taken from arabi.ldf; to be used with arabi)
 %% Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of the Arabi package, by Youssef Jabri)
-%% (strings taken from arabi.ldf; to be used with arabi)
 \def\ptctitle{\R{\alef\lam\fa\ha\ra\seen}}%
-\def\plftitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space \alef\lam\alefhamza\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}%
-\def\plttitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space \alef\lam\jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}%
+\def\plftitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\alefhamza\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}%
+\def\plttitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}%
 %%
 \def\mtctitle{\R{\alef\lam\fa\ha\ra\seen}}%
-\def\mlftitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space \alef\lam\alefhamza\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}%
-\def\mlttitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space \alef\lam\jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}%
+\def\mlftitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\alefhamza\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}%
+\def\mlttitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}%
 %%
 \def\stctitle{\R{\alef\lam\fa\ha\ra\seen}}%
-\def\slftitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space \alef\lam\alefhamza\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}%
-\def\slttitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space \alef\lam\jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}%
-%%
+\def\slftitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\alefhamza\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}%
+\def\slttitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space\alef\lam\jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}%
 %</arabi>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -46442,8 +46499,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*arabic>
-\ProvidesFile{arabic.mld}[2005/02/10]
-\mtcselectlanguage{arab}%
+\ProvidesFile{arabic.mld}[2005/02/10]\mtcselectlanguage{arab}%
 %</arabic>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -46454,11 +46510,11 @@ have centered labels.
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~armenian~>>: \uxfile{armenian.mld}}\label{s+mld+armenian}\ixfile{armenian.mld}
 % \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
 % \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
 % \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
 % \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
-% \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
 % \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{armeniar.jpg}\ixgrf{armeniar.jpg}%
@@ -46466,47 +46522,60 @@ have centered labels.
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{caucasus.pdf}\ixgrf{caucasus.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Armenia and the languages in the Caucasus}\label{f+armenia}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/armenia.html}
+% \caption[Armenia and languages of Caucasus]{Armenia and languages of Caucasus
+% (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/armenia.html}
 % --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--
 % and
 % \url{http://linguistics.buffalo.edu/people/faculty/dryer/dryer/dryer.htm} by \name{Matthew~S.}{Dryer},
-% link found from \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caucasian_languages})
+% link found from \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caucasian_languages})\hfill\null}\label{f+armenia}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Arménie et les langues du Caucase}\label{f+armenia}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/armenia.html}
+% \caption[Arménie et langues du Caucase]{Arménie et langues du Caucase
+% (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/armenia.html}
 % --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--
 % et
 % \url{http://linguistics.buffalo.edu/people/faculty/dryer/dryer/dryer.htm} par \name{Matthew~S.}{Dryer},
-% lien trouvé dans \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caucasian_languages})
-%
-% \raggedright
+% lien trouvé dans \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caucasian_languages})\hfill\null}\label{f+armenia}
+% \fi
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+% \vspace*{2\baselineskip}
+% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{armeniad.pdf}\ixgrf{armeniad.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[The Armenian diaspora]{The Armenian diaspora (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armenian_diaspora})\hfill\null}\label{f+armeniad}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[La diaspora arménienne]{La diaspora arménienne (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diaspora_arménienne})\hfill\null}\label{f+armeniad}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{6.213285133mm}
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{armenian}'' language are taken from the \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX} package~\cite{armtex}
+% The titles\ixgrf{armenian-l.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armenian_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{armenian-l.png}}}}
+% for the ``\lopt{armenian}'' language (\emph{hayeren}) are taken from the \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX} package~\cite{armtex}
 % (by \name{Sergueï}{Dachian}, \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan} and \name{Vartan}{Akopian}), which should be
 % used, with the associated fonts.
-% The armenian language is spoken in Armenia, in a part of Azerbaidjan and in the armenian diaspora; see figure~\vref{f+armenia}.
+% The armenian language is spoken in Armenia, in a part of Azerbaidjan and in the armenian diaspora;
+% see figures~\ref{f+armenia} and~\vref{f+armeniad}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{armenian}~>> (arménien) sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex}
+% Les titres\ixgrf{armenian-l.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Armenian_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{armenian-l.png}}}}
+% pour la langue <<~\lopt{armenian}~>> (arménien, \emph{hayeren}) sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex}
 % (de \name{Sergueï}{Dachian}, \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan} et \name{Vartan}{Akopian}),
 % qui devrait être utilisé, avec les fontes associées.
 % La langue arménienne est parlée en Arménie, dans une partie de l'Azerbaïdjan et dans la diaspora arménienne;
-% voir la figure~\vref{f+armenia}.
+% voir les figures~\ref{f+armenia} et~\vref{f+armeniad}.
 % \fi
 %
+% \normalmarginpar
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*armenian>
-\ProvidesFile{armenian.mld}[1999/06/28]
-%% Armenian titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from ArmTeX
-%% Sergueï Dachian (Serguei.Dachian@univ-lemans.fr)
+\ProvidesFile{armenian.mld}[1999/06/28]%
+%% Armenian titles from ArmTeX. Sergueï Dachian (Serguei.Dachian@univ-lemans.fr),
+%% Arnak Dalalyan & Vartan Akopian
 \def\ptctitle{Bovandakuthyun}%
 \def\plftitle{Patkerneri cank}%
 \def\plttitle{Aghyusakneri cank}%
@@ -46521,7 +46590,7 @@ have centered labels.
 %</armenian>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
-% \lneed{5}
+% \lneed{7}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Australian'' language: \uxfile{australian.mld}}\label{s+mld+australian}\ixfile{australian.mld}
 % \or\relax
@@ -46535,12 +46604,10 @@ have centered labels.
 % La langue <<~\lopt{australian}~>> (australian) est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement
 % \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
 % \fi
-%
-% \lneed{3}
+% \lneed{4}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*australian>
-\ProvidesFile{australian.mld}[2006/01/11]
-\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
+\ProvidesFile{australian.mld}[2006/01/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
 %</australian>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -46560,11 +46627,10 @@ have centered labels.
 % (allemand), donc nous chargeons \xfile{german.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+german}):
 % \fi
 %
-% \lneed{3}
+% \lneed{4}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*austrian>
-\ProvidesFile{austrian.mld}[2004/12/14]
-\mtcselectlanguage{german}%
+\ProvidesFile{austrian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{german}%
 %</austrian>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -46587,8 +46653,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*bahasa>
-\ProvidesFile{bahasa.mld}[2006/01/11]
-\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}%
+\ProvidesFile{bahasa.mld}[2006/01/11]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}%
 %</bahasa>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -46606,29 +46671,23 @@ have centered labels.
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{indonesia1}\ixgrf{indonesia1.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{indonesia1.pdf}\ixgrf{indonesia1.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{indonesia2}\ixgrf{indonesia2.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{indonesia2.pdf}\ixgrf{indonesia2.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Indonesia}\label{f+indonesia}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-3_Pol_ling.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Indonesia]{Indonesia (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} and
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-3_Pol_ling.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+indonesia}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Indonésie}\label{f+indonesia}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-3_Pol_ling.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Indonésie]{Indonésie (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} et
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-3_Pol_ling.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+indonesia}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles of the mini-tables for the ``\lopt{bahasai}'' language\,\footnote{Bahasa is spoken in Indonesia and Malaysia, with
-% different pronunciations and titles
-% but the same writing. Bahasai is the indonesian variant. See
+% The titles of the mini-tables for the ``\lopt{bahasai}'' language\,\footnote{Bahasa is spoken in Indonesia and Malaysia,
+% with different pronunciations and titles but the same writing. Bahasai is the indonesian variant. See
 % \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}.} (bahasa indonesia / bahasa meyalu) are
-% taken from the file \xfile{bahasa.dtx}
-% (by \name{Jörg}{Knappen} and \name{Terry}{Mart})
+% taken from the file \xfile{bahasa.dtx} (by \name{Jörg}{Knappen} and \name{Terry}{Mart})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,bahasa}.
 % Specific fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}. The word ``bahasa'' means ``language'' in bahasa.
 % For other names for this language, see sections~\vref{s+mld+bahasa}, \vref{s+mld+indon},
@@ -46637,11 +46696,9 @@ have centered labels.
 % Les titres des mini-tables pour la langue <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>\,\footnote{Le bahasa est parlé en Indonésie et en Malaisie,
 % avec des prononciations et des titres différents mais avec la même écriture. Bahasai est la variante indonésienne.
 % Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}.}
-%  (bahasa indonesia / bahasa meyalu)
-% sont tirés du fichier \xfile{bahasa.dtx}
-% (de \name{Jörg}{Knappen} et \name{Terry}{Mart})
-% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,bahasa}. Des
-% fontes spécifiques sont nécessaires. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}. Le mot «~bahasa~» signifie
+%  (bahasa indonesia / bahasa meyalu) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{bahasa.dtx} (de \name{Jörg}{Knappen}
+% et \name{Terry}{Mart}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,bahasa}.
+% Des fontes spécifiques sont nécessaires. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}. Le mot «~bahasa~» signifie
 % «~langage~» en bahasa. Pour d'autres noms pour cette langue, voir les sections~\vref{s+mld+bahasa},
 % \vref{s+mld+indon} et~\vref{s+mld+indonesian}.
 % \fi
@@ -46649,10 +46706,9 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*bahasai>
-\ProvidesFile{bahasai.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Bahasa Indonesia titles for minitoc.sty
-%% From bahasa.dtx in the babel package
-%% Knappen, Jörg and Mart, Terry
+\ProvidesFile{bahasai.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Bahasa Indonesia titles from bahasa.dtx in the babel package.
+%% Knappen, Jörg & Mart, Terry
 \def\ptctitle{Daftar Isi}%
 \def\plftitle{Daftar Gambar}%
 \def\plttitle{Daftar Tabel}%
@@ -46680,24 +46736,24 @@ have centered labels.
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{malaysia1}\ixgrf{malaysia1.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{malaysia1.pdf}\ixgrf{malaysia1.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{malaysia2}\ixgrf{malaysia2.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{malaysia2.pdf}\ixgrf{malaysia2.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Malaysia}\label{f+malaysia}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/malaysia.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Malaysia]{Malaysia (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/malaysia.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+malaysia}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Malaisie}\label{f+malaysia}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/malaysia.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Malaisie]{Malaisie (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/malaysia.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+malaysia}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{6.039755352mm}
+% \reversemarginpar
+% \lneed{4}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles of the mini-tables for the ``\lopt{bahasam}'' language (Bahasa Malaysia)\,\footnote{Spoken in Indonesia and Malaysia, with
+% The titles\ixgrf{meyalu.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malay_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{meyalu.png}}}}
+% of the mini-tables for the ``\lopt{bahasam}'' language (Bahasa Malaysia)\,\footnote{Spoken in Indonesia and Malaysia, with
 % different pronunciations and titles
 % but the same writing. Bahasam is the malaysian variant.} are taken from the file \xfile{bahasam.dtx}
 % (by \name{Jörg}{Knappen}, \name{Terry}{Mart} and \name{Bob}{Margolis})
@@ -46706,7 +46762,10 @@ have centered labels.
 % Specific fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bahasa}. For other names for this language, see
 % sections~\vref{s+mld+malay} and~\vref{s+mld+meyalu}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres des mini-tables pour la langue <<~\lopt{bahasam}~>> (Bahasa Malaysia)\,\footnote{Parlée en Indonésie et en Malaisie, avec des
+% Les titres\ixgrf{meyalu.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malay_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{meyalu.png}}}}
+% des mini-tables pour la langue <<~\lopt{bahasam}~>> (Bahasa Malaysia)\,\footnote{Parlée en Indonésie et en Malaisie, avec des
 % prononciations et des titres différents mais avec la même écriture. Bahasam est la variante malaisienne.} sont
 % tirés du fichier \xfile{bahasam.dtx}
 % (de \name{Jörg}{Knappen}, \name{Terry}{Mart} et \name{Bob}{Margolis})
@@ -46715,13 +46774,13 @@ have centered labels.
 % langue, voir les sections~\vref{s+mld+malay} et~\vref{s+mld+meyalu}.
 % \fi
 %
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*bahasam>
-\ProvidesFile{bahasam.mld}[2006/12/19]
-%% Bahasa Malaysia titles for minitoc.sty
-%% From bahasam.dtx in the babel package
-%% Knappen, Jörg and Mart, Terry and Margolis, Bob
+\ProvidesFile{bahasam.mld}[2006/12/19]%
+%% Bahasa Malaysia titles from bahasam.dtx in the babel package
+%% Knappen, Jörg & Mart, Terry & Margolis, Bob
 \def\ptctitle{Kandungan}%
 \def\plftitle{Senarai Gambar}%
 \def\plttitle{Senarai Jadual}%
@@ -46735,57 +46794,69 @@ have centered labels.
 \def\slttitle{Senarai Jadual}%
 %</bahasam>
 %    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \lneed{5}
+% \lneed{7}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Bangla'' language: \uxfile{bangla.mld}}\label{s+mld+bangla}\ixfile{bangla.mld}
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~bangla~>>: \uxfile{bangla.mld}}\label{s+mld+bangla}\ixfile{bangla.mld}
 % \fi
-% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
-% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
-% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
-% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
-% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}%
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}%
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}%
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}%
+% \begin{figure}[!tb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bangla}\ixgrf{bangla.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bangla1.pdf}\ixgrf{bangla1.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bangla2}\ixgrf{bangla2.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bangla2.pdf}\ixgrf{bangla2.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the bangla (or bengali) language}\label{f+bangla}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/Bangladesh.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Bangla (bengali) language areas]{Bangla (bengali) language areas
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/Bangladesh.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+bangla}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions de la langue bangla (ou bengali)}\label{f+bangla}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/Bangladesh.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Régions de la langue bânglâ (bengalî)]{Régions de la langue bânglâ (bengalî)
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/Bangladesh.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+bangla}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!tb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bengali-m.jpg}\ixgrf{bengali-m.jpg}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[The bengali diaspora]{The bengali diaspora
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bengali_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+bengali-m}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[La diaspora bengalî]{La diaspora bengalî
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bengali_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+bengali-m}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \null\ixgrf{bangla.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{-2mm}[9.363636mm][2mm]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bengalî}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{bangla.png}}}}%
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{bangla}'' (\lopt{bengali}) language\,\footnote{Spoken in Bangladesh and some parts of India,
 % like Occidental Bengal~(19), Orissa~(21), Assam~(18), Bihar~(10) and Tripura~(16);
-% see figure~\vref{f+bangla}.} are taken from
+% see figures~\vref{f+bangla} and~\vref{f+bengali-m}.} are taken from
 % the \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} package~\cite{bangtex} (by \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal}); they need specific fonts
 % (the bengali alphabet is derived from sanskrit).
 % \or\relax
+% \null\ixgrf{bangla.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{-2mm}[9.363636mm][2mm]{\href{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bengalî}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{bangla.png}}}}%
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bangla}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée au Bangladesh et dans certaines parties de
 % l'Inde, comme le Bengale Occidental~(19), Orissa~(21), Assam~(18), Bihar~(10) et Tripura~(16);
-% voir la figure~\vref{f+bangla}.} (\lopt{bengali}) sont simplement tirés
+% voir les figures~\vref{f+bangla} et~\vref{f+bengali-m}.} (\lopt{bengali}) sont simplement tirés
 % du paquetage \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}~\cite{bangtex} (de \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal});
-% ils ont besoin de fontes spécifiques (l'alphabet bengali est dérivé du sanskrit).
+% ils ont besoin de fontes spécifiques (l'alphabet bengalî est dérivé du sanskrit).
 % \fi
+% \par\normalmarginpar
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*bangla>
-\ProvidesFile{bangla.mld}[2006/03/31]
-%% Bangla titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from BangTeX
-%% Needs specific fonts
+\ProvidesFile{bangla.mld}[2006/03/31]%
+%% Bangla titles from BangTeX. Needs specific fonts.
 \def\ptctitle{suu\*c*ipotRo}%
 \def\plftitle{cho\*b*ir ta\*l*ika}%
 \def\plttitle{cho\*k*er ta\*l*ika}%
@@ -46818,39 +46889,60 @@ have centered labels.
 % \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{basque2.pdf}\ixgrf{basque2.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{The Basque country}\label{f+basque}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnebasque.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnenavarre.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[The Basque country]{The Basque country
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnebasque.htm} and
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnenavarre.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+basque}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Pays Basque}\label{f+basque}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnebasque.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnenavarre.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Pays Basque]{Pays Basque (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnebasque.htm} et
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnenavarre.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+basque}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{basque-de.pdf}\ixgrf{basque-de.pdf}%
+% \or\relax
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{basque-df.pdf}\ixgrf{basque-df.pdf}%
+% \fi
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{euskara.pdf}\ixgrf{euskara.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[The Basque dialects]{The Basque dialects
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basque_%28language%29})\hfill\null}\label{f+euskara}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Dialectes basques]{Dialectes basques
+% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Langue_basque})\hfill\null}\label{f+euskara}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{basque}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in the basque country, in the north of Spain and
-% south-west of France; see figure~\vref{f+basque}.} are taken from the \xfile{basque.dtx} file in the \pack{babel}
-% package~\cite{babel,babel-user,basque}, by \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria} and \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez}, with help
-% from \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola}.
+% south-west of France; see figure~\vref{f+basque}.} (\emph{euskara}) are taken from the \xfile{basque.dtx} file
+% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,basque}, by \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria}
+% and \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez}, with help from \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola~Azkona}.
 % It seems that 8~bits fonts are preferable.
 % \or\relax
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{basque}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée au Pays Basque, qui est situé dans le nord de l'Espagne
-% et le sud-ouest de la France; voir la figure~\vref{f+basque}.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{basque.dtx} dans le paquetage
+% et le sud-ouest de la France; voir la figure~\vref{f+basque}.} (\emph{euskara}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{basque.dtx} dans le paquetage
 % \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,basque}, par \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria} et \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez}, avec
-% l'aide de \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola}.
+% l'aide de \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola~Azkona}.
 % Il semble que des fontes 8-bits soient préférables.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*basque>
-\ProvidesFile{basque.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Basque titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from basque.dtx (babel)
-%% Aguirregabiria, Juan M. and Sanchez, Julio
-%% Needs special fonts
+\ProvidesFile{basque.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Basque titles from basque.dtx (babel).
+%% Aguirregabiria, Juan M. <wtpagagj at lg.ehu.es> WWW: http://tp.lc.ehu.es/jma.html
+%% & Sanchez, Julio <jsanchez at gmv.es>,
+%% and help from Izaola Azkona, Zunbeltz <wmbizazz at lg dot ehu>
+%% Needs special fonts.
 \def\ptctitle{Gaien Aurkibidea}%
 \def\plftitle{Irudien Zerrenda}%
 \def\plttitle{Taulen Zerrenda}%
@@ -46876,15 +46968,14 @@ have centered labels.
 % The ``\lopt{bengali}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{bangla}'' language, so we load the file \xfile{bangla.mld} (see
 % section~\vref{s+mld+bangla}):
 % \or\relax
-% La langue <<~\lopt{bengali}~>> est synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{bangla}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier
+% La langue <<~\lopt{bengali}~>> (bengalî) est synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{bangla}~>> (bânglâ), donc nous chargeons le fichier
 % \xfile{bangla.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bangla}):
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*bengali>
-\ProvidesFile{bengali.mld}[2007/07/23]
-\mtcselectlanguage{bangla}%
+\ProvidesFile{bengali.mld}[2007/07/23]\mtcselectlanguage{bangla}%
 %</bengali>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -46898,12 +46989,12 @@ have centered labels.
 % \begin{macro}{\bcg}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{bicig}'' language\,\footnote{The \lopt{bicig} is a written form of the mongolian language. It is also
-% known as Uighur. See also section~\vref{s+mld+uighur}.} are taken
+% known as Uighur or Bichig. See also section~\vref{s+mld+uighur}.} are taken
 % from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts. See also
 % sections~\vref{s+mld+mongol}, \vref{s+mld+bicig2}, and~\vref{s+mld+bicig3}.
 % \or\relax
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bicig}~>>\,\footnote{Le <<~\lopt{bicig}~>> est une forme écrite de la langue mongole. Il
-% est aussi connu sous le nom de ouïghour (\emph{uighur} en anglais). Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+uighur}.} sont
+% est aussi connu sous le nom de ouïghour (\emph{uighur} en anglais) ou bichig. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+uighur}.} sont
 % tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques. Voir aussi les
 % sections~\vref{s+mld+mongol}, \vref{s+mld+bicig2} et~\vref{s+mld+bicig3}.
 % \fi
@@ -46911,9 +47002,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*bicig>
-\ProvidesFile{bicig.mld}[1999/03/16]
-%% Mongol (Bicig) titles for minitoc.sty
-%% needs mongol fonts
+\ProvidesFile{bicig.mld}[1999/03/16]%
+%% Mongol (Bicig) titles needs mongol fonts
 \def\ptctitle{\bcg{GarciG}}%
 \def\plftitle{\bcg{zuraG-un zigsaalt}}%
 \def\plttitle{\bcg{k"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}%
@@ -46947,8 +47037,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*bicig2>
-\ProvidesFile{bicig2.mld}[2005/11/16]
-%% Mongol (Bicig2) titles for minitoc.sty (needs mongol fonts)
+\ProvidesFile{bicig2.mld}[2005/11/16]%
+%% Mongol (Bicig2) titles (needs mongol fonts)
 \def\ptctitle{garcag}%
 \def\plftitle{zirug-un zigsagalda}%
 \def\plttitle{kuisunukdu-yin zigsagalda}%
@@ -46983,8 +47073,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*bicig3>
-\ProvidesFile{bicig3.mld}[2006/03/31]
-%% Mongol (Bicig3) titles for minitoc.sty (needs mongol fonts)
+\ProvidesFile{bicig3.mld}[2006/03/31]%
+%% Mongol (Bicig3) titles (needs mongol fonts)
 \def\ptctitle{aguulag=a}%
 \def\plftitle{zirug-un zigsagalda}%
 \def\plttitle{kuisunukdu-yin zigsagalda}%
@@ -46999,10 +47089,15 @@ have centered labels.
 %</bicig3>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
+% \reversemarginpar
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{41.11842105mm}
 % \lneed{5}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Bithe'' language: \uxfile{bithe.mld}}\label{s+mld+bithe}\ixfile{bithe.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{bithe}'' language\,\footnote{The \lopt{bithe} is a written form of the \lopt{manju} variant of the mongolian language.} are taken
+% The titles\ixgrf{manjui.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Manchu_alphabet}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{manjui.png}}}}
+% for the ``\lopt{bithe}'' language\,\footnote{The \lopt{bithe} is a written form of the \lopt{manju} variant of the mongolian language.} are taken
 % from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts.
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+manju} and~\vref{s+mld+mongol}.
 % The Manju writing, or \emph{bithe} system is a close relative
@@ -47011,7 +47106,10 @@ have centered labels.
 % was designed to eliminate all the ambiguities of Mongolian.
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~bithe~>>: \uxfile{bithe.mld}}\label{s+mld+bithe}\ixfile{bithe.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bithe}~>>\,\footnote{Le <<~\lopt{bithe}~>> est une forme écrite de la
+% Les titres\ixgrf{manjui.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Manchu_alphabet}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{manjui.png}}}}
+% pour la langue <<~\lopt{bithe}~>>\,\footnote{Le <<~\lopt{bithe}~>> est une forme écrite de la
 % variante <<~\lopt{manju}~>> de la langue mongole.} sont
 % tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques.
 % Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+manju} et~\vref{s+mld+mongol}.
@@ -47021,11 +47119,99 @@ have centered labels.
 % été conçu pour éliminer toutes les ambiguïtés du Mongol.
 % \fi
 %
-% \lneed{3}
+% \normalmarginpar
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.386473430\iwidth}
+% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.613526570\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{manchuria.jpg}\ixgrf{manchuria.jpg}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{manjuc.jpg}\ixgrf{manjuc.jpg}%
+% \\
+%
+% \multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{manchu.jpg}\ixgrf{manchu.jpg}}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Manchuria]{Manchuria (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Manchuria}
+% and \url{http://www.hunmagyar.org/turan/manchu/manchuria.html})\hfill\null}\label{f+manju}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Mandchourie]{Mandchourie (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Manchuria}
+% et \url{http://www.hunmagyar.org/turan/manchu/manchuria.html})\hfill\null}\label{f+manju}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% Figure\vref{f+manju} shows the extent of Manchuria according
+% to definition~1 (dark red)
+% below, definition~3 (dark plus medium red) and definition~4 (dark
+% plus medium plus light red):
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item Northeast China: generally defined as the three
+%       provinces of Heilongjiang, Jilin and Liaoning.
+% \item The above, plus part of northeastern Inner Mongolia.
+% \item The above, plus the Jehol region of Hebei
+%       province. The part of Manchuria in China is called
+%       Inner Manchuria to contrast it with
+%       Outer Manchuria (see below).
+% \item The above, plus Outer Manchuria or Russian Manchuria,
+%       a region in Russia that stretches from the Amur and
+%       Ussuri rivers to the Stanovoy Mountains and the
+%       Sea of Japan. Russian Far East comprises Primorsky Krai,
+%       southern Khabarovsk Krai, the Jewish Autonomous Oblast
+%       and Amur Oblast. These were part of Manchu China
+%       according to the Treaty of Nerchinsk of 1689, but were
+%       ceded to Russia by the Treaty of Aigun (1858).
+% \item The above, plus Sakhalin Oblast, which is generally
+%       included on Chinese maps as part of Outer Manchuria,
+%       even though it is not explicitly mentioned in the
+%       Treaty of Nerchinsk.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% Outer Manchuria is in light red on this map. Some also
+% consider the island of Sakhalin to be part of Outer
+% Manchuria.
+% \or\relax
+% La figure~\vref{f+manju} montre l'étendue de la Mandchourie
+% selon la définition~1 (rouge
+% sombre) ci-dessous, la définition~3 (rouge sombre plus rouge
+% moyen) et la définition~4 (rouge sombre plus rouge moyen plus
+% rouge clair):
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item Chine du Nord-Est: généralement définie comme étant
+%       formée des trois provinces de Heilongjiang, Jilin et Liaoning.
+% \item Comme ci-dessus, plus une partie du nord-est de la
+%       Mongolie Intérieure.
+% \item Comme ci-dessus, plud la région de Jehol de la province
+%       de Hebei. La partie de la Mandchourie située en Chine
+%       est appelée Mandchourie Intérieure par opposition à~la
+%       Mandchourie Extérieure (voir ci-dessous).
+% \item Comme ci-dessus, plus la Mandchourie Extérieure ou
+%       Mandchourie Russe, une région située en Russie et qui
+%       s'étend des rivières Amur et Ussuri jusqu'aux Monts
+%       Stanovoy et à~la Mer du Japon. L'Extrême Orient Russe
+%       comprent le Primorsky Krai, le Khabarovsk Krai du sud,
+%       l'Oblast Juif Autonome et l'Oblast de l'Amur. Ces
+%       régions faisaient partie de la Chine Mandchoue selon le
+%       Traité de Nerchinsk de 1689, mais furent cédées à~la
+%       Russie par le Traité de Aigun (1858);
+% \item Comme ci-dessus, plus l'Oblast de Sakhalin, qui est
+%       généralement inclus sur la cartes de Chine comme faisant
+%       partie de la Mandchourie Extérieure, même s'il n'est pas
+%       mentionné explicitement dans le Traité de Nerchinsk.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% La Mandchourie Extérieure est en rouge clair sur cette carte.
+% Certains considèrent l'île de Sakhalin comme faisant partie de la
+% Mandchourie Extérieure.
+% \fi
+%
+% \lneed{7}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*bithe>
-\ProvidesFile{bithe.mld}[2005/11/16]
-%% Manju (bithe) titles for minitoc.sty (needs mongol fonts)
+\ProvidesFile{bithe.mld}[2005/11/16]%
+%% Manju (bithe) titles (needs mongol fonts)
 \def\ptctitle{garcag}%
 \def\plftitle{zirug-un? afaha}%
 \def\plttitle{kuisunukdu-yin? afaha}%
@@ -47058,30 +47244,128 @@ have centered labels.
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{brazil.pdf}\ixgrf{brazil.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Brazil}\label{f+brazil}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/brazil.jpg}
+% \caption[Brazil]{Brazil (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/brazil.jpg}
 % --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--
-% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/bresimapa-lingua.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/bresimapa-lingua.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})i\hfill\null}\label{f+brazil}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Brésil}\label{f+brazil}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/brazil.jpg}
+% \caption[Brésil]{Brésil (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/brazil.jpg}
 % --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--
-% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/bresimapa-lingua.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/bresimapa-lingua.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+brazil}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.4\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.6\iwidth}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[c]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portu-b.png}\ixgrf{portu-b.png}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \begin{minipage}[c]{\bwidth}\footnotesize\selectlanguage{french}
+% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
+% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=0em
+% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt
+% \RaggedRight
+% \begin{enumerate}[1.~]
+%    \item Caipira -- States of São Paulo (countryside;
+%       the city of São Paulo and the eastern areas of the
+%       state have their own dialect, called paulista);
+%       southern Minas Gerais, northern Paraná, Goiás and
+%       Mato Grosso do Sul.
+%    \item Cearense -- Ceará.
+%    \item Baiano -- Bahia.
+%    \item Fluminense -- Variants spoken in the states of Rio de
+%       Janeiro and Espírito Santo (excluding the
+%       city of Rio de Janeiro and its adjacent
+%       metropolitan areas, which have their own
+%       dialect, called carioca).
+%    \item Gaúcho -- Rio Grande do Sul. (There are many distinct accents
+%       in Rio Grande do Sul, mainly due to the heavy
+%       influx of European immigrants of diverse origins, those which have
+%       settled several colonies throughout the state.)
+%    \item Mineiro -- Minas Gerais (not prevalent in the Triângulo Mineiro,
+%       southern and southeastern Minas Gerais).
+%    \item Nordestino -- northeastern states
+%       of Brazil (Pernambuco and Rio Grande do Norte have a
+%       particular way of speaking).
+%    \item Nortista -- Amazon Basin states.
+%    \item Paulistano -- Variants spoken around São Paulo
+%       city and the eastern areas of São Paulo state.
+%    \item Sertanejo -- States of Goiás and Mato Grosso
+%       (the city of Cuiabá has a particular way of speaking).
+%    \item Sulista -- Variants spoken in the areas between the northern
+%       regions of Rio Grande do Sul and southern
+%       regions of São Paulo state. (The cities of Curitiba,
+%       Florianópolis, and Itapetininga have fairly distinct accents
+%       as well.)
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \end{minipage}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \caption[Dialects of Portuguese in Brazil]{Dialects of Portuguese in Brazil
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portuguese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+portu-b}
+% \end{figure}
+% \or\relax
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[c]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portu-b.png}\ixgrf{portu-b.png}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \begin{minipage}[c]{\bwidth}\footnotesize
+% \RaggedRight
+% \begin{enumerate}[1.~]
+%    \item Caipira -- États de São Paulo (campagne;
+%       la cité de São Paulo et les zones de l'est de l'état ont
+%       leur propre dialecte, appelé \emph{paulista});
+%       le sud de Minas Gerais, le nord du Paraná, de Goiás et
+%       le Mato Grosso do Sul.
+%    \item Cearense -- Ceará.
+%    \item Baiano -- Bahia.
+%    \item Fluminense -- Des variantes parlées dans les étas de Rio de
+%       Janeiro et Espírito Santo (sauf la cité de Rio de Janeiro
+%       et ses zones métropolitaines adjacentes, qui ont leur
+%       propre dialecte, appelé \emph{carioca}).
+%    \item Gaúcho -- Rio Grande do Sul. (Il y~a de nombreux
+%       accents différents dans  Rio Grande do Sul, surtout
+%       à~cause du fort afflux d'immigrants européens de
+%       diverses origines, ceux qui établi plusieurs colonies
+%       dans tout cet état.)
+%    \item Mineiro -- Minas Gerais (ne domine pas dans le
+%       \emph{Triângulo Mineiro} ou «~Triangle Minier~», au sud
+%       et au sud-est de Minas Gerais).
+%    \item Nordestino -- États du nord-est du Brésil (Pernambuco
+%       et Rio Grande do Norte ont une manière de parler
+%       particulière).
+%    \item Nortista -- États du bassin de l'Amazone.
+%    \item Paulistano -- Des variantes sont parlées autour de
+%      la cité de São Paulo et dans les régions de l'est de
+%      l'état de São Paulo.
+%    \item Sertanejo -- États de Goiás et du Mato Grosso
+%      (la cité de Cuiabá a une manière de parler particulière).
+%    \item Sulista -- Des variantes sont parlées dans les
+%       zones entre les régions du nord de Rio Grande do Sul et
+%       celles du sud de l'état de São Paulo. (Les cités de Curitiba,
+%       Florianópolis et Itapetininga ont aussi des accents
+%       assez distincts.)
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \end{minipage}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \caption[Dialectes du portugais au Brésil]{Dialectes du portugais au Brésil
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portuguese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+portu-b}
+% \end{figure}
+% \fi
+%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{brazil}'' language\,\footnote{It is the main portuguese dialect spoken in Brazil. Note
-% that these titles are
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{brazil}'' language (\emph{português brasileiro} or
+% \emph{português do Brasil})\,\footnote{It is the main portuguese dialect spoken in Brazil. Note that these titles are
 % \emph{different} in Brazil and in Portugal. \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima} contributed brazilian translations.
 % See section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}.} are taken from the \xfile{portuges.dtx} file (for portugese titles by
 % \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}) in the \pack{babel}
 % package~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}:
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{brazil}~>> (brésilien)\,\footnote{C'est le dialecte portugais principal parlé au Brésil.
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{brazil}~>> (brésilien, \emph{português brasileiro} ou
+% \emph{português do Brasil})\,\footnote{C'est le dialecte portugais principal parlé au Brésil.
 % Notez que ces
 % titres sont \emph{différents} au Brésil et au Portugal. \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima} a contribué pour les
 % traductions brésiliennes. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{portuges.dtx}
@@ -47092,9 +47376,9 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*brazil>
-\ProvidesFile{brazil.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Portugues (brazil) titles for minitoc.sty, from portuges.dtx (babel)
-%% Ramalhete, Jose Pedro and "de Lima", Arnaldo Viegas
+\ProvidesFile{brazil.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Portugues (brazil) titles, from portuges.dtx (babel)
+%% Ramalhete, Jose Pedro & "de Lima", Arnaldo Viegas
 \def\ptctitle{Sum\'ario}%
 \def\plftitle{Lista de Figuras}%
 \def\plttitle{Lista de Tabelas}%
@@ -47127,8 +47411,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*brazilian>
-\ProvidesFile{brazilian.mld}[2005/07/11]
-\mtcselectlanguage{brazil}%
+\ProvidesFile{brazilian.mld}[2005/07/11]\mtcselectlanguage{brazil}%
 %</brazilian>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -47141,34 +47424,32 @@ have centered labels.
 % \fi
 % \begin{figure}[!thb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bretagne}\ixgrf{bretagne.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bretagne.pdf}\ixgrf{bretagne.pdf}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Brittany}\label{f+bretagne}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.bretagnenet.com/scb/fgeo.html})
+% \caption[Brittany]{Brittany (\url{http://www.bretagnenet.com/scb/fgeo.html})\hfill\null}\label{f+bretagne}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Bretagne}\label{f+bretagne}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.bretagnenet.com/scb/fgeo.html})
+% \caption[Bretagne]{Bretagne (\url{http://www.bretagnenet.com/scb/fgeo.html})\hfill\null}\label{f+bretagne}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{breton}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken as a local celtic dialect in french Brittany; see
-% figure~\vref{f+bretagne}.} are taken from the
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{breton}'' language (\emph{brezhoneg})\,\footnote{Spoken as a local celtic dialect in french Brittany; see
+% figure~\vref{f+bretagne}.
+% See also \url{http://www.geobreizh.com/breizh/images/cartes/carte-bretagne-langue-fr.jpg} and
+% \url{http://www.geobreizh.com/breizh/images/cartes/carte-bretagne-langue-br.jpg}.} are taken from the
 % \xfile{breton.dtx} file (by \name{Christian}{Rolland}) in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,breton}:
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{breton}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée comme dialecte celtique local en Bretagne (France);
-% voir la figure~\vref{f+bretagne}.}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{breton}~>> (\emph{brezhoneg})\,\footnote{Parlée comme dialecte celtique local en Bretagne (France);
+% voir la figure~\vref{f+bretagne}. Voir aussi
+% \url{http://www.geobreizh.com/breizh/images/cartes/carte-bretagne-langue-fr.jpg} et
+% \url{http://www.geobreizh.com/breizh/images/cartes/carte-bretagne-langue-br.jpg}.}
 % sont tirés du fichier \xfile{breton.dtx} (de \name{Christian}{Rolland}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,breton}:
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*breton>
-\ProvidesFile{breton.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Breton titles for minitoc.sty from breton.dtx (babel) by Rolland, Christian
+\ProvidesFile{breton.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Breton titles from breton.dtx (babel) by Rolland, Christian
 \def\ptctitle{Taolenn}%
 \def\plftitle{Listenn ar Figurenno\`u}%
 \def\plttitle{Listenn an taolenno\`u}%
@@ -47201,8 +47482,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*british>
-\ProvidesFile{british.mld}[2005/07/11]
-\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
+\ProvidesFile{british.mld}[2005/07/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
 %</british>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -47227,66 +47507,62 @@ have centered labels.
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bulgariar.jpg}\ixgrf{bulgariar.jpg}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Bulgaria}\label{f+bulgaria}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Bulgaria}
+% \caption[Bulgaria]{Bulgaria (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Bulgaria}
 % and \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/bulgaria.html}
-% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--)
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--)\hfill\null}\label{f+bulgaria}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Bulgarie}\label{f+bulgaria}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Bulgaria}
+% \caption[Bulgarie]{Bulgarie (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Bulgaria}
 % et \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/bulgaria.html}
-% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--)
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--)\hfill\null}\label{f+bulgaria}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{3.963302752mm}
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \begin{macro}{\cyr}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{bulgarian}'' language are taken from the \xfile{bulgarian.dtx}
+% The titles\ixgrf{bulgarski.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{0\wkdim}[1\wkdim][0\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bulgarian_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bulgarski.png}}}}
+% for the ``\lopt{bulgarian}'' language (\emph{b\u{a}lgarski}) are taken from the \xfile{bulgarian.dtx}
 % (adapted from russian by \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}) file in the
 % \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,bulgarian}; they require
 % specific cyrillic fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bulgarianb}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bulgarian}~>> (bulgare) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{bulgarian.dtx}
-% (adapté du russe par \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}) dans le
+% Les titres\ixgrf{bulgarski.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{0\wkdim}[1\wkdim][0\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bulgarian_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{bulgarski.png}}}}
+% pour la langue <<~\lopt{bulgarian}~>> (bulgare, \emph{b\u{a}lgarski}) sont tirés
+% du fichier \xfile{bulgarian.dtx} (adapté du russe par \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}) dans le
 % paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,bulgarian}; ils ont
 % besoin de fontes cyrilliques spécifiques. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+bulgarianb}.
 % \fi
 %
+% \normalmarginpar
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*bulgarian>
-\ProvidesFile{bulgarian.mld}[2007/03/08]
-%% Bulgarian titles for minitoc.sty
-%% From bulgarian.dtx (babel) (needs special cyrillic fonts)
+\ProvidesFile{bulgarian.mld}[2007/03/08]%
+%% Bulgarian titles from bulgarian.dtx (babel) (needs special cyrillic fonts)
 %% by Boshnakov, Georgi N. <georgi.boshnakov at umist.ac.uk>
 \def\ptctitle{%
    {\cyr\CYRS\cyrhrdsn\cyrd\cyrhrdsn\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}%
-\def\plftitle{%
-   {\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ %
+\def\plftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ %
     \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrf\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}%
-\def\plttitle{%
-   {\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ %
+\def\plttitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ %
     \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}%
 %%
 \def\mtctitle{%
    {\cyr\CYRS\cyrhrdsn\cyrd\cyrhrdsn\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}%
-\def\mlftitle{%
-   {\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ %
+\def\mlftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ %
     \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrf\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}%
-\def\mlttitle{%
-   {\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ %
+\def\mlttitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ %
     \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}%
 %%
 \def\stctitle{%
    {\cyr\CYRS\cyrhrdsn\cyrd\cyrhrdsn\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}%
-\def\slftitle{%
-   {\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ %
+\def\slftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ %
     \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrf\cyri\cyrg\cyru\cyrr\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}%
-\def\slttitle{%
-   {\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ %
+\def\slttitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrp\cyri\cyrs\cyrhrdsn\cyrk\ %
     \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}%
 %</bulgarian>
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -47314,10 +47590,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*bulgarianb>
-\ProvidesFile{bulgarianb.mld}[2006/03/06]
-%% Upper bulgarian titles for minitoc.sty
-%% From russianb.dtx
-%% Needs cyrillic fonts for upper bulgarian
+\ProvidesFile{bulgarianb.mld}[2006/03/06]%
+%% Upper bulgarian titles from russianb.dtx. Needs cyrillic fonts for upper bulgarian.
 \def\ptctitle{%
  {\cyr\CYRS\cyrhrdsn\cyrd\cyrhrdsn\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}%
 \def\plftitle{% Figuri
@@ -47353,20 +47627,14 @@ have centered labels.
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}[b]{@{}l@{}Z{1}@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=.54054054\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 300 203]{buryatia}\ixgrf{buryatia.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=.54054054\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 300 203]{buryatia.pdf}\ixgrf{buryatia.pdf}%
 % &&%
-% \includegraphics[width=.45945946\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 255 216]{buryatia-l}\ixgrf{buryatia-l.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=.45945946\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 255 216]{buryatia-l.pdf}\ixgrf{buryatia-l.pdf}%
 % \end{tabularx}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Republic of Buryatia}\label{f+buryat}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://russiatrek.org/rp_buryatia.shtml})
+% \caption[Republic of Buryatia]{Republic of Buryatia (\url{http://russiatrek.org/rp_buryatia.shtml})}\label{f+buryat}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{République de Buryatie}\label{f+buryat}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://russiatrek.org/rp_buryatia.shtml})
+% \caption[République de Buryatie]{République de Buryatie (\url{http://russiatrek.org/rp_buryatia.shtml})}\label{f+buryat}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \begin{macro}{\mnr}
@@ -47384,9 +47652,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*buryat>
-\ProvidesFile{buryat.mld}[1999/03/16]
-%% Buryat titles for minitoc.sty
-%% Needs special fonts
+\ProvidesFile{buryat.mld}[1999/03/16]%
+%% Buryat titles. Needs special fonts.
 \def\ptctitle{{\mnr Gar{\sh}ag}}%
 \def\plftitle{{\mnr Zuraga"i jagsaalt}}%
 \def\plttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}%
@@ -47423,9 +47690,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*buryat2>
-\ProvidesFile{buryat2.mld}[1999/03/16]
-%% Buryat2 titles for minitoc.sty
-%% Needs special fonts
+\ProvidesFile{buryat2.mld}[1999/03/16]%
+%% Buryat2 titles. Needs special fonts.
 \def\ptctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}%
 \def\plftitle{{\mnr Zuraga"i jagsaalt}}%
 \def\plttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}%
@@ -47449,14 +47715,16 @@ have centered labels.
 % \fi
 % \begin{figure}[!p]
 % \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
-% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\textwidth}
-% \addtolength{\awidth}{-2.5mm}
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-5mm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
 % \centering
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}c@{}}
 % \begin{tabularx}{\awidth}[b]{@{}Z{1}Z{1}@{}}
 % \toprule
-% Province&Official language(s)\\
+% Province&Official\\
+% &language(s)\\
 % \midrule
 % Alberta&english\\
 % British-Columbia&english\\
@@ -47473,12 +47741,10 @@ have centered labels.
 % \bottomrule
 % \end{tabularx}
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada}\ixgrf{canada.pdf}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada.pdf}\ixgrf{canada.pdf}
 % \end{tabular}
-% \caption{Official languages in Canada}\label{f+canada}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amnord/canada.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Official languages in Canada]{Official languages in Canada
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amnord/canada.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+canada}
 % \or\relax
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}c@{}}
 % \begin{tabularx}{\awidth}[b]{@{}Z{1}Z{1}@{}}
@@ -47500,12 +47766,10 @@ have centered labels.
 % \bottomrule
 % \end{tabularx}
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada}\ixgrf{canada.pdf}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada.pdf}\ixgrf{canada.pdf}
 % \end{tabular}
-% \caption{Langues officielles au Canada}\label{f+canada}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amnord/canada.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Langues officielles au Canada]{Langues officielles au Canada
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amnord/canada.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+canada}
 % \fi
 % ^^A \end{figure}
 %
@@ -47513,19 +47777,13 @@ have centered labels.
 %
 % ^^A \begin{figure}
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada1}\ixgrf{canada1.pdf}
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada1.pdf}\ixgrf{canada1.pdf}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Canada}\label{f+canada1}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/canada.html#country.html}
-% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps})
+% \caption[Canada]{Canada (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/cia07/canada_sm_2007.gif}
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps})\hfill\null}\label{f+canada1}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Canada}\label{f+canada1}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/canada.html#country.html} --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas
-% Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps})
+% \caption[Canada]{Canada (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/cia07/canada_sm_2007.gif}
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps})\hfill\null}\label{f+canada1}
 % \fi
 % \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{figure}
@@ -47534,32 +47792,24 @@ have centered labels.
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \vspace*{-1\baselineskip}
 % \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada-pe.png}\ixgrf{canada-pe.png}
-% \caption{Political map of Canada}\label{f+canada-p}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Provinces_and_territories_of_Canada})
+% \caption[Political map of Canada]{Political map of Canada
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Provinces_and_territories_of_Canada})\hfill\null}\label{f+canada-p}
 % \or\relax
 % \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada-pf.pdf}\ixgrf{canada-pf.pdf}
-% \caption{Carte politique du Canada}\label{f+canada-p}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada})
+% \caption[Carte politique du Canada]{Carte politique du Canada
+% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada})\hfill\null}\label{f+canada-p}
 % \fi
 %
 % \vspace*{2\bigskipamount}
 %
 % \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada-l.pdf}\ixgrf{canada-l.pdf}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Linguistic map of Canada}\label{f+canada-l}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bilinguisme_au_Canada})
+% \caption[Linguistic map of Canada]{Linguistic map of Canada
+% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bilinguisme_au_Canada})\hfill\null}\label{f+canada-l}
 % \vspace*{1\baselineskip}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Carte linguistique du Canada}\label{f+canada-l}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bilinguisme_au_Canada})
+% \caption[Carte linguistique du Canada]{Carte linguistique du Canada
+% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bilinguisme_au_Canada})\hfill\null}\label{f+canada-l}
 % \fi
 % \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{figure}
@@ -47576,13 +47826,12 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*canadian>
-\ProvidesFile{canadian.mld}[2004/12/14]
-\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
+\ProvidesFile{canadian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
 %</canadian>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %    \end{macro}
 %
-% \lneed{5}
+% \lneed{8}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Canadien'' language: \uxfile{canadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadien}\ixfile{canadien.mld}
 % \or\relax
@@ -47601,8 +47850,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*canadien>
-\ProvidesFile{canadien.mld}[2004/12/14]
-\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
+\ProvidesFile{canadien.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
 %</canadien>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %    \end{macro}
@@ -47628,9 +47876,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*castillan>
-\ProvidesFile{castillan.mld}[2004/12/14]
-%% Castillan (spanish) titles for minitoc.sty
-\mtcselectlanguage{spanish}%
+\ProvidesFile{castillan.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{spanish}%
 %</castillan>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -47654,9 +47900,7 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*castillian>
-\ProvidesFile{castillian.mld}[2005/07/01]
-%% Castillian (spanish) titles for minitoc.sty
-\mtcselectlanguage{spanish}%
+\ProvidesFile{castillian.mld}[2005/07/01]\mtcselectlanguage{spanish}%
 %</castillian>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -47674,31 +47918,28 @@ have centered labels.
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{catalan-d}\ixgrf{catalan-d.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{catalan-d.pdf}\ixgrf{catalan-d.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{catalan-p}\ixgrf{catalan-p.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{catalan-p.pdf}\ixgrf{catalan-p.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the catalan language}\label{f+catalan}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnecatalogne.htm} in~\cite{tlfq};
-% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catalan_language#Geographic_distribution})
+% \caption[Catalan language areas]{Catalan language areas
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnecatalogne.htm} in~\cite{tlfq};
+% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catalan_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+catalan}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions de la langue catalane}\label{f+catalan}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnecatalogne.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq};
-% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catalan_language#Geographic_distribution})
+% \caption[Régions de la langue catalane]{Régions de la langue catalane
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnecatalogne.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq};
+% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catalan_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+catalan}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{catalan}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in Catalunya, the eastern part of Spain,
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{catalan}'' language (\emph{català, valencià})\,\footnote{Spoken in Catalunya, the eastern part of Spain,
 % around Barcelona, and in Roussillon, in France. See figure~\vref{f+catalan}.}
 % are taken from the \xfile{catalan.dtx} file (adapted from spanish by \name{Gonçal}{Badenes} and \name{Jörg}{Knappen})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,catalan}:
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{catalan}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée en Catalogne, la partie orientale de l'Espagne, autour
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{catalan}~>> (\emph{català, valencià})\,\footnote{Parlée en Catalogne,
+% la partie orientale de l'Espagne, autour
 % de Barcelone, et dans le Roussillon, en France. Voir la figure~\vref{f+catalan}.} sont tirés du
 % fichier \xfile{catalan.dtx} (adapté de l'espagnol par \name{Gonçal}{Badenes}
 % et \name{Jörg}{Knappen}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,catalan}:
@@ -47707,8 +47948,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*catalan>
-\ProvidesFile{catalan.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Catalan titles for minitoc.sty from catalan.dtx (babel) (Badenes, Gonçal)
+\ProvidesFile{catalan.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Catalan titles from catalan.dtx (babel) (Badenes, Gonçal)
 \def\ptctitle{\'Index}%
 \def\plftitle{\'Index de figures}%
 \def\plttitle{\'Index de taules}%
@@ -47729,60 +47970,134 @@ have centered labels.
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~chinese1~>>: \uxmldo{chinese1}}\label{s+mld+chinese1}\ixmldo{chinese1}
 % \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[c]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hanzi.png}\ixgrf{hanzi.png}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \raisebox{.5\bwidth}{\begin{minipage}[c][4\baselineskip]{\bwidth}\small\RaggedRight
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% Left: "Chinese character" in hànzì (Traditional Chinese);\newline
+% Right: "Chinese character" in Simplified Chinese.
+% \or\relax
+% Gauche: \og Caractère chinois\fg en hànzì (chinois traditionnel);\newline
+% Droite: \og Caractère chinois\fg en chinois simplifié.
+% \fi
+% \end{minipage}}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Traditional and simplified Chinese versions of the Chinese word hànzì]{Traditional and simplified
+% Chinese versions of the Chinese word hànzì
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_written_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+hanzi}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Versions en chinois traditionnel et simplifié du mot chinois hànzì]{Versions en chinois traditionnel et
+% simplifié du mot chinois hànzì
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_written_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+hanzi}
+% \fi
+% \vspace*{2\baselineskip}
+% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}Z{1}@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{china-ch.pdf}\ixgrf{china-ch.pdf}\\{}\small
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% Areas using only Chinese characters in green; in conjunction with other scripts, dark green;\ABK maximum
+% extent of historic % usage, light green (does not include other territories annexed by Japan in World War~II).
+% \or\relax
+% Régions n'utilisant que des caractères chinois: en vert; en conjonction avec d'autres écritures: en vert foncé;
+% extension maximale de l'utilisation historique: en vert clair (n'inclut pas d'autres territoires annexés par le
+% Japon pendant la seconde guerre mondiale).
+% \fi
+% \end{tabularx}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Areas using Chinese characters]{Areas using Chinese characters
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_character})\hfill\null}\label{f+china-ch}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Régions utilisant des caractères chinois]{Régions utilisant des caractères chinois
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_character})\hfill\null}\label{f+china-ch}
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
 % \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
 % \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
 % \setlength{\awidth}{.651554404\iwidth}
 % \setlength{\bwidth}{.348445596\iwidth}
-% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{chine1}\ixgrf{chine1.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{chine1.pdf}\ixgrf{chine1.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{chine2}\ixgrf{chine2.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{chine2.pdf}\ixgrf{chine2.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Languages in China}\label{f+chine}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-map-langues.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Languages in China]{Languages in China (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-map-langues.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+chine}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Langues en Chine}\label{f+chine}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-map-langues.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Langues en Chine]{Langues en Chine (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-map-langues.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+chine}
+% \fi
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+% \vspace*{2\baselineskip}
+% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{china-ae.png}\ixgrf{china-ae.png}
+% \caption[People's Republic of China (PRC)]{People's Republic of China (PRC)
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PRC})\hfill\null}\label{f+PRC}
+% \or\relax
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{china-af.png}\ixgrf{china-af.png}
+% \caption[République Populaire de Chine (RPC)]{République Populaire de Chine (RPC)
+% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/République_populaire_de_Chine})\hfill\null}\label{f+PRC}
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!tp]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{china-l.pdf}\ixgrf{china-l.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Dialects in China]{Dialects in China
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+china-l}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Dialectes en Chine]{Dialectes en Chine
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+china-l}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{6.25mm}
 % \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% There are several variants for the chinese language.
+% There are several variants for the chinese language.\ixgrf{china-w.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_written_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{china-w.png}}}}
 % The ``\lopt{chinese1}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{Bg5.cap} file
-% in the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% in the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+chinese2}.
 % See~\cite{china-h} about the history of China and the chinese language.
-%
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{chinese1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
 % \xfile{chinese1.mlo}.
 % \or\relax
-% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue chinoise.
+% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue chinoise.\ixgrf{china-w.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chinese_written_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{china-w.png}}}}
 % La langue <<~\lopt{chinese1}~>> (chinois première variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{Bg5.cap} du
-% système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, évidemment.
+% système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, évidemment.
 % Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+chinese2}.
 % Voir~\cite{china-h} sur l'histoire de la Chine et de la langue chinoise.
-%
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{chinese1}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être engendrés facilement,
 % donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{chinese1.mlo}.
 % \fi
 %
+% \normalmarginpar
+%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*chinese1>
-\ProvidesFile{chinese1.mld}[2005/01/28]
-%% From the file file Bg5.cap of the CJK package
-%%   for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e
-%%   created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org> Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003)
+\ProvidesFile{chinese1.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{chinese1}%
+%% From file Bg5.cap of the CJK package for using Asian logographs with LaTeX2e
+%% Created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>. Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003)
 %% Chinese captions: character set: Big 5, encoding: Big 5
-%%
-\mtcloadmlo{chinese1}%
 %</chinese1>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -47796,17 +48111,15 @@ have centered labels.
 % \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The ``\lopt{chinese2}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{Bg5.cpx} file in the \pack{CJK}
-% system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+chinese1}.
-%
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{chinese2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
 % \xfile{chinese2.mlo}.
 % \or\relax
 % La langue <<~\lopt{chinese2}~>> (chinois seconde variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{Bg5.cpx} dans
-% le système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% le système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, évidemment. Voir aussi la
 % section~\vref{s+mld+chinese1}.
-%
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{chinese2}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être engendrés facilement,
 % donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{chinese2.mlo}.
 % \fi
@@ -47814,15 +48127,10 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*chinese2>
-\ProvidesFile{chinese2.mld}[2005/01/28]
-%% From the file Bg5.cpx of the CJK package
-%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e
-%% created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
-%%
-%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003)
+\ProvidesFile{chinese2.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{chinese2}%
+%% From file Bg5.cpx of the CJK package for using Asian logographs with LaTeX2e
+%% Created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>. Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003)
 %% Chinese captions: character set: Big 5, encoding: Big 5, preprocessed
-%%
-\mtcloadmlo{chinese2}%
 %</chinese2>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -47842,46 +48150,60 @@ have centered labels.
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{croatie1}\ixgrf{croatie1.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{croatie1.pdf}\ixgrf{croatie1.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{croatie2}\ixgrf{croatie2.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{croatie2.pdf}\ixgrf{croatie2.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Minorities in Croatia}\label{f+croatie}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/croatieinfos.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Minorities in Croatia]{Minorities in Croatia
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/croatieinfos.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+croatie}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Minorités en Croatie}\label{f+croatie}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/croatieinfos.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Minorités en Croatie]{Minorités en Croatie
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/croatieinfos.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+croatie}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{xyugo.pdf}\ixgrf{xyugo.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Main nationalities in ex-Yugoslavia in 1998]{Main nationalities in ex-Yugoslavia in 1998
+% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Croate})\hfill\null}\label{f+xyugo}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Principales nationalités dans l'ex-Yougoslavie en 1998]{Principales nationalités dans l'ex-Yougoslavie en 1998
+% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Croate})\hfill\null}\label{f+xyugo}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{17.89428076mm}
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{croatian}'' language are taken from the file \xfile{croatian.dtx} file
+% The titles\ixgrf{hrv.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thai_alphabet}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{hrv.png}}}}
+% for the ``\lopt{croatian}'' language (\emph{hrvatski})  are taken from the file \xfile{croatian.dtx} file
 % (by \namea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,croatian}:
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~croatian~>> (croate) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{croatian.dtx}
+% Les titres\ixgrf{hrv.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thai_alphabet}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{hrv.png}}}}
+% pour la langue <<~croatian~>> (croate, \emph{hrvatski}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{croatian.dtx}
 % (de \namea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,croatian}:
 % \fi
 %
+% \normalmarginpar
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*croatian>
-\ProvidesFile{croatian.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Croatian titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from croatian.dtx (babel)
-%% Pai\'{c}, Alan
+\ProvidesFile{croatian.mld}[2007/12/18]%
+%% Croatian titles from croatian.dtx (babel). Pai\'{c}, Alan.
 \def\ptctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}%
-\def\plftitle{Slike}%
-\def\plttitle{Tablice}%
+\def\plftitle{Popis slika}%
+\def\plttitle{Popis tablica}%
 %%
 \def\mtctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}%
-\def\mlftitle{Slike}%
-\def\mlttitle{Tablice}%
+\def\mlftitle{Popis slika}%
+\def\mlttitle{Popis tablica}%
 %%
 \def\stctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}%
 \def\slftitle{Slike}%
@@ -47902,28 +48224,88 @@ have centered labels.
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{cz1}\ixgrf{cz1.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{cz1.pdf}\ixgrf{cz1.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{cz3}\ixgrf{cz3.png}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{cz3.png}\ixgrf{cz3.png}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Czech Republic}\label{f+cz}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/reptcheque.htm} in~\cite{tlfq} and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_the_Czech_Republic})
+% \caption[Czech Republic]{Czech Republic (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/reptcheque.htm}
+% in~\cite{tlfq} and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_the_Czech_Republic})\hfill\null}\label{f+cz}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{République Tchèque}\label{f+cz}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/reptcheque.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq} et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_the_Czech_Republic})
+% \caption[République Tchèque]{République Tchèque (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/reptcheque.htm}
+% dans~\cite{tlfq} et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_the_Czech_Republic})\hfill\null}\label{f+cz}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{czechd.pdf}\ixgrf{czechd.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \begin{minipage}[b]{\bwidth}\footnotesize\selectlanguage{french}
+% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
+% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=0em
+% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item[1.~] Czech group:
+%    \begin{itemize}
+%    \item[1.a~] north-east czech subgroup,
+%    \item[1.b~] center czech subgroup.
+%    \item[1.c~] south-west czech subgroup,
+%    \item[1.d~] morave czech subgroup.
+%    \end{itemize}
+% \item[2.~] Group of central Moravia.
+% \item[3.~] Group of eastern Moravia.
+% \item[4.~] Group of Silesia:
+%    \begin{itemize}
+%    \item[4.a~] subgroup of moravian Silesia,
+%    \item[4.b~] subgroup of polish Silesia.
+%    \end{itemize}
+% \item[5.~] Miscellaneous dialects.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{minipage}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \caption[Czech dialects]{Czech dialects (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tchèque})\hfill\null}\label{f+czechd}
+% \end{figure}
+% \or\relax
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{czechd.pdf}\ixgrf{czechd.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \begin{minipage}[b]{\bwidth}\footnotesize
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item[1.~] Groupe tchèque:
+%    \begin{itemize}
+%    \item[1.a~] sous-groupe tchèque du nord-est,
+%    \item[1.b~] sous-groupe tchèque du centre,
+%    \item[1.c~] sous-groupe tchèque du sud-ouest,
+%    \item[1.d~] sous-groupe du tchèque morave.
+%    \end{itemize}
+% \item[2.~] Groupe de la Moravie centrale.
+% \item[3.~] Groupe de la Moravie de l'est.
+% \item[4.~] Groupe de la Silésie:
+%    \begin{itemize}
+%    \item[4.a~] sous-groupe de la Silésie morave,
+%    \item[4.b~] sous-groupe de la Silésie polonaise.
+%    \end{itemize}
+% \item[5.~] Dialectes divers.
+% \end{itemize}
+% \end{minipage}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \caption[Dialectes tchèques]{Dialectes tchèques (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tchèque})\hfill\null}\label{f+czechd}
+% \end{figure}
+% \fi
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{czech}'' language are taken from the file \xfile{czech.dtx}
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{czech}'' language (\emph{\v{c}e\v{s}tina, \v{c}esk\'{y} jazyk}) are taken from the file \xfile{czech.dtx}
 % (contributions by \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,czech}:
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{czech}~>> (tchèque) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{czech.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{czech}~>> (tchèque, \emph{\v{c}e\v{s}tina, \v{c}esk\'{y} jazyk}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{czech.dtx}
 % (contributions de \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,czech}:
 % \fi
@@ -47931,10 +48313,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*czech>
-\ProvidesFile{czech.mld}[2007/12/04]
-%% Czech titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from czech.dtx (babel)
-%% Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek, Milo\v{s} V.
+\ProvidesFile{czech.mld}[2007/12/04]%
+%% Czech titles from czech.dtx (babel). Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek, Milo\v{s} V.
 \def\ptctitle{Obsah}%
 \def\plftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\r{u}}%
 \def\plttitle{Seznam tabulek}%
@@ -47957,8 +48337,10 @@ have centered labels.
 % \fi
 % \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
 % \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
-% \setlength{\awidth}{.362204724\iwidth}
-% \setlength{\bwidth}{.637795276\iwidth}
+% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.362204724\iwidth}
+% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.637795276\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
@@ -47967,24 +48349,60 @@ have centered labels.
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{feroe.jpg}\ixgrf{feroe.jpg}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Denmark and Faeroe Islands}\label{f+denmark}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/danemarkcarte.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/feroe_carte1.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Denmark and Faeroe Islands]{Denmark and Faeroe Islands
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/danemarkcarte.htm} and
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/feroe_carte1.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+denmark}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Danemark et Îles Féroé}\label{f+ddenmark}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/danemarkcarte.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/feroe_carte1.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Danemark et Îles Féroé]{Danemark et Îles Féroé
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/danemarkcarte.htm} et
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/feroe_carte1.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+ddenmark}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{danish}'' language\,\footnote{The danish language is spoken in Denmark, in the Faeroe
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{danishd.pdf}\ixgrf{danishd.pdf}}\\%
+% \\*[1\baselineskip]%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{danishg.pdf}\ixgrf{danishg.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \begin{minipage}[b]{\bwidth}\footnotesize
+% The distribution of one, two, and three grammatical genders in Danish dialects.
+% In Zealand (\emph{Sjælland}) the transition from three to two genders has happened fairly recently.
+% West of the red line the definite article goes before the word as in English or German;
+% east of the line it takes the form of a suffix.
+% \end{minipage}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \caption[Danish dialects]{Danish dialects (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+danishd}
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \or\relax
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{danishd.pdf}\ixgrf{danishd.pdf}}\\%
+% \\*[1\baselineskip]%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{danishg.pdf}\ixgrf{danishg.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \begin{minipage}[b]{\bwidth}\footnotesize
+% La distribution d'un, deux et trois genres grammaticaux dans les dialectes danois. En Sealand (\emph{Sjælland}) la
+% transition de trois à~deux genres s'est produite assez récemment. À~l'ouest de la ligne rouge, l'article défini
+% se place avant le mot comme en anglais ou en allemend; à~l'est de la ligne, il prend la forme d'un suffixe.
+% \end{minipage}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \caption[Dialectes danois]{Dialectes danois (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+danishd}
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{danish}'' language\,\footnote{The danish (\emph{dansk}) language is spoken in Denmark, in the Faeroe
 % Islands and in Greenland.} are taken from the \xfile{danish.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Henning}{Larsen})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,danish}:
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{danish}~>> (danois\,\footnote{Le danois est parlé au Danemark, dans les Îles
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{danish}~>> (danois\,\footnote{Le danois (\emph{dansk}) est parlé au Danemark, dans les Îles
 % Féroé et au Groenland.}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{danish.dtx}
 % (de \name{Henning}{Larsen})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,danish}:
@@ -47993,60 +48411,72 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*danish>
-\ProvidesFile{danish.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Danish titles for minitoc.sty
-%% fron danish.dtx (babel)
-%% Larsen, Henning
-\def\ptctitle{Indholdsfortegnelse}%
+\ProvidesFile{danish.mld}[2007/12/18]%
+%% Danish titles from danish.dtx (babel). Larsen, Henning (larsen@cernvm.cern.ch)
+\def\ptctitle{Indhold}%
 \def\plftitle{Figurer}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabeller}%
 %%
-\def\mtctitle{Indholdsfortegnelse}%
+\def\mtctitle{Indhold}%
 \def\mlftitle{Figurer}%
 \def\mlttitle{Tabeller}%
 %%
-\def\stctitle{Indholdsfortegnelse}%
+\def\stctitle{Indhold}%
 \def\slftitle{Figurer}%
 \def\slttitle{Tabeller}%
 %</danish>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
-% \lneed{7}
+% \lneed{8}
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Devanagari'' language: \uxfile{devanagari.mld}}\label{s+mld+devanagari}\ixfile{devanagari.mld}
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~devanagari~>>: \uxfile{devanagari.mld}}\label{s+mld+devanagari}\ixfile{devanagari.mld}
 % \fi
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{6.845238095mm}
+% \reversemarginpar
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles\ixgrf{devanagari.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Devanagari}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{devanagari.png}}}}
+% for the ``\lopt{devanagari}'' language are taken from the \xfile{devanagari.sty} file
+% (by \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith},
+% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} and \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk})
+% in the Devan\=agar\={\i}
+% package~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}). See also section~\vref{s+mld+hindi}.
+% \or\relax
+% Les titres\ixgrf{devanagari.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Devanagari}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{devanagari.png}}}}
+% pour la langue <<~\lopt{devanagari}~>> (hindi) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{devanagari.sty}
+% (de \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith},
+% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} et \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk})
+% dans le paquetage Devan\=agar\={\i}~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}).
+% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+hindi}.
+% \fi
+%
+% \normalmarginpar
+% \lneed{6}
 % \begin{macro}{\dn}
 % \begin{macro}{\qva}
 % \begin{macro}{\re}
 % \begin{macro}{\rs}
 % \begin{macro}{\8}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{devanagari}'' language are taken from the \xfile{devanagari.sty} file
-% (by \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith},
-% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} and \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk})
-% in the Devan\=agar\={\i} 
-% package~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}). See also section~\vref{s+mld+hindi}. Specific fonts are required.
+% Specific fonts are required.
 % The home page of the package is~\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}. See also~\cite{hindi99} about the hindi language.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{devanagari}~>> (hindi) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{devanagari.sty}
-% (de \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith},
-% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} et \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk})
-% dans le paquetage Devan\=agar\={\i}~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}). Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+hindi}.
 % Des fontes spécifiques sont requises.
 % La page Web du paquetage est~{\froff\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}}.
 % Voir aussi~\cite{hindi99} sur la langue hindi.
 % \fi
-%
-% \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*devanagari>
-\ProvidesFile{devanagari.mld}[2006/08/25]
-%% Devanagari (hindi) titles for minitoc.sty from devanagari.sty by
-%% Pandey, Anshuman and Radhakrishnan, C.~V. and Wagner, Zden\v{e}k and
-%% Smith, John and Carmody, Kevin and Mahoney, Richard and Wujastyk, Dominik
+\ProvidesFile{devanagari.mld}[2006/08/25]%
+%% Devanagari (hindi) titles from devanagari.sty by
+%% Pandey, Anshuman and Radhakrishnan, C.~V. & Wagner, Zden\v{e}k &
+%% Smith, John & Carmody, Kevin & Mahoney, Richard & Wujastyk, Dominik
 \def\ptctitle{{\dn Evqy{\rs -\re}\8{s}cF}}%
 \def\plftitle{{\dn Ec/o{\qva} kF \8{s}cF}}%
 \def\plttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}%
@@ -48085,45 +48515,54 @@ have centered labels.
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{belgique.pdf}\ixgrf{belgique.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Languages in the Nederlands and in Belgium}\label{f+dutch}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysbas_lng_Map.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/belgique_lng-regionales.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Languages in the Nederlands and in Belgium]{Languages in the Nederlands and in Belgium
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysbas_lng_Map.htm} and
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/belgique_lng-regionales.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+dutch}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Langues aux Pays-Bas et en Belgique}\label{f+dutch}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysbas_lng_Map.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/belgique_lng-regionales.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Langues aux Pays-Bas et en Belgique]{Langues aux Pays-Bas et en Belgique
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysbas_lng_Map.htm} et
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/belgique_lng-regionales.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+dutch}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{dutchw.pdf}\ixgrf{dutchw.pdf}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[The dutch language in the world]{The dutch language in the world
+% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Néerlandais})\hfill\null}\label{f+dutchw}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Le néerlandais dans le monde]{Le néerlandais dans le monde
+% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Néerlandais})\hfill\null}\label{f+dutchw}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{dutch}'' language\,\footnote{The dutch language is spoken in the Netherlands and a
-% part of Belgium; see figure~\vref{f+dutch}.} are taken from the \xfile{dutch.dtx} file
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{dutch}'' language\,\footnote{The dutch language (\emph{nederlands}) is spoken in
+% the Netherlands and a part of Belgium; see figure~\vref{f+dutch}.} are taken from the \xfile{dutch.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}:
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{dutch}~>> (néerlandais)\,\footnote{La langue néerlandaise est parlée aux
-% Pays-Bas et dans une partie de la Belgique; voir la figure~\vref{f+dutch}.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{dutch.dtx}
-% (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams})
-% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}:
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{dutch}~>> (néerlandais, \emph{nederlands})\,\footnote{La langue néerlandaise
+% est parlée aux Pays-Bas et dans une partie de la Belgique; voir la figure~\vref{f+dutch}.} sont tirés
+% du fichier \xfile{dutch.dtx} (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) dans le
+% paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}:
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*dutch>
-\ProvidesFile{dutch.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Dutch titles for minitoc.sty from dutch.dtx (babel) (Braams, Johannes~L.)
+\ProvidesFile{dutch.mld}[2007/12/18]%
+%% Dutch titles from dutch.dtx (babel) (Braams, Johannes~L.)
 \def\ptctitle{Inhoudsopgave}%
-\def\plftitle{Lijst van figuren}%
-\def\plttitle{Lijst van tabellen}%
+\def\plftitle{L"yst van figuren}%
+\def\plttitle{L"yst van tabellen}%
 %%
 \def\mtctitle{Inhoudsopgave}%
-\def\mlftitle{Lijst van figuren}%
-\def\mlttitle{Lijst van tabellen}%
+\def\mlftitle{L"yst van figuren}%
+\def\mlttitle{L"yst van tabellen}%
 %%
 \def\stctitle{Inhoudsopgave}%
-\def\slftitle{Lijst van figuren}%
-\def\slttitle{Lijst van tabellen}%
+\def\slftitle{L"yst van figuren}%
+\def\slttitle{L"yst van tabellen}%
 %</dutch>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
@@ -48135,48 +48574,39 @@ have centered labels.
 % \fi
 % \begin{figure}[!thb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{anglo.png}\ixgrf{anglo.png}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{anglo1.pdf}\ixgrf{anglo1.pdf}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Anglophone areas}\label{f+english}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_language#Geographical_distribution})
+% \caption[Anglophone areas]{Anglophone areas
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+english}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions anglophones}\label{f+english}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_language#Geographical_distribution})
+% \caption[Régions anglophones]{Régions anglophones
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+english}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
-% \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The titles for the ``\loptd{english}'' language are taken from the \xfile{english.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}.
 % \emph{The\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0036}} presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory, because english is the default language.}
-%
-% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+american}, \vref{s+mld+australian},
-% \vref{s+mld+british}, \vref{s+mld+canadian}, \vref{s+mld+newzealand}, \vref{s+mld+UKenglish},
+% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+american},\ABK \vref{s+mld+australian},\ABK
+% \vref{s+mld+british},\ABK \vref{s+mld+canadian},\ABK \vref{s+mld+newzealand},\ABK \vref{s+mld+UKenglish},\ABK
 % and~\vref{s+mld+USenglish}.
-% \end{SMOOTH}
 % \or\relax
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\loptd{english}~>> (anglais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{english.dtx}
 % (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}.
 % \emph{Notez que la\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0036}} présence du fichier \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire, car l'anglais est la langue par défaut.}
-%
-% \begin{raggedright}
-% \mbox{Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+american},} \vref{s+mld+australian},\ABK \vref{s+mld+british},\ABK
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+american},\ABK \vref{s+mld+australian},\ABK \vref{s+mld+british},\ABK
 % \vref{s+mld+canadian},\ABK \vref{s+mld+newzealand},\ABK \vref{s+mld+UKenglish}\ABK et~\vref{s+mld+USenglish}.
-% \end{raggedright}
 % \fi
+% \end{SMOOTH}
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*english>
-\ProvidesFile{english.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% English titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from english.dtx (babel) (Braams, Johannes~L.)
+\ProvidesFile{english.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% English titles from english.dtx (babel) (Braams, Johannes~L.)
 \def\ptctitle{Table of Contents}%
 \def\plftitle{List of Figures}%
 \def\plttitle{List of Tables}%
@@ -48214,9 +48644,8 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*english1>
-\ProvidesFile{english1.mld}[2006/03/30]
-%% English titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from english.dtx (babel) Braams, Johannes~L.
+\ProvidesFile{english1.mld}[2006/03/30]%
+%% English titles from english.dtx (babel) Braams, Johannes~L.
 %% ptctitle, plftitle and plttitle modified (JPFD)
 \def\ptctitle{\ifnum\value{part}=1\relax
   Table of Contents of the First Part\relax
@@ -48265,19 +48694,19 @@ have centered labels.
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*english2>
-\ProvidesFile{english2.mld}[2006/03/30]
-%% English titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from english.dtx (babel) Braams, Johannes~L.
+\ProvidesFile{english2.mld}[2006/03/30]%
+%% English titles from english.dtx (babel) Braams, Johannes~L.
 %% ptctitle, plftitle and plttitle modified (JPFD)
 \def\mtcEnglishIIpart{\ifcase\value{part}%
-\or the First Part\or the Second Part\or
-the Third Part\or the Fourth Part\or the Fifth Part\or
-the Sixth Part\or the Seventh Part\or the Eighth Part\or
-the Ninth Part\or the Tenth Part\or the Eleventh Part\or
-the Twelfth Part\or the Thirteenth Part\or the Fourteenth Part\or
-the Fifteenth Part\or the Sixteenth Part\or the Seventeenth Part\or
-the Eighteenth Part\or the Nineteenth Part\or
-the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
+\or the First Part\or the Second Part\or the Third Part
+\or the Fourth Part\or the Fifth Part\or the Sixth Part
+\or the Seventh Part\or the Eighth Part\or the Ninth Part
+\or the Tenth Part\or the Eleventh Part\or the Twelfth Part
+\or the Thirteenth Part\or the Fourteenth Part
+\or the Fifteenth Part\or the Sixteenth Part
+\or the Seventeenth Part\or the Eighteenth Part
+\or the Nineteenth Part\or the Twentieth Part
+\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 \def\ptctitle{Contents of \mtcEnglishIIpart}
 \def\plftitle{List of Figures in \mtcEnglishIIpart}
 \def\plttitle{List of Tables in \mtcEnglishIIpart}
@@ -48302,26 +48731,29 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{esperant}'' (espéranto) language are taken from the \xfile{esperanto.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba} and \name{Jörg}{Knappen})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,esperanto}.
-% The esperanto (artificial) language was created in the 1877--1885 years
-% by Doctor~\namea{Lejzer~Ludwig}{Zamenof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenof}\footnote{See
-% \url{http://uea.org/} and \url{http://www.esperanto-france.org/} for more information.} (1859--1917) of Warsaw, Poland.
+% The esperanto artificial language was created in the 1877--1885 years
+% by Doctor~\namea{Ludwig~Lejzer}{Zamenhof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenhof}\footnote{See
+% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/L.L._Zamenhof},
+% \url{http://uea.org/} and \url{http://www.esperanto-france.org/} for more information; his first names are
+% sometimes spelled ``Ludvic Lazarus'' or ``Louis-Lazare'', with small variations.} (1859--1917) of Warsaw, Poland.
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~esperant~>>: \uxfile{esperant.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperant}\ixfile{esperant.mld}
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{esperant}~>> (espéranto) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{esperanto.dtx}
 % (de \name{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba} et \name{Jörg}{Knappen})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,esperanto}.
-% La langue (artificielle) esperanto a été créée dans les années 1877--1885 par le docteur
-% \namea{Lejzer~Ludwig}{Zamenof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenof}\,{\froff\footnote{Voir
-% \url{http://uea.org/} et \url{http://www.esperanto-france.org/} pour plus d'informations.}} (1859--1917) de
+% La langue artificielle esperanto a été créée dans les années 1877--1885 par le docteur
+% \namea{Ludwig~Lejzer}{Zamenhof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenhof}\,{\froff\footnote{Voir
+% \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zamenhof},
+% \url{http://uea.org/} et \url{http://www.esperanto-france.org/} pour plus d'informations. Ses prénoms sont
+% parfois écrits \og~Ludvic Lazarus~\fg{} ou \og~Louis-Lazare~\fg, avec quelques variantes.}} (1859--1917) de
 % Varsovie en Pologne.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*esperant>
-\ProvidesFile{esperant.mld}[2006/12/19]
-%% Esperanto titles for minitoc.sty from esperanto.dtx (babel)
-%% Ruiz-Altaba, Marti and Knappen. Jörg
+\ProvidesFile{esperant.mld}[2006/12/19]%
+%% Esperanto titles from esperanto.dtx (babel) Ruiz-Altaba, Marti & Knappen, Jörg
 \def\ptctitle{Enhavo}%
 \def\plftitle{Listo de figuroj}%
 \def\plttitle{Listo de tabeloj}%
@@ -48354,8 +48786,7 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*esperanto>
-\ProvidesFile{esperanto.mld}[2004/12/14]
-\mtcselectlanguage{esperant}%
+\ProvidesFile{esperanto.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{esperant}%
 %</esperanto>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -48373,31 +48804,27 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{estonia-a}\ixgrf{estonia-a.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{estonia-a.pdf}\ixgrf{estonia-a.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{estonia-b}\ixgrf{estonia-b.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{estonia-b.pdf}\ixgrf{estonia-b.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Estonia}\label{f+estonia}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.estonica.org/eng/maps/index-eng.html},
-% under the Creative Commons License, see~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.en_GB}.)
+% \caption[Estonia]{Estonia (\url{http://www.estonica.org/eng/maps/index-eng.html},
+% under the Creative Commons License,
+% see~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.en_GB})\hfill\null}\label{f+estonia}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Estonie}\label{f+estonia}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.estonica.org/eng/maps/index-eng.html}, sous la
-% \emph{Creative Commons License}, voir~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.fr}.)
+% \caption[Estonie]{Estonie (\url{http://www.estonica.org/eng/maps/index-eng.html},
+% sous la \emph{Creative Commons License},
+% voir~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.fr})\hfill\null}\label{f+estonia}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{estonian}'' language\,\footnote{Estonian is \emph{not} a baltic language, but a
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{estonian}'' language\,\footnote{Estonian (\emph{eesti keel}) is \emph{not} a baltic language, but a
 % language from the uralian family.} are taken from the \xfile{estonian.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Enn}{Saar})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,estonian}:
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{estonian}~>> (estonien\,\footnote{L'estonien \emph{n'est pas} une langue
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{estonian}~>> (estonien\,\footnote{L'estonien (\emph{eesti keel}) \emph{n'est pas} une langue
 % balte, mais une langue de la famille ouralienne.}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{estonian.dtx}
 % (de \name{Enn}{Saar})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,estonian}:
@@ -48406,8 +48833,8 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*estonian>
-\ProvidesFile{estonian.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Estonian titles for minitoc.sty from estonian.dtx (babel) Saar, Enn
+\ProvidesFile{estonian.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Estonian titles from estonian.dtx (babel) Saar, Enn
 \def\ptctitle{Sisukord}%
 \def\plftitle{Joonised}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabelid}%
@@ -48422,7 +48849,7 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 %</estonian>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
-% \lneed{5}
+% \lneed{7}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Ethiopia'' language: \uxfile{ethiopia.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopia}\ixfile{ethiopia.mld}
 % \or\relax
@@ -48436,50 +48863,55 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ethiopia}\ixgrf{ethiopia.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ethiopia.pdf}\ixgrf{ethiopia.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ethiopia-p}\ixgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf}\\*[\bigskipamount]
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ethiopia-p.pdf}\ixgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf}\\*[\bigskipamount]
 % \multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{ethiolang.png}\ixgrf{ethiolang.png}}
 %
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the ethiopian languages}\label{f+ethiopia}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie-prov.htm}
+% \caption[Ethiopian languages areas]{Ethiopian languages areas
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie-prov.htm}
 % and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie.htm} in~\cite{tlfq};
-% See also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Ethiopia})
+% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Ethiopia})\hfill\null}\label{f+ethiopia}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions des langues éthiopiennes}\label{f+ethiopia}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie-prov.htm}
+% \caption[Régions des langues éthiopiennes]{Régions des langues éthiopiennes
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie-prov.htm}
 % et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}
-% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Ethiopia})
+% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Ethiopia})\hfill\null}\label{f+ethiopia}
 % \fi
 % \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{figure}
+%
+% \reversemarginpar
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{4.142441860mm}
 % \begin{macro}{\eth@doaltchar}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{ethiopia}'' language are taken from the \pack{ethiop} package~\cite{ethiop}
+% The titles\ixgrf{eth2.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{-1\wkdim}[0\wkdim][-1\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amharic}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{eth2.png}}}}
+% for the ``\lopt{ethiopia}'' language (amharic, \emph{\=amari\"{n}\"{n}a}) are taken from the \pack{ethiop} package~\cite{ethiop}
 % (written by \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, \name{Olaf}{Kummer}, and \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}). Specific
 % fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopian2}. See figure~\vref{f+ethiopia} for the repartition of
 % the various ethiopian dialects.
 % \end{SMOOTH}
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{ethiopia}~>> (éthiopien) sont tirés du paquetage \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop}
+% Les titres\ixgrf{eth2.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{-1\wkdim}[0\wkdim][-1\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amharic}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{eth2.png}}}}
+% pour la langue <<~\lopt{ethiopia}~>> (éthiopien, amarique, \emph{amaregna}) sont tirés du paquetage \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop}
 % (écrit par \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, \name{Olaf}{Kummer} et \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}).
 % Des fontes spécifiques sont nécessaires. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopian2}.
 % Voir la figure~\vref{f+ethiopia} pour la répartition des divers dialectes éthiopiens.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
+% \normalmarginpar
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*ethiopia>
-\ProvidesFile{ethiopia.mld}[1999/03/16]
-%% Ethopian titles for minitoc.sty
-%% Needs special fonts
+\ProvidesFile{ethiopia.mld}[1999/03/16]%
+%% Ethopian titles. Needs special fonts.
 \def\ptctitle{yezate}%
 \def\plftitle{%
     ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}%
@@ -48510,20 +48942,17 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The ``\lopt{ethiopian}'' language is just a synonym for the ``\lopt{ethiopia}'' language, so we just load the
-% \xfile{ethiopia.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}). See also
-% section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}.
+% \xfile{ethiopia.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}).
 % \or\relax
 % La langue <<~\lopt{ethiopian}~>> (éthiopien) est un simple synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{ethiopia}~>>,
 % donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier \xfile{ethiopia.mld}
-% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}). Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}.
+% (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}).
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*ethiopian>
-\ProvidesFile{ethiopian.mld}[2004/12/14]
-%% Needs ethopian special fonts
-\mtcselectlanguage{ethiopia}%
+\ProvidesFile{ethiopian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{ethiopia}%
 %</ethiopian>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -48545,24 +48974,20 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*ethiopian2>
-\ProvidesFile{ethiopian2.mld}[2006/01/30]
-%% Ethopian titles for minitoc.sty with Omega.
-%% Needs special fonts
+\ProvidesFile{ethiopian2.mld}[2006/01/30]%
+%% Ethopian titles  with Omega. Needs special fonts
 \def\ptctitle{^^^^12ed^^^^12d8^^^^1275}%
-\def\plftitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1225^^^^12d5^^^^120e^^^^127d
-  ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}%
+\def\plftitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1225^^^^12d5^^^^120e^^^^127d ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}%
 \def\plttitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1230^^^^1295^^^^1320^^^^1228^^^^12e5
   ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}%
 %%
 \def\mtctitle{^^^^12ed^^^^12d8^^^^1275}%
-\def\mlftitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1225^^^^12d5^^^^120e^^^^127d
-  ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}%
+\def\mlftitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1225^^^^12d5^^^^120e^^^^127d ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}%
 \def\mlttitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1230^^^^1295^^^^1320^^^^1228^^^^12e5
   ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}%
 %%
 \def\stctitle{^^^^12ed^^^^12d8^^^^1275}%
-\def\slftitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1225^^^^12d5^^^^120e^^^^127d
-  ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}%
+\def\slftitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1225^^^^12d5^^^^120e^^^^127d ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}%
 \def\slttitle{^^^^12e8^^^^1230^^^^1295^^^^1320^^^^1228^^^^12e5
   ^^^^121b^^^^12cd^^^^132b}%
 %</ethiopian2>
@@ -48580,29 +49005,23 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \xname{Roozbeh}{Pournader},
 % \xname{Hassan}{Abolhassani}, and others.
 % Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+farsi2}.
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{farsi1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
+% \xfile{farsi1.mlo}.
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 365 402]{farsi}\ixgrf{farsi.pdf}%
-% \caption{Areas of the farsi language}\label{f+farsi}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi};
-% see also \url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi/linguistic_composition_of_iran.html}.)
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 365 402]{farsi.pdf}\ixgrf{farsi.pdf}%
+% \caption[Farsi language areas]{Farsi language areas (\url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi};
+% see also \url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi/linguistic_composition_of_iran.html})\hfill\null}\label{f+farsi}
 % \end{figure}
 %
 % \normalmarginpar
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{farsi1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{farsi1.mlo}.
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~farsi1~>>: \uxmldo{farsi1}}\label{s+mld+farsi1}\ixmldo{farsi1}
 % \begin{figure}[!thb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 365 402]{farsi}\ixgrf{farsi.pdf}%
-% \caption{Régions de la langue farsi}\label{f+farsi}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi};
-% voir aussi \url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi/linguistic_composition_of_iran.html})
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 365 402]{farsi.pdf}\ixgrf{farsi.pdf}%
+% \caption[Régions de la langue farsi]{Régions de la langue farsi (\url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi};
+% voir aussi \url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi/linguistic_composition_of_iran.html})\hfill\null}\label{f+farsi}
 % \end{figure}
 % \reversemarginpar
 % \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
@@ -48622,26 +49041,20 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \centering
 % \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{iranian.jpg}\ixgrf{iranian.jpg}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Iranian tongues}\label{f+iranian}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Persan})
+% \caption[Iranian tongues]{Iranian tongues (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Persan})\hfill\null}\label{f+iranian}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Langues iraniennes}\label{f+iranian}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Persan})
+% \caption[Langues iraniennes]{Langues iraniennes
+% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Persan})\hfill\null}\label{f+iranian}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 %
-% \lneed{3}
+% \lneed{7}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*farsi1>
-\ProvidesFile{farsi1.mld}[2005/09/13]
+\ProvidesFile{farsi1.mld}[2005/09/13]\mtcloadmlo{farsi1}%
 %% From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project by Dr Mohammad Ghodsi,
-%% Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), Hassan Abolhassani, and others.
+%% Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), Hassan Abolhassani, & others.
 %% http://www.farsitex.org
-\mtcloadmlo{farsi1}%
 %</farsi1>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -48679,11 +49092,10 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*farsi2>
-\ProvidesFile{farsi2.mld}[2005/09/13]
+\ProvidesFile{farsi2.mld}[2005/09/13]\mtcloadmlo{farsi2}%
 %% From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project
 %% by Dr Mohammad Ghodsi, Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu),
-%% Hassan Abolhassani, and others. Site: http://www.farsitex.org
-\mtcloadmlo{farsi2}%
+%% Hassan Abolhassani, & others. Site: http://www.farsitex.org
 %</farsi2>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -48711,9 +49123,8 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*farsi3>
-\ProvidesFile{farsi3.mld}[2006/07/27]
-%% From farsi.ldf of the Arabi system
-%% by Youssef Jabri.
+\ProvidesFile{farsi3.mld}[2006/07/27]%
+%% From farsi.ldf of the Arabi system by Youssef Jabri.
 \def\ptctitle{\FR{\fa\ha\ra\seen\taa\space\meem\nun\dal\ra\jeem\alef\taa}}%
 \def\plftitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \alef\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}%
 \def\plttitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\  \jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}%
@@ -48744,43 +49155,46 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
 % \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{finlande1.png}\ixgrf{finlande1.png}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{finlande2}\ixgrf{finlande2.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{finlande2.pdf}\ixgrf{finlande2.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Finland}\label{f+finland}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande_regions.htm} in~\cite{tlfq};
-% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic-Finnic_languages})
+% \caption[Finland]{Finland (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande_regions.htm} in~\cite{tlfq};
+% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic-Finnic_languages})\hfill\null}\label{f+finland}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Finlande}\label{f+finland}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande_regions.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq};
-% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic-Finnic_languages})
+% \caption[Finlande]{Finlande (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande_regions.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq};
+% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic-Finnic_languages})\hfill\null}\label{f+finland}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{finnishd}\ixgrf{finnishd.pdf}
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{finnishl.pdf}\ixgrf{finnishl.pdf}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Finnish dialects}\label{f+finnishd}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finnish_language})
+% \caption[Areas of the Finnish language]{Areas of the Finnish language -- blue: official language; dark green:
+% spoken by a minority
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finnish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+finnishl}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Dialectes finnois}\label{f+finnishd}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finnish_language})
+% \caption[Régions de la langue finnoise]{Régions de la langue finnoise -- bleu: langue officielle; vert foncé:
+% langue parlée par une minotité
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finnish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+finnishl}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{finnishd.pdf}\ixgrf{finnishd.pdf}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Finnish dialects]{Finnish dialects
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finnish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+finnishd}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Dialectes finnois]{Dialectes finnois
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finnish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+finnishd}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{finnish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{finnish.dtx} file
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{finnish}'' language (\emph{suomi}) are taken from the \xfile{finnish.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Mikko}{Kanerva} and \name{Keranen}{Reino})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,finnish}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+finnish2}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{finnish}~>> (finnois) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{finnish.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{finnish}~>> (finnois, \emph{suomi}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{finnish.dtx}
 % (de \name{Mikko}{Kanerva} et \name{Keranen}{Reino})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,finnish}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+finnish2}.
 % \fi
@@ -48788,10 +49202,8 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*finnish>
-\ProvidesFile{finnish.mld}[2006/03/20]
-%% Finnish titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from finnish.dtx (babel)
-%% Kanerva, Mikko and Reino, Keranen
+\ProvidesFile{finnish.mld}[2006/03/20]%
+%% Finnish titles from finnish.dtx (babel). Kanerva, Mikko & Reino, Keranen
 \def\ptctitle{Sis\"alt\"o}%
 \def\plftitle{Kuvat}%
 \def\plttitle{Taulukot}%
@@ -48823,8 +49235,8 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*finnish2>
-\ProvidesFile{finnish2.mld}[2006/01/13] %% Kanerva, Mikko and Reino, Keranen
-%% Finnish titles for minitoc.sty, (variant) from finnish.dtx (babel)
+\ProvidesFile{finnish2.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Finnish titles (variant) from finnish.dtx (babel). Kanerva, Mikko & Reino, Keranen
 \def\ptctitle{Sis\"allys}%
 \def\plftitle{Kuvat}%
 \def\plttitle{Taulukot}%
@@ -48859,8 +49271,7 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*francais>
-\ProvidesFile{francais.mld}[2004/12/14]
-\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
+\ProvidesFile{francais.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
 %</francais>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -48875,17 +49286,22 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \centering
 % \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=0 0 1425 631,clip]{franco.png}\ixgrf{franco.png}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Francophone areas}\label{f+french}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/French_language#Geographic_distribution};
-% see also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_de_France.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}).
+% \caption[Francophone areas]{Francophone areas
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/French_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+french}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions francophones}\label{f+french}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/French_language#Geographic_distribution};
-% voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_de_France.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}.)
+% \caption[Régions francophones]{Régions francophones
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/French_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+french}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[htb!]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{france-lr.png}\ixgrf{france-lr.png}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Regional dialects in France]{Regional dialects in France
+% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Langues_régionales_de_France})\hfill\null}\label{f+france-lr}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Langues régionales de France]{Langues régionales de France
+% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Langues_régionales_de_France})\hfill\null}\label{f+france-lr}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -48901,18 +49317,16 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>> (c'est-à-dire le français) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{frenchb.dtx}
 % (de \name{Daniel}{Flipo})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}. Voir aussi
-% les sections~\vref{s+mld+acadian}, \vref{s+mld+acadien}, \vref{s+mld+canadien}, \vref{s+mld+francais},
-% \vref{s+mld+frenchb}, \vref{s+mld+frenchle} et~\vref{s+mld+frenchpro}.
+% les sections~\vref{s+mld+acadian},\ABK \vref{s+mld+acadien},\ABK \vref{s+mld+canadien},\ABK \vref{s+mld+francais},\ABK
+% \vref{s+mld+frenchb},\ABK \vref{s+mld+frenchle} et~\vref{s+mld+frenchpro}.
 % \end{SMOOTH}
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*french>
-\ProvidesFile{french.mld}[2006/03/21]
-%% French titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from frenchb.dtx (babel)
-%% Flipo, Daniel
+\ProvidesFile{french.mld}[2006/03/21]%
+%% French titles from frenchb.dtx (babel). Flipo, Daniel
 \def\ptctitle{Table des mati\`eres}%
 \def\plftitle{Liste des figures}%
 \def\plttitle{Liste des tableaux}%
@@ -48950,9 +49364,8 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*french1>
-\ProvidesFile{french1.mld}[2006/03/29]
-%% French titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from frenchb.dtx (babel) Flipo, Daniel
+\ProvidesFile{french1.mld}[2006/03/29]%
+%% French titles from frenchb.dtx (babel). Flipo, Daniel
 %% ptctitle, plftitle and plttitle modified (JPFD)
 \def\ptctitle{\ifnum\value{part}=1\relax
   Sommaire de la premi\`ere partie\relax
@@ -49008,9 +49421,8 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi}
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*french2>
-\ProvidesFile{french2.mld}[2006/07/07]
-%% French titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from frenchb.dtx (babel) Flipo, Daniel
+\ProvidesFile{french2.mld}[2006/07/07]%
+%% French titles from frenchb.dtx (babel). Flipo, Daniel
 %% ptctitle, plftitle and plttitle modified (JPFD)
 \def\mtcFrenchIIpart{\ifcase\value{part}%
 \or premi\`ere partie\or
@@ -49023,8 +49435,7 @@ quinzi\`eme partie\or seizi\`eme partie\or dix-septi\`eme partie\or
 dix-huiti\`eme partie\or dix-neuvi\`eme partie\or
 vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 \def\ptctitle{\ifnum\value{part}<1\relax
-  Sommaire \else
-  Sommaire de la \mtcFrenchIIpart\fi}%
+  Sommaire \else Sommaire de la \mtcFrenchIIpart\fi}%
 \def\plftitle{\ifnum\value{part}<1\relax
   Liste des figures\else
   Liste des figures de la \mtcFrenchIIpart\fi}%
@@ -49065,8 +49476,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*frenchb>
-\ProvidesFile{frenchb.mld}[2003/02/11]
-\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
+\ProvidesFile{frenchb.mld}[2003/02/11]\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
 %</frenchb>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -49089,8 +49499,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*frenchle>
-\ProvidesFile{frenchle.mld}[2003/02/20]
-\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
+\ProvidesFile{frenchle.mld}[2003/02/20]\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
 %</frenchle>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -49113,8 +49522,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*frenchpro>
-\ProvidesFile{frenchpro.mld}[2003/02/20]
-\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
+\ProvidesFile{frenchpro.mld}[2003/02/20]\mtcselectlanguage{french}%
 %</frenchpro>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -49125,37 +49533,44 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~galician~>>: \uxfile{galician.mld}}\label{s+mld+galician}\ixfile{galician.mld}
 % \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
 % \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
 % \setlength{\awidth}{.556048835\iwidth}
 % \setlength{\bwidth}{.443951165\iwidth}
-% \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galicia-m}\ixgrf{galicia-m.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galicia-m.pdf}\ixgrf{galicia-m.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galicia-mp}\ixgrf{galicia-mp.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galicia-mp.pdf}\ixgrf{galicia-mp.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the galician language}\label{f+galician}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnegalice_carte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Galician language areas]{Galician language areas
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnegalice_carte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+galician}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions de la langue galicienne}\label{f+galician}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnegalice_carte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Régions de la langue galicienne]{Régions de la langue galicienne
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnegalice_carte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+galician}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[htb!]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galician-l.pdf}\ixgrf{galician-l.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Linguistic map of the galician language]{Linguistic map of the galician language
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galicia_(Spain)})\hfill\null}\label{f+galician-l}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Carte linguistique du galicien]{Carte linguistique du galicien
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galicia_(Spain)})\hfill\null}\label{f+galician-l}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{galician}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in Galice, in the north-west part of Spain, around
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{galician}'' language (\emph{galego})\,\footnote{Spoken in Galice, in the north-west part of Spain, around
 % Santiago de Compostela; see figure~\vref{f+galician}.} are taken from the \xfile{galician.dtx} file,
-% derived from the \xfile{spanish.dtx} file (by \name{Javier}{Bezos})
 % (by \name{Manuel}{Carriba} and \namea{Javier~A.}{Múgica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera})
+% derived from the \xfile{spanish.dtx} file (by \name{Javier}{Bezos})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,galician,galician2}:
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{galician}~>> (galicien)\,\footnote{Parlée en Galice, dans la partie nord-ouest de
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{galician}~>> (galicien, \emph{galego})\,\footnote{Parlée en Galice, dans la partie nord-ouest de
 % l'Espagne, autour de Saint-Jacques de Compostelle; voir la figure~\vref{f+galician}.} sont tirés du
 % fichier \xfile{galician.dtx} (de \name{Manuel}{Carriba} et \namea{Javier~A.}{Múgica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}),
 % dérivé du fichier \xfile{spanish.dtx} (de \name{Javier}{Bezos}),
@@ -49165,34 +49580,24 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*galician>
-\ProvidesFile{galician.mld}[2007/12/04]
-%% Galician titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from galician.dtx (babel)
-%% Carriba, Manuel            (mcarriba@eunetcom.net)
+\ProvidesFile{galician.mld}[2007/12/18]%
+%% Galician titles from galician.dtx (babel).
+%% Carriba, Manuel (mcarriba@eunetcom.net)
 %% Javier A. Múgica de Rivera (jmugica@digi21.net)
 \expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax
-\def\ptctitle{\'Indice}%
-\else
-\def\ptctitle{\'Indice xeral}%
-\fi
+\def\ptctitle{\'Indice}\else \def\ptctitle{\'Indice xeral}\fi%
 \def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}%
-\def\plttitle{\'Indice de cadros}%
+\def\plttitle{\'Indice de t\'aboas}%
 %%
 \expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax
-\def\mtctitle{\'Indice}%
-\else
-\def\mtctitle{\'Indice xeral}%
-\fi
+\def\mtctitle{\'Indice}\else \def\mtctitle{\'Indice xeral}\fi%
 \def\mlftitle{\'Indice de figuras}%
-\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de cadros}%
+\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de t\'aboas}%
 %%
 \expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax
-\def\stctitle{\'Indice}%
-\else
-\def\stctitle{\'Indice xeral}%
-\fi
+\def\stctitle{\'Indice}\else \def\stctitle{\'Indice xeral}\fi%
 \def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}%
-\def\slttitle{\'Indice de cadros}%
+\def\slttitle{\'Indice de t\'aboas}%
 %</galician>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
@@ -49202,36 +49607,98 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~german~>>: \uxfile{german.mld}}\label{s+mld+german}\ixfile{german.mld}
 % \fi
-% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
 % \centering
 % \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{allemand.jpg}\ixgrf{allemand.jpg}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Germanophone areas}\label{f+german}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemand-aire-lng.htm} in~\cite{tlfq};
-% see also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_dialectes.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}.)
+% \caption[Germanophone areas in Europa]{Germanophone areas in Europa
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemand-aire-lng.htm} in~\cite{tlfq};
+% see also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_dialectes.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+german}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions germanophones}\label{f+german}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemand-aire-lng.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq};
-% voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_dialectes.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}.)
+% \caption[Régions germanophones en Europe]{Régions germanophones en Europe
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemand-aire-lng.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq};
+% voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_dialectes.htm}
+% dans~\cite{tlfq}.)i\hfill\null}\label{f+german}
+% \fi
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+% \vspace*{1.5\baselineskip}
+% ^^A \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{germ-w.pdf}\ixgrf{germ-w.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Germanophone areas]{Germanophone areas
+% (\url{http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Deutsche_Sprache})\hfill\null}\label{f+germ-world}
+% \else\relax
+% \caption[Régions germanophones]{Régions germanophones
+% (\url{http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Deutsche_Sprache})\hfill\null}\label{f+germ-world}
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{german-d.pdf}\ixgrf{german-d.pdf}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[German dialects]{German dialects
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+german-d}
+% \begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}\footnotesize
+% By the High German consonant shift, the map of German dialects is divided into Upper German (green), Central German (blue),
+% and Low German (yellow). The main isoglosses and the Benrath and Speyer lines are black.
+% \end{minipage}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Dialectes allemands]{Dialectes
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+german-d}
+% \begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}\footnotesize
+% Depuis la modification des consonnes du Haut allemand, la carte des dialectes allemands se divise entre Haut
+% allemand (vert), Allemand Central (bleu) et Bas Allemand (jaune). Les isoglosses principaux et les lignes Benrath
+% et Speyer sont en noir.
+% \end{minipage}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!htbp]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{german-m.pdf}\ixgrf{german-m.pdf}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{german}'' language are taken from the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}.
+% \caption[The spread of the German language until ca.~1945 in Central Europe]{The spread of the German language
+% until ca.~1945 in Central Europe
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+german-m}
+% \begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}\footnotesize
+% Orange marks Lower German, blue Middle German and green Upper German dialects.
+% \end{minipage}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[L'étendue de la langue allemande jusque vers~1945 en Europe centrale]{L'étendue de la langue allemande
+% jusque vers~1945 en Europe centrale
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+german-m}
+% \begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}\footnotesize
+% Orange: Bas Allemand, bleu: Bas Allemand, vert: dialectes du Haut Allemand.
+% \end{minipage}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{german-c.pdf}\ixgrf{german-c.pdf}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Distribution of the major West-Germanic dialectal varieties]{Distribution of the major West-Germanic
+% dialectal varieties
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+german-c}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Distribution des principaux dialectes germaniques occidentaux]{Distribution des principaux dialectes germaniques occidentaux
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/German_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+german-c}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{german}'' language (\emph{deutsch})  are taken from the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}.
 % See also the section~\vref{s+mld+austrian}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{german}~>> (allemand) sont tirés du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}.
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{german}~>> (allemand, \emph{deutsch}) sont tirés du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}.
 % Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+austrian}.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*german>
-\ProvidesFile{german.mld}[1999/03/16]
-%% German titles for minitoc.sty
+\ProvidesFile{german.mld}[1999/03/16]%
+%% German titles
 \def\ptctitle{Inhaltsangabe}%
 \def\plftitle{Figuren}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabellen}%
@@ -49264,10 +49731,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*germanb>
-\ProvidesFile{germanb.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% German titles (variant) for minitoc.sty
-%% from germanb.dtx (babel)
-%% Braams, Johannes~L. and Raichle, Bernd
+\ProvidesFile{germanb.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% German titles (variant) from germanb.dtx (babel)
+%% Braams, Johannes~L. & Raichle, Bernd
 \def\ptctitle{Inhaltsverzeichnis}%
 \def\plftitle{Abbildungsverzeichnis}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabellenverzeichnis}%
@@ -49301,15 +49767,15 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*germanb2>
-\ProvidesFile{germanb2.mld}[2005/09/27]
-%% German titles (variant) for minitoc.sty
+\ProvidesFile{germanb2.mld}[2007/12/18]%
+%% German titles (variant)
 \def\ptctitle{Inhalt}%
 \def\plftitle{Abbildungen}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabellen}%
 %%
 \def\mtctitle{Inhalt}%
 \def\mlftitle{Abbildungen}%
-\def\mlttitle{Tabellenverzeichnis}%
+\def\mlttitle{Tabellen}%
 %%
 \def\stctitle{Inhalt}%
 \def\slftitle{Abbildungen}%
@@ -49332,20 +49798,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \vspace*{2\baselineskip}
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{grece1}\ixgrf{grece1.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{grece1.pdf}\ixgrf{grece1.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{grece2}\ixgrf{grece2.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{grece2.pdf}\ixgrf{grece2.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Greece}\label{f+greece}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece-admin-map.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Greece]{Greece (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece-admin-map.htm}
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+greece}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Grèce}\label{f+greece}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece-admin-map.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Grèce]{Grèce (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece-admin-map.htm}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+greece}
 % \fi
 % ^^A \end{figure}
 %
@@ -49355,49 +49817,53 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \centering
 % \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth]{greekm.jpg}\ixgrf{greekm.jpg}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Dialects of modern Greek}\label{f+greekdia}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modern_Greek})
+% \caption[Dialects of modern Greek]{Dialects of modern Greek
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modern_Greek})\hfill\null}\label{f+greekdia}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Dialectes du grec moderne}\label{f+greekdia}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modern_Greek})
+% \caption[Dialectes du grec moderne]{Dialectes du grec moderne
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modern_Greek})\hfill\null}\label{f+greekdia}
 % \fi
 % \vspace*{-2\baselineskip}
 % \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{4.190687361mm}\reversemarginpar
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{greek}'' language (modern greek) are taken from the \xfile{greek.dtx} file
+% The titles\ixgrf{greeka.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-1\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greek_alphabet}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=30mm]{greeka.png}}}}
+% for the ``\lopt{greek}'' language (modern greek,
+% $\nu\acute{\epsilon}\alpha~\epsilon\lambda\lambda\eta\nu i\kappa\acute{\alpha}$) are taken from the \xfile{greek.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}) in the
-% \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,greek}.
+% \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,greek,greek-ba}.
 % Greek fonts are required.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek}~>> (grec moderne) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{greek.dtx}
+% Les titres\ixgrf{greeka.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-1\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Greek_alphabet}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=30mm]{greeka.png}}}}
+%  pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek}~>> (grec moderne,
+% $\nu\acute{\epsilon}\alpha~\epsilon\lambda\lambda\eta\nu i\kappa\acute{\alpha}$) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{greek.dtx}
 % (de \name{Apostolos}{Syropoulos})
-% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,greek}.
+% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,greek,greek-ba}.
 % Des fontes grecques sont requises.
 % \fi
 %
-% \lneed{3}
+% \normalmarginpar
+% \lneed{5}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*greek>
-\ProvidesFile{greek.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Greek titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from greek.dtx (babel) by Syropoulos, Apostolos
-%% Needs greek fonts.
+\ProvidesFile{greek.mld}[2007/12/18]%
+%% Greek titles from greek.dtx (babel) by Syropoulos, Apostolos. Needs greek fonts.
 \def\ptctitle{Perieq'omena}%
-\def\plftitle{Kat'alogoc Sqhm'atwn}%
-\def\plttitle{Kat'alogoc Pin'akwn}%
+\def\plftitle{Kat'alogos Sqhm'atwn}%
+\def\plttitle{Kat'alogos Pin'akwn}%
 %%
 \def\mtctitle{Perieq'omena}%
-\def\mlftitle{Kat'alogoc Sqhm'atwn}%
-\def\mlttitle{Kat'alogoc Pin'akwn}%
+\def\mlftitle{Kat'alogos Sqhm'atwn}%
+\def\mlttitle{Kat'alogos Pin'akwn}%
 %%
 \def\stctitle{Perieq'omena}%
-\def\slftitle{Kat'alogoc Sqhm'atwn}%
-\def\slttitle{Kat'alogoc Pin'akwn}%
+\def\slftitle{Kat'alogos Sqhm'atwn}%
+\def\slttitle{Kat'alogos Pin'akwn}%
 %</greek>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
@@ -49424,11 +49890,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*greek-mono>
-\ProvidesFile{greek-mono.mld}[2005/02/08]
-%% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project)
-%% Needs Omega
-%% Alexej M. Kryukov and Dmitry Ivanov
-%%
+\ProvidesFile{greek-mono.mld}[2005/02/08]%
+%% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project). Needs Omega.
+%% Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov
 \def\ptctitle{\localgreek%
 {^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^03cc^^^^03bc%
  ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}%
@@ -49487,82 +49951,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*greek-polydemo>
-\ProvidesFile{greek-polydemo.mld}[2005/02/08]
-%% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project)
-%% Needs Omega
-%% Alexej M. Kryukov and Dmitry Ivanov
-%%
-\def\ptctitle{\localgreek%
-{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc%
- ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}%
-\def\plftitle{\localgreek%
-{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf%
- ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9%
- ^^^^03bd}}%
-\def\plttitle{\localgreek%
-{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf%
- ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}%
-%%
-\def\mtctitle{\localgreek%
-{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc%
- ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}%
-\def\mlftitle{\localgreek%
-{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf%
- ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9%
- ^^^^03bd}}%
-\def\mlttitle{\localgreek%
-{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf%
- ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}%
-%%
-\def\stctitle{\localgreek%
-{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc%
- ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}%
-\def\slftitle{\localgreek%
-{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf%
- ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9%
- ^^^^03bd}}%
-\def\slttitle{\localgreek%
-{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf%
- ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}%
-%</greek-polydemo>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \lneed{5}
-% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \section{``Greek-polykatha'' language: \uxfile{greek-polykatha.mld}}%
-% \label{s+mld+greek-polykatha}\ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld}
-% \or\relax
-% \section{Langue <<~greek-polykatha~>>: \uxfile{greek-polykatha.mld}}%
-% \label{s+mld+greek-polykatha}\ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld}
-% \fi
-% \begin{macro}{\localgreek}
-% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{greek-polykatha}'' language\,\footnote{Polytonic greek, <<~kathaverousa~>> (purified) style,
-% a form of the Greek language created during the early \textsc{xix}-th century by \xname{Adamantios}{Korais},
-% to purify the language from the Byzantine and non-greek vocabulary.
-% It has now been obsoleted by the demotic (popular) greek, but it
-% has left a very noticeable trace in the modern Greek language.} are
-% taken from the \xfile{omega-greek.ldf}
-% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
-% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}:
-% \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek-polykatha}~>>\,\footnote{Grec polytonique, en style <<~kathaverousa~>> (purifié),
-% une forme de la langue grecque créée au début du \textsc{xix}\fup{e}~siècle par \xname{Adamantios}{Korais}, pour purifier
-% la langue du vocabulaire byzantin ou non grec. Il a maintenant été démodé par le grec démotique (populaire),
-% mais a laissé d'importantes traces dans la langue grecque moderne.}
-% sont tirés du fichier \xfile{omega-greek.ldf}
-% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
-% dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}:
-% \fi
-%
-% \lneed{3}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*greek-polykatha>
-\ProvidesFile{greek-polykatha.mld}[2005/02/08]
+\ProvidesFile{greek-polydemo.mld}[2005/02/08]%
 %% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project). Needs Omega.
-%% Alexej M. Kryukov and Dmitry Ivanov
-%%
+%% Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov
 \def\ptctitle{\localgreek%
 {^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc%
  ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}%
@@ -49595,12 +49986,79 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 \def\slttitle{\localgreek%
 {^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf%
  ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}%
-%</greek-polykatha>
+%</greek-polydemo>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
 % \lneed{5}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \section{``Greek-polykatha'' language: \uxfile{greek-polykatha.mld}}%
+% \label{s+mld+greek-polykatha}\ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~greek-polykatha~>>: \uxfile{greek-polykatha.mld}}%
+% \label{s+mld+greek-polykatha}\ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{macro}{\localgreek}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{greek-polykatha}'' language\,\footnote{Polytonic greek, <<~kathaverousa~>> (purified) style,
+% a form of the Greek language created during the early \textsc{xix}-th century by \xname{Adamantios}{Korais},
+% to purify the language from the Byzantine and non-greek vocabulary.
+% It has now been obsoleted by the demotic (popular) greek, but it
+% has left a very noticeable trace in the modern Greek language.} are
+% taken from the \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} file
+% (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
+% in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}:
+% \or\relax
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek-polykatha}~>>\,\footnote{Grec polytonique, en style <<~kathaverousa~>> (purifié),
+% une forme de la langue grecque créée au début du \textsc{xix}\fup{e}~siècle par \xname{Adamantios}{Korais}, pour purifier
+% la langue du vocabulaire byzantin ou non grec. Il a maintenant été démodé par le grec démotique (populaire),
+% mais a laissé d'importantes traces dans la langue grecque moderne.}
+% sont tirés du fichier \xfile{omega-greek.ldf}
+% (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
+% dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}:
+% \fi
+%
+% \lneed{3}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*greek-polykatha>
+\ProvidesFile{greek-polykatha.mld}[2005/02/08]%
+%% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project). Needs Omega.
+%% Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov
+\def\ptctitle{\localgreek%
+{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc%
+ ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}%
+\def\plftitle{\localgreek%
+{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf%
+ ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}%
+\def\plttitle{\localgreek%
+{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf%
+ ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}%
+%%
+\def\mtctitle{\localgreek%
+{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc%
+ ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}%
+\def\mlftitle{\localgreek%
+{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf%
+ ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}%
+\def\mlttitle{\localgreek%
+{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf%
+ ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}%
+%%
+\def\stctitle{\localgreek%
+{^^^^03a0^^^^03b5^^^^03c1^^^^03b9^^^^03b5^^^^03c7^^^^1f79^^^^03bc%
+ ^^^^03b5^^^^03bd^^^^03b1}}%
+\def\slftitle{\localgreek%
+{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf%
+ ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c3^^^^03c7^^^^03b7^^^^03bc^^^^1f71^^^^03c4^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}%
+\def\slttitle{\localgreek%
+{^^^^039a^^^^03b1^^^^03c4^^^^1f71^^^^03bb^^^^03bf^^^^03b3^^^^03bf%
+ ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}%
+%</greek-polykatha>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \lneed{8}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Guarani'' language: \uxfile{guarani.mld}}\label{s+mld+guarani}\ixfile{guarani.mld}
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~guarani~>>: \uxfile{guarani.mld}}\label{s+mld+guarani}\ixfile{guarani.mld}
@@ -49609,7 +50067,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
 % \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
 % \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
-% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \begin{figure}[htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
 % \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{paraguayp.pdf}\ixgrf{paraguayp.pdf}%
@@ -49617,42 +50075,33 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{paraguay.png}\ixgrf{paraguay.png}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Paraguay}\label{f+paraguay}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/paraguay_pol98.pdf}
+% \caption[Paraguay]{Paraguay (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/paraguay_pol98.pdf}
 % --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--
-% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/paraguay.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/paraguay.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+paraguay}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Paraguay}\label{f+paraguay}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Depuis \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/paraguay_pol98.pdf}
+% \caption[Paraguay]{Paraguay (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/paraguay_pol98.pdf}
 % --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--
-% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/paraguay.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/paraguay.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+paraguay}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The ``\lopt{guarani}'' language is the main language spoken in Paraguay.
-% Very often, a mixture of Guarani and Spanish, known as Jopara, is spoken.
+% The ``\lopt{guarani}'' (guaraní) language is the main language spoken in Paraguay.
+% Very often, a mixture of Guaraní and Spanish, known as Jopará or Yopará, is spoken.
 % The titles are taken from the \ipack{guarani}\xfile{guarani.ldf} file by \name{Javier}{Bezos}~\cite{guarani}.
 % A special input encoding (\xfile{win-gn.def}) is needed.
 % These files are available on the CTAN archives.
 % \or\relax
-% La langue «~\lopt{guarani}~» est la langue principale parlée au Paraguay.
-% Très souvent, un mélange de guarani et d'espagnol, appelé «~jopara~», est utilisé.
+% La langue «~\lopt{guarani}~» (guaraní) est la langue principale parlée au Paraguay.
+% Très souvent, un mélange de guaraní et d'espagnol, appelé «~jopará~» ou «~yopará~», est utilisé.
 % Les titres sont tirés du fichier \ipack{guarani}\xfile{guarani.ldf} de \name{Javier}{Bezos}~\cite{guarani}.
 % Un codage d'entrée spécial (\xfile{win-gn.def}) est nécessaire.
 % Ces fichiers sont disponibles sur les archives CTAN.
 % \fi
-%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*guarani>
-\ProvidesFile{guarani.mld}[2005/08/26]
-%% Guarani titles for minitoc.sty from guarani.ldf by Javier Bezos.
-%% Input encoding win-gn.def is needed.
-%%
+\ProvidesFile{guarani.mld}[2005/08/26]%
+%% Guaraní titles from guarani.ldf by Javier Bezos. Input encoding win-gn.def needed.
 \def\ptctitle{\'Indice general}%
 \def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}%
 \def\plttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}%
@@ -49686,15 +50135,13 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{korean2.jpg}\ixgrf{korean2.jpg}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the korean language}\label{f+korean}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Korean_Language} and \url{http://www.korea.net/korea/kor_loca.asp?code=A0102})
+% \caption[Korean language areas]{Korean language areas
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Korean_Language}
+% and \url{http://www.korea.net/korea/kor_loca.asp?code=A0102})\hfill\null}\label{f+korean}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions de la langue coréenne}\label{f+korean}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Korean_Language} et de \url{http://www.korea.net/korea/kor_loca.asp?code=A0102})
+% \caption[Régions de la langue coréenne]{Régions de la langue coréenne
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Korean_Language}
+% et \url{http://www.korea.net/korea/kor_loca.asp?code=A0102})\hfill\null}\label{f+korean}
 % \fi
 % ^^A \end{figure}
 %
@@ -49712,17 +50159,13 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hanja.png}\ixgrf{hanja.png}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Hangûl and hanja characters}\label{f+kor-chars}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hangul}
-% and \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Hanja}; see also \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Korean})
+% \caption[Hangûl and hanja characters]{Hangûl and hanja characters
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hangul}
+% and \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Hanja}; see also \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Korean})\hfill\null}\label{f+kor-chars}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Caractères hangûl et hanja}\label{f+kor-chars}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hangul}
-% et \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Hanja}; voir aussi \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Korean})
+% \caption[Caractères hangûl et hanja]{Caractères hangûl et hanja
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hangul}
+% et \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Hanja}; voir aussi \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Korean})\hfill\null}\label{f+kor-chars}
 % \fi
 % \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{figure}
@@ -49733,7 +50176,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % See figure~\vref{f+kor-chars}.
 %
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul1}'' language (korean in hangûl script, first variant) are taken from the file
-% \xfile{hangul.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% \xfile{hangul.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Special fonts are needed, of course.
 %
 % \lneed{2}
@@ -49748,7 +50191,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul1}~>> (coréen, écriture hangûl première variante) sont tirés du fichier
-% \xfile{hangul.cap} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% \xfile{hangul.cap} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr.
 %
 % \lneed{2}
@@ -49770,14 +50213,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*hangul1>
-\ProvidesFile{hangul1.mld}[2005/01/28]
-%% From the file hangul.cap of the CJK package
-%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e
-%% created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
+\ProvidesFile{hangul1.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hangul1}%
+%% From the file hangul.cap of the CJK package for using Asian logographs
+%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
 %% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) Hangul captions
 %% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), encoding: EUC (=Wansung)
-%%
-\mtcloadmlo{hangul1}%
 %</hangul1>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -49790,23 +50230,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \fi
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul2}'' language (korean in hangûl script, second variant) are taken from the file
-% \xfile{hangul.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% \xfile{hangul.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Special fonts are needed, of course.
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8},
 % \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
-% \xfile{hangul2.mlo}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul2}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement,
-% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul2.mlo}.
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul2}~>> (coréen en écriture hangûl, deuxième variante) sont tirés du fichier
-% \xfile{hangul.cpx} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% \xfile{hangul.cpx} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr.
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 % Voir aussi les variantes dans les
-% sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1},
+% sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hangul3},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hangul4},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hanja1},\ABK
 % \vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
 % \fi
 %
@@ -49822,15 +50259,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*hangul2>
-\ProvidesFile{hangul2.mld}[2005/01/28]
-%% From the file hangul.cpx of the CJK package
-%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e
-%% created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
-%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) Hangul captions
-%% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992),
-%% encoding: EUC (=Wansung), preprocessed
-%%
-\mtcloadmlo{hangul2}%
+\ProvidesFile{hangul2.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hangul2}%
+%% From the file hangul.cpx of the CJK package for using Asian logographs
+%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
+%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003), Hangul captions
+%% char. set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), encoding: EUC (=Wansung), preprocessed
 %</hangul2>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -49843,18 +50276,15 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \fi
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul3}'' language (korean in hangûl script, third variant) are taken from the file
-% \xfile{hangul2.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% \xfile{hangul2.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Special fonts are needed, of course.
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8},
 % \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
-%
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul3}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{hangul3.mlo}.
 % \or\relax
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul3}~>> (coréen en écriture hangûl, troisième variante) sont tirés du fichier
-% \xfile{hangul2.cap} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% \xfile{hangul2.cap} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi les
-% sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1},
+% sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hangul2},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hangul4},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hanja1},\ABK
 % \vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
 % \fi
 %
@@ -49870,14 +50300,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*hangul3>
-\ProvidesFile{hangul3.mld}[2005/01/28]
-%% From the file hangul2.cap of the CJK package
-%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e
-%% created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
+\ProvidesFile{hangul3.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hangul3}%
+%% From the file hangul2.cap of the CJK package for using Asian logographs
+%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
 %% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) Hangul captions set 2
 %% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992), encoding: EUC (=Wansung)
-%%
-\mtcloadmlo{hangul3}%
 %</hangul3>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -49890,16 +50317,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \fi
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul4}'' language (korean in hangûl script, fourth variant) are taken from the file
-% \xfile{hangul2.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% \xfile{hangul2.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Special fonts are needed, of course.
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8},
 % \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
 %
 % \or\relax
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul4}~>> (coréen en écriture hangûl, quatrième variante) sont tirés du fichier
-% \xfile{hangul2.cpx} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% \xfile{hangul2.cpx} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi les
-% sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1},
+% sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hangul2},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hangul3},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hanja1},\ABK
 % \vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
 %
 % \fi
@@ -49915,23 +50342,21 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*hangul4>
-\ProvidesFile{hangul4.mld}[2005/01/28]
-%% From the file hangul2.cpx of the CJK package
-%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e
-%% created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
+\ProvidesFile{hangul4.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hangul4}%
+%% From the file hangul2.cpx of the CJK package for using Asian logographs
+%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
 %% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) Hangul captions set 2,
 %% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992),
 %% encoding: EUC (=Wansung), preprocessed
-%%
-\mtcloadmlo{hangul4}%
 %</hangul4>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% \lneed{8}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \lneed{9}
 % \section{``Hangul-u8'' language: \uxmldo{hangul-u8}}\label{s+mld+hangul-u8}\ixmldo{hangul-u8}
 % \or\relax
+% \lneed{8}
 % \section{Langue <<~hangul-u8~>>: \uxmldo{hangul-u8}}\label{s+mld+hangul-u8}\ixmldo{hangul-u8}
 % \fi
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -49953,8 +50378,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % Le codage en entrée est UTF-8.
 %
 % \lneed{4}
-% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4},
-% \vref{s+mld+hanja1},\vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hangul2},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hangul3},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hangul4},\ABK
+% \vref{s+mld+hanja1},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
 % Voir~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} et~\cite{park2003}.
 % \fi
 %
@@ -49971,12 +50396,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{10}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*hangul-u8>
-\ProvidesFile{hangul-u8.mld}[2006/02/21]
-%% From the file u8hangul.tex of the HLaTeX package
-%% by Koaunghi Un (koaunghi@kornet.net)
-%% Hangul captions for Lambda
-%%
-\mtcloadmlo{hangul-u8}%
+\ProvidesFile{hangul-u8.mld}[2006/02/21]\mtcloadmlo{hangul-u8}%
+%% Hangul captions for Lambda. From the file u8hangul.tex
+%% of the HLaTeX package by Koaunghi Un (koaunghi@kornet.net)
 %</hangul-u8>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -49989,7 +50411,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \fi
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja1}'' language (korean in the old script hanja, first variant) are taken from the file
-% \xfile{hanja.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% \xfile{hanja.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Special fonts are needed, of course.
 % See figure~\vref{f+kor-chars}.
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4},
@@ -49998,7 +50420,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \or\relax
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja1}~>>  (coréen en écriture ancienne hanja, première variante) sont tirés du
-% fichier \xfile{hanja.cpx} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% fichier \xfile{hanja.cpx} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi
 % Voir la figure~\vref{f+kor-chars}.
 % les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4},
@@ -50018,15 +50440,12 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*hanja1>
-\ProvidesFile{hanja1.mld}[2005/01/28]
-%% From the file hanja.cpx of the CJK package
-%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e
-%% created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
-%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003)
-%% Hanja captions, character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992),
+\ProvidesFile{hanja1.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hanja1}%
+%% From the file hanja.cpx of the CJK package for using Asian logographs
+%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Hanja captions.
+%% Created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>, Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003)
+%% Character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992),
 %% encoding: EUC (=Wansung), preprocessed
-%%
-\mtcloadmlo{hanja1}%
 %</hanja1>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -50040,14 +50459,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \fi
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja2}'' language (Korean in the old script hanja, second variant) are taken from the file
-% \xfile{hanja.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% \xfile{hanja.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Special fonts are needed, of course.
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4},
 % \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
 %
 % \or\relax
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja2}~>>  (coréen en écriture ancienne hanja, seconde variante) sont tirés du
-% fichier \xfile{hanja.cap} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% fichier \xfile{hanja.cap} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi
 % les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4},
 % \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}.
@@ -50067,15 +50486,12 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*hanja2>
-\ProvidesFile{hanja2.mld}[2005/01/28]
-%% From the file hanja.cap of the CJK package
-%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e
-%% created by Werner Lemberg <a7971428@unet.univie.ac.at>
-%% Version 4.1.3 (20-Jun-1997)
-%% Hanja captions, character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992),
-%% encoding: EUC (=Wansung)
-%%
-\mtcloadmlo{hanja2}%
+\ProvidesFile{hanja2.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{hanja2}%
+%% From the file hanja.cap of the CJK package for using Asian logographs
+%% (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e. Hanja captions.
+%% Created by Werner Lemberg <a7971428@unet.univie.ac.at>.
+%% character set: KS X 1001:1992 (=KS C 5601-1992),
+%% encoding: EUC (=Wansung). Version 4.1.3 (20-Jun-1997)
 %</hanja2>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -50119,62 +50535,45 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*hanja-u8>
-\ProvidesFile{hanja-u8.mld}[2006/02/21]
-%% From the file hanja-u8.tex of the HLaTeX package
+\ProvidesFile{hanja-u8.mld}[2006/02/21]\mtcloadmlo{hanja-u8}%
+%% Hanja captions for Lambda. From the file hanja-u8.tex of the HLaTeX package
 %% by Koaunghi Un (koaunghi@kornet.net)
-%% Hanja captions for Lambda
-%%
-\mtcloadmlo{hanja-u8}%
 %</hanja-u8>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \lneed{5}
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{7.518796992mm}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Hebrew'' language: \uxfile{hebrew.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew}\ixfile{hebrew.mld}
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~hebrew~>>: \uxfile{hebrew.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew}\ixfile{hebrew.mld}
 % \fi
-% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
-% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
-% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
-% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
-% \begin{figure}[!htb]
-% \centering
-% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{isr1}\ixgrf{isr1.pdf}%
-% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{isr2}\ixgrf{isr2.pdf}%
-% \end{tabular}
-% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Israël}\label{f+israel}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/israel_carte1.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
-% \or\relax
-% \caption{Israel}\label{f+israel}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/israel_carte1.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
-% \fi
-% \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{hebrew}'' language are taken from
-% the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), which should be
-% used, with the associated fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew2}.
-% See the hebrew alphabet (or \emph{alefbet}) here: \url{http://www.jewfaq.org/graphics/hebrew.gif}.
+% The titles\ixgrf{ivrit.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ivrit.png}}}}
+% for the ``\lopt{hebrew}'' language (\emph{ivrit}) are taken from
+% the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}),
+% with the associated fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew2}.
+% See the hebrew alphabet (\emph{alefbet}): \url{http://www.jewfaq.org/graphics/hebrew.gif}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hebrew}~>> (hébreu) sont tirés du
-% paquetage \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), qui
-% devrait être utilisé, avec les fontes associées. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew2}.
-% Voir l'alphabet (ou \emph{alefbet}) hébreu ici: \url{http://www.jewfaq.org/graphics/hebrew.gif}.
+% Les titres\ixgrf{ivrit.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ivrit.png}}}}
+% pour la langue <<~\lopt{hebrew}~>> (hébreu, \emph{ivrit}) sont tirés du
+% paquetage \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}),
+% avec les fontes associées. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew2}.
+% Voir l'alphabet (\emph{alefbet}) hébreu: \url{http://www.jewfaq.org/graphics/hebrew.gif}.
 % \fi
 %
+% \normalmarginpar
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*hebrew>
-\ProvidesFile{hebrew.mld}[2001/02/28]
-%% Hebrew titles for minitoc.sty. Need hebrew fonts (see arabtex documentation)
+\ProvidesFile{hebrew.mld}[2001/02/28]%
+%% Hebrew titles. Need hebrew fonts (see arabtex documentation)
 \def\ptctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}%
 \def\plftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}%
 \def\plttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}%
@@ -50188,6 +50587,25 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 \def\slttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}%
 %</hebrew>
 %    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{isr1.pdf}\ixgrf{isr1.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{isr2.pdf}\ixgrf{isr2.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Israël]{Israël (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/israel_carte1.htm}
+% in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+israel}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Israel]{Israel (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/israel_carte1.htm}
+% dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+israel}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
 %
 % \lneed{5}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -50210,17 +50628,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*hebrew2>
-\ProvidesFile{hebrew2.mld}[2006/01/11]
+\ProvidesFile{hebrew2.mld}[2006/01/11]%
 %% From hebrew.dtx in the Babel package. Boris Lavva (lavva@tx.technion.ac.il)
 %% Need hebrew fonts.
-  \def\ptctitle{\@ensure@R{%
-    \hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ %
+  \def\ptctitle{\@ensure@R{\hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ %
     \hebayin\hebnun\hebyod\hebyod\hebnun\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}%
-  \def\plftitle{\@ensure@R{%
-    \hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ %
+  \def\plftitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ %
     \hebalef\hebyod\hebvav\hebresh\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}%
-  \def\plttitle{\@ensure@R{%
-    \hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\
+  \def\plttitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\
     \hebtet\hebbet\heblamed\hebalef\hebvav\hebtav}}%
 %%
   \def\mtctitle{\@ensure@R{\hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ %
@@ -50259,8 +50674,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*hindi>
-\ProvidesFile{hindi.mld}[2006/08/24]
-\mtcselectlanguage{devanagari}%
+\ProvidesFile{hindi.mld}[2006/08/24]\mtcselectlanguage{devanagari}%
 %</hindi>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -50275,26 +50689,50 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
 % \setlength{\awidth}{.417475728\iwidth}
 % \setlength{\bwidth}{.582524272\iwidth}
-% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{inde1}\ixgrf{inde1.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{inde1.pdf}\ixgrf{inde1.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{inde2.jpg}\ixgrf{inde2.jpg}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Languages in India}\label{f+india}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde-carte-etats2.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_linguistique.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; see also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_cartepol.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Languages in India]{Languages in India
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde-carte-etats2.htm}
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_linguistique.htm} in~\cite{tlfq};
+% see also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_cartepol.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+india}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Langues en Inde}\label{f+india}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde-carte-etats2.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_linguistique.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_cartepol.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Langues en Inde]{Langues en Inde
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde-carte-etats2.htm}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_linguistique.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq};
+% voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_cartepol.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+india}
 % \fi
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+% \vspace*{2\baselineskip}
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}l@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hindi-p.png}\ixgrf{hindi-p.png}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hindi-b.png}\ixgrf{hindi-b.png}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Hindi proper and the hindi belt]{Hindi proper (east and west Hindi dialects) and the hindi belt (1991
+% census) (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi})\hfill\null}\label{f+hindi}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Hindi proprement dit et la ceinture hindi]{Hindi proprement dit (dialectes hindi de l'est et de l'ouest) et
+% la ceinrure hindi (recensement de 1991) (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi})\hfill\null}\label{f+hindi}
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \lneed{6}
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{6.25mm}
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \begin{macro}{\dn}
 % \begin{macro}{\qva}
 % \begin{macro}{\re}
@@ -50303,16 +50741,22 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \begin{macro}{\8}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{hindi-modern}'' language are taken from the \xfile{captions.dn} file
+% The titles\ixgrf{hin.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[1\wkdim][0\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{hin.png}}}}
+% for the ``\lopt{hindi-modern}'' language are taken from the \xfile{captions.dn} file
 % (by \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith},
 % \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} and \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk})
-% in the Devan\=agar\={\i} 
+% in the Devan\=agar\={\i}
 % package~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}) after conversion. See also section~\vref{s+mld+devanagari}. Specific fonts are required.
 % The home page of the package is~\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}.
 % \end{SMOOTH}
 % \or\relax
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hindi-modern}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{captions.dn}
+% Les titres\ixgrf{hin.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[1\wkdim][0\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{hin.png}}}}
+% pour la langue <<~\lopt{hindi-modern}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{captions.dn}
 % (de \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith},
 % \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} et \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk})
 % dans le paquetage Devan\=agar\={\i}~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}), après conversion.
@@ -50322,15 +50766,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \end{SMOOTH}
 % \fi
 %
+% \normalmarginpar
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*hindi-modern>
-\ProvidesFile{hindi-modern.mld}[2006/08/29]
-%% Hindi modern titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from captions.dn in ``Devanagari for TeX'' by
-%% Pandey, Anshuman and Radhakrishnan, C.~V. and Wagner, Zden\v{e}k and
-%% Smith, John and Carmody, Kevin and Mahoney, Richard and
-%% Wujastyk, Dominik
+\ProvidesFile{hindi-modern.mld}[2006/08/29]%
+%% Hindi modern titles from captions.dn in ``Devanagari for TeX''
+%% by Pandey, Anshuman & Radhakrishnan, C.~V. & Wagner, Zden\v{e}k &
+%% Smith, John & Carmody, Kevin & Mahoney, Richard & Wujastyk, Dominik
 \def\ptctitle{{\dn Evqy{\rs -\re}\8{s}cF}}%
 \def\plftitle{{\dn Ec/o{\qva} kF \8{s}cF}}%
 \def\plttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}%
@@ -50370,8 +50813,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*hungarian>
-\ProvidesFile{hungarian.mld}[2004/12/14]
-\mtcselectlanguage{magyar}%
+\ProvidesFile{hungarian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{magyar}%
 %</hungarian>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -50394,29 +50836,23 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{islandep.jpg}\ixgrf{islandep.jpg}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Iceland}\label{f+icelandic}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/islandecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}
+% \caption[Iceland]{Iceland (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/islandecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}
 % and \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/europe/iceland_pol81.jpg}
 % --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps});
-% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland})
+% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland})\hfill\null}\label{f+icelandic}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Islande}\label{f+icelandic}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/islandecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}
+% \caption[Islande]{Islande (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/islandecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}
 % et \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/europe/iceland_pol81.jpg}
 % --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps};
-% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland})
+% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland})\hfill\null}\label{f+icelandic}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{icelandic}'' language are taken from the \xfile{icelandic.dtx} file
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{icelandic}'' language (\emph{íslenska}) are taken from the \xfile{icelandic.dtx} file
 % (by \namea{Einar}{Árnason}{Arnason})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,icelandic}. See also~\cite{icelandic2}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{icelandic}~>> (islandais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{icelandic.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{icelandic}~>> (islandais, \emph{íslenska}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{icelandic.dtx}
 % (par \namea{Einar}{Árnason}{Arnason})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,icelandic}. Voir aussi~\cite{icelandic2}.
 % \fi
@@ -50424,20 +50860,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*icelandic>
-\ProvidesFile{icelandic.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Icelandic titles for minitoc.sty from icelandic.dtx (babel)
-%% Árnason, Einar (needs inputenc with 8-bits encoding)
+\ProvidesFile{icelandic.mld}[2007/12/18]%
+%% Icelandic titles from icelandic.dtx (babel)
+%% Needs inputenc with 8-bits encoding. Árnason, Einar
 \def\ptctitle{Efnisyfirlit}%
-\def\plftitle{Myndaskrá}%
-\def\plttitle{Töfluskrá}%
+\def\plftitle{Myndaskr\'{a}}%
+\def\plttitle{T\"{o}fluskr\'{a}}%
 %%
 \def\mtctitle{Efnisyfirlit}%
-\def\mlftitle{Myndaskrá}%
-\def\mlttitle{Töfluskrá}%
+\def\mlftitle{Myndaskr\'{a}}%
+\def\mlttitle{T\"{o}fluskr\'{a}}%
 %%
 \def\stctitle{Efnisyfirlit}%
-\def\slftitle{Myndaskrá}%
-\def\slttitle{Töfluskrá}%
+\def\slftitle{Myndaskr\'{a}}%
+\def\slttitle{T\"{o}fluskr\'{a}}%
 %</icelandic>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
@@ -50459,8 +50895,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*indon>
-\ProvidesFile{indon.mld}[2006/01/13]
-\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}%
+\ProvidesFile{indon.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}%
 %</indon>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -50483,8 +50918,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*indonesian>
-\ProvidesFile{indonesian.mld}[2006/01/13]
-\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}%
+\ProvidesFile{indonesian.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}%
 %</indonesian>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -50534,12 +50968,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*interlingua>
-\ProvidesFile{interlingua.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Interlingua titles for minitoc.sty from interlingua.dtx (babel)
-%% Kleiweg, Peter
+\ProvidesFile{interlingua.mld}[2007/12/18]%
+%% Interlingua titles from interlingua.dtx (babel). Kleiweg, Peter
 \def\ptctitle{Contento}%
-\def\plftitle{Lista de Figuras}%
-\def\plttitle{Lista de Tabellas}%
+\def\plftitle{Lista de figuras}%
+\def\plttitle{Lista de tabellas}%
 %%
 \def\mtctitle{Contento}%
 \def\mlftitle{Figuras}%
@@ -50552,6 +50985,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
 % \lneed{5}
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Irish'' language: \uxfile{irish.mld}}\label{s+mld+irish}\ixfile{irish.mld}
 % \or\relax
@@ -50569,37 +51003,38 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{irish.png}\ixgrf{irish.png}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Ireland}\label{f+ireland}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/irlande-comtes.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}
-% and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irish_language})
+% \caption[Ireland]{Ireland (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/irlande-comtes.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}
+% and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+ireland}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Irlande}\label{f+ireland}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/irlande-comtes.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}
-% et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irish_language})
+% \caption[Irlande]{Irlande (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/irlande-comtes.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}
+% et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+ireland}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{3.420590665mm}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{irish}'' language come from the \xfile{irish.dtx} file
+% The titles\ixgrf{gael-ft.pdf}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irish_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{gael-ft.pdf}}}}
+% for the ``\lopt{irish}'' language (\emph{gaeilge}) come from the \xfile{irish.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{Marion}{Gunn} and \name{Fraser}{Grant})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,irish}:
 % \or\relax
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{irish}~>> (irlandais) viennent du fichier \xfile{irish.dtx}
+% Les titres\ixgrf{gael-ft.pdf}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irish_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{gael-ft.pdf}}}}
+% pour la langue <<~\lopt{irish}~>> (irlandais, \emph{gaeilge}) viennent du fichier \xfile{irish.dtx}
 % (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{Marion}{Gunn} et \name{Fraser}{Grant})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,irish}:
 % \end{SMOOTH}
 % \fi
 %
+% \normalmarginpar
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*irish>
-\ProvidesFile{irish.mld}[2006/02/28]
-%% Irish titles for minitoc.sty from irish.dtx (babel)
-%% Braams, Johannes~L. and Gunn, Marion and Grant, Fraser
+\ProvidesFile{irish.mld}[2006/02/28]%
+%% From irish.dtx (babel). Braams, Johannes~L. & Gunn, Marion & Grant, Fraser
 \def\ptctitle{Cl\'ar \'Abhair}%
 \def\plftitle{L\'ear\'aid\'{\i}}%
 \def\plttitle{T\'abla\'{\i}}%
@@ -50620,42 +51055,44 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~italian~>>: \uxfile{italian.mld}}\label{s+mld+italian}\ixfile{italian.mld}
 % \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{italian}\ixgrf{italian.pdf}%
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{italysm.png}\ixgrf{italysm.png}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{italian.pdf}\ixgrf{italian.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Italy}\label{f+italy}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/italieetat.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Italy]{Italy (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/italy.html}
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~--
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/italieetat.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+italy}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Italy}\label{f+Italy}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/italieetat.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Italie]{Italie (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/italy.html}
+% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~--
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/italieetat.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+italy}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \begin{figure}[!thb]
 % \centering
 % \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=0 0 1357 628,clip]{italo1.png}\ixgrf{italo1.png}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Italophone areas in Europa}\label{f+italo}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_language})
+% \caption[Italophone areas in Europa]{Italophone areas in Europa
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+italo}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions italophones en Europe}\label{f+italo}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_language})
+% \caption[Régions italophones en Europe]{Régions italophones en Europe
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+italo}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{italian}'' language come from the file \xfile{italian.dtx}
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{italian}'' language (\emph{italiano}) come from the file \xfile{italian.dtx}
 % (by \name{Maurizio}{Codogno} and \name{Claudio}{Beccari})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,italian}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+italian2}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{italian}~>> (italien) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{italian.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{italian}~>> (italien, \emph{italiano}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{italian.dtx}
 % (de \name{Maurizio}{Codogno} et \name{Claudio}{Beccari})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,italian}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+italian2}.
 % \fi
@@ -50663,10 +51100,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*italian>
-\ProvidesFile{italian.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Italian titles for minitoc.sty from italian.dtx (babel)
-%% Maurizio Codogno, (mau@beatles.cselt.stet.it)
-%% and Claudio Beccari, (beccari@polito.it)
+\ProvidesFile{italian.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Italian titles from italian.dtx (babel).
+%% Maurizio Codogno (mau@beatles.cselt.stet.it) & Claudio Beccari (beccari@polito.it)
 \def\ptctitle{Indice}%
 \def\plftitle{Elenco delle figure}%
 \def\plttitle{Elenco delle tabelle}%
@@ -50688,7 +51124,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % level (``Contenuto''). See also section~\vref{s+mld+italian}.\iname{Maurizio}{Codogno}\iname{Claudio}{Beccari}
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~italian2~>>: \uxfile{italian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+italian2}\ixfile{italian2.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{italian2}~>> (italien, variante) sont les mêmes que pour la langue «~\lopt{italian}~», 
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{italian2}~>> (italien, variante) sont les mêmes que pour la langue «~\lopt{italian}~»,
 % sauf au niveau partie («~Contenuto~»).
 % Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+italian}.\iname{Maurizio}{Codogno}\iname{Claudio}{Beccari}
 % \fi
@@ -50696,10 +51132,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*italian2>
-\ProvidesFile{italian2.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Italian titles for minitoc.sty. Variant, from italian.dtx (babel)
-%% Maurizio Codogno, (mau@beatles.cselt.stet.it)
-%% and Claudio Beccari, (beccari@polito.it)
+\ProvidesFile{italian2.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Italian titles. Variant, from italian.dtx (babel)
+%% Maurizio Codogno (mau@beatles.cselt.stet.it) & Claudio Beccari (beccari@polito.it)
 \def\ptctitle{Contenuto}%
 \def\plftitle{Elenco delle figure}%
 \def\plttitle{Elenco delle tabelle}%
@@ -50714,7 +51149,10 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %</italian2>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \lneed{7}
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{11.19882743mm}
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{.5\wkdim}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Japanese'' language: \uxmldo{japanese}}\label{s+mld+japanese}\ixmldo{japanese}
 % \or\relax
@@ -50732,27 +51170,32 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{japon2.jpg}\ixgrf{japon2.jpg}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Japon}\label{f+japon}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/japoncarte.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/famjapon.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Japan]{Japan (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/japoncarte.htm}
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/famjapon.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+japon}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Japon}\label{f+japon}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/japoncarte.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/famjapon.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Japon]{Japon (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/japoncarte.htm}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/famjapon.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+japon}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% They are several variants for the japanese titles.
+% They%
+% \ixgrf{nihongo.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{1\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-2\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Japanese_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{nihongo.png}}}}
+% are several variants for the japanese titles.
 % The titles for a first variant of the ``\lopt{japanese}'' language have been found (by a Google search) on
 % the Web site of
 % Professor \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}.
 %
+% \normalmarginpar
 % But see also other variants in sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4},
 % \vref{s+mld+japanese5}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
 % \or\relax
-% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour les titres en japonais.
+% Il%
+% \ixgrf{nihongo.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{1\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-2\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Japanese_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{nihongo.png}}}}
+% y~a plusieurs variantes pour les titres en japonais.
 % Les titres pour une première variante de la langue <<~\lopt{japanese}~>> (japonais) ont été trouvés
 % (par une recherche avec Google) sur le site Web du Professeur
 % \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}}.
@@ -50760,7 +51203,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % Mais il faut aussi regarder les autres variantes dans les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4},
 % \vref{s+mld+japanese5} et~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
 % \fi
-% 
+%
 % \lneed{2}
 % \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -50774,13 +51217,10 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*japanese>
-\ProvidesFile{japanese.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Japanese titles for minitoc.sty
-%% Needs japanese fonts (CJK) and special input encoding.
-%% From Kumazawa Toshiki
-%% kumazawa@biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp
+\ProvidesFile{japanese.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese}%
+%% Japanese titles. Needs japanese fonts (CJK) and special input encoding.
+%% From Kumazawa Toshiki <kumazawa@biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp>
 %% http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html
-\mtcloadmlo{japanese}%
 %</japanese>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -50789,14 +51229,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Japanese2'' language: \uxmldo{japanese2}}\label{s+mld+japanese2}\ixmldo{japanese2}
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese2}'' language (japanese, second variant) are taken from file
-% \xfile{JIS.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% \xfile{JIS.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Special fonts are needed, of course.
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4},
 % \vref{s+mld+japanese5}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~japanese2~>>: \uxmldo{japanese2}}\label{s+mld+japanese2}\ixmldo{japanese2}
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese2}~>> (japonais, deuxième variante) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{JIS.cap} du
-% système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr.
+% système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr.
 % Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4},
 % \vref{s+mld+japanese5} et~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
 % \fi
@@ -50814,16 +51254,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*japanese2>
-\ProvidesFile{japanese2.mld}[2006/01/13]
+\ProvidesFile{japanese2.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese2}%
 %% From the file JIS.cap of the CJK package
-%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e
-%% created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
-%%
-%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003)
-%% Japanese captions, character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990),
-%% encoding: EUC
-%%
-\mtcloadmlo{japanese2}%
+%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e.
+%% Created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>. Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003)
+%% Character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: EUC
 %</japanese2>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -50832,18 +51267,18 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Japanese3'' language: \uxmldo{japanese3}}\label{s+mld+japanese3}\ixmldo{japanese3}
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese3}'' language (japanese, third variant) are taken from
-% file \xfile{JIS.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% file \xfile{JIS.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 % Special fonts are needed, of course.
-% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, \vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4},
-% \vref{s+mld+japanese5}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
+% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese},\ABK \vref{s+mld+japanese2},\ABK \vref{s+mld+japanese4},\ABK
+% \vref{s+mld+japanese5},\ABK and~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese3}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
 % \xfile{japanese3.mlo}.
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~japanese3~>>: \uxmldo{japanese3}}\label{s+mld+japanese3}\ixmldo{japanese3}
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese3}~>> (japonais, troisième variante) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{JIS.cpx} du
-% système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Des fontes spéciales sont bien sûr nécessaires.
 %
 % \lneed{3}
@@ -50864,16 +51299,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{6}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*japanese3>
-\ProvidesFile{japanese3.mld}[2006/01/13]
+\ProvidesFile{japanese3.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese3}%
 %% From the file JIS.cpx of the CJK package
-%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e
-%% created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
-%%
-%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003)
-%% Japanese captions, character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990)
-%% encoding: EUC, preprocessed
-%%
-\mtcloadmlo{japanese3}%
+%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e.
+%% Created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>. Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003)
+%% Character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: EUC, preprocessed
 %</japanese3>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -50882,13 +51312,13 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Japanese4'' language: \uxmldo{japanese4}}\label{s+mld+japanese4}\ixmldo{japanese4}
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese4}'' language (japanese, fourth version) are taken from file \xfile{SJIS.cap} of the
-% \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). Special fonts are needed, of course.
+% \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). Special fonts are needed, of course.
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, \vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3},
 % \vref{s+mld+japanese5}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese5}.
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~japanese4~>>: \uxmldo{japanese4}}\label{s+mld+japanese4}\ixmldo{japanese4}
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese4}~>> (japonais, quatrième variante) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{SJIS.cap}
-% du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi les
 % sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, \vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese5}
 % et~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
@@ -50907,16 +51337,10 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{5}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*japanese4>
-\ProvidesFile{japanese4.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% From the file SJIS.cap of the CJK package
-%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e
-%% created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
-%%
-%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003)
-%% Japanese captions
-%% character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: SJIS
-%%
-\mtcloadmlo{japanese4}%
+\ProvidesFile{japanese4.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese4}%
+%% From SJIS.cap in CJK package for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean)
+%% with LaTeX2e. Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>. Version 4.5.2 (28/03/2003).
+%% Character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: SJIS
 %</japanese4>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -50925,7 +51349,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Japanese5'' language: \uxmldo{japanese5}}\label{s+mld+japanese5}\ixmldo{japanese5}
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese5}'' (japanese, fifth variant) language are taken from file \xfile{SJIS.cpx} of
-% the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Special fonts are needed, of course.
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, \vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3},
 % \vref{s+mld+japanese4}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
@@ -50935,7 +51359,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
 % \section{Langue <<~japanese5~>>: \uxmldo{japanese5}}\label{s+mld+japanese5}\ixmldo{japanese5}
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese5}~>> (japonais, cinquième variante) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{SJIS.cpx} du
-% système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
+% système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, évidemment. Regardez aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese},
 % \vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4} et~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}.
 % \end{SMOOTH}
@@ -50954,17 +51378,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*japanese5>
-\ProvidesFile{japanese5.mld}[2006/01/13]
+\ProvidesFile{japanese5.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcloadmlo{japanese5}%
 %% From the file SJIS.cpx of the CJK package
-%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e
-%% created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
-%%
-%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003)
-%% Japanese captions
-%% character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990),
-%% encoding: SJIS, preprocessed
-%%
-\mtcloadmlo{japanese5}%
+%% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e.
+%% Created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>. Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003)
+%% Character set: JIS X 0208:1997 (or JIS X 0208-1990), encoding: SJIS, preprocessed
 %</japanese5>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -50975,8 +51393,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese6}'' (japanese, sixth variant) language have been found (by a Google search)
 % on the Web site of
 % Professor \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}.
-%
-% \lneed{4}
+% ^^A \lneed{4}
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese},~\vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4},
 % and~\vref{s+mld+japanese5}.
 % \or\relax
@@ -50984,8 +51401,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % Les titres pour la langue «~\lopt{japanese6}~» (japonais, sixième variante) ont été trouvés (par une recherche avec
 % Google) sur le site Web du Professeur
 % \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}}.
-%
-% \lneed{4}
+% ^^A \lneed{4}
 % Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese},~\vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4}
 % et \vref{s+mld+japanese5}.
 % \fi
@@ -51003,13 +51419,10 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*japanese6>
-\ProvidesFile{japanese6.mld}[2006/10/31]
-%% Japanese6 titles for minitoc.sty
-%% Needs japanese fonts (CJK) and special input encoding.
-%% From Kumazawa Toshiki
-%% kumazawa@biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp
+\ProvidesFile{japanese6.mld}[2006/10/31]\mtcloadmlo{japanese6}%
+%% Japanese6 titles. Needs japanese fonts (CJK) and special input encoding.
+%% From Kumazawa Toshiki <kumazawa@biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp>
 %% http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html
-\mtcloadmlo{japanese6}%
 %</japanese6>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -51020,46 +51433,59 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue «~kannada~»: \uxfile{kannada.mld}}\label{s+mld+kannada}\ixgrf{kannada.mld}
 % \fi
-% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{karnataka.jpg}\ixgrf{karnataka.jpg}
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{karnataka.jpg}\ixgrf{karnataka.jpg}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{karnad1.jpg}\ixgrf{karnad1.jpg}%
+% \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the kannada language}\label{f+kannada}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.pinkmoose.ic24.net/india/kabini.htm};
+% \caption[Kannada language areas]{Kannada language areas (\url{http://www.pinkmoose.ic24.net/india/kabini.htm}
+% and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karnataka};
 % see also \url{http://kstdc.nic.in/pix/krnatmap.jpg}
-% and figure~\vref{f+india}).
+% and figure~\vref{f+india})\hfill\null}\label{f+kannada}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions de la langue kannada}\label{f+kannada}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.pinkmoose.ic24.net/india/kabini.htm};
+% \caption[Régions de la langue kannada]{Régions de la langue kannada
+% (\url{http://www.pinkmoose.ic24.net/india/kabini.htm}
+% et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karnataka};
 % voir aussi \url{http://kstdc.nic.in/pix/krnatmap.jpg}
-% et la figure~\vref{f+india}.)
+% et la figure~\vref{f+india})\hfill\null}\label{f+kannada}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{7.180851064mm}
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The Kannada (``\lopt{kannada}'') (or Kannara) language is a dravidian language spoken in the Karnataka state
-% (main town: Bangalore) of India. The
-% titles are taken from the \xfile{kanlel.sty} package file from the
+% The\ixgrf{kannada-n.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kannada_script}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{kannada-n.png}}}}
+% Kannada (``\lopt{kannada}'') (or Kannara) language is a dravidian language spoken in the Karnataka state
+% (main town: Bangalore) of India.
+% Titles are taken in the \xfile{kanlel.sty} package file from the
 % \packa{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX} project~\cite{kannadatex}\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/kannadatex}} by \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda} and \name{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}.
 % Specific fonts are required. See the alphabet here: \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/kannada.htm}.
 % \or\relax
-% Le «~\lopt{kannada}~» (ou kannara) est une langue dravidienne parlée dans l'état Karnataka (capitale Bangalore) de l'Inde. Les textes pour les
+% Le\ixgrf{kannada-n.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kannada_script}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{kannada-n.png}}}}
+% «~\lopt{kannada}~» (ou kannara) est une langue dravidienne parlée dans l'état Karnataka (capitale Bangalore) de l'Inde. Les textes pour les
 % titres sont tirées du fichier paquetage \xfile{kanlel.sty} du projet
 % \packa{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX}~\cite{kannadatex}\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/kannadatex}}} de \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda} et \name{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}.
-% Des fontes spécifiques sont nécessaires. L'alphabet est visible ici: \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/kannada.htm}.
+% Des fontes spécifiques sont nécessaires. Voir l'alphabet ici: \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/kannada.htm}.
 % \fi
 %
+% \normalmarginpar
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*kannada>
-\ProvidesFile{kannada.mld}[2007/02/22]
-%% from kanlel.sty of Kannadatex
+\ProvidesFile{kannada.mld}[2007/02/22]%
+%% From kanlel.sty of Kannadatex
 %% (C. S. Yogananda yoga@math.iisc.ernet.in yogacs@users.sarovar.org)
 %% (K. K. Subramaniam subbukk@users.sarovar.org)
-%%
 \def\ptctitle{pariviDi}%
 \def\plftitle{citarxgaLa paTiTx}%
 \def\plftitle{koVSaTxkagaLa paTiTx}%
@@ -51094,8 +51520,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*khalkha>
-\ProvidesFile{khalkha.mld}[2005/11/16]
-\mtcselectlanguage{xalx}%
+\ProvidesFile{khalkha.mld}[2005/11/16]\mtcselectlanguage{xalx}%
 %</khalkha>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -51116,10 +51541,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*latin>
-\ProvidesFile{latin.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Latin (medieval) titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from latin.dtx (babel)
-%% Beccari, Claudio and Tabacco, Raffalla and {\.Zelechowski}, Konrad
+\ProvidesFile{latin.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Latin (medieval) titles from latin.dtx (babel)
+%% Beccari, Claudio & Tabacco, Raffalla & {\.Zelechowski}, Krzysztof Konrad
 \def\ptctitle{Index}%
 \def\plftitle{Conspectus descriptionum}%
 \def\plttitle{Conspectus tabularum}%
@@ -51154,10 +51578,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*latin2>
-\ProvidesFile{latin2.mld}[2007/04/06]
-%% Latin (medieval) titles (shortened) for minitoc.sty
-%% from latin.dtx (babel)
-%% Beccari, Claudio and Tabacco, Raffalla and {\.Zelechowski}, Konrad
+\ProvidesFile{latin2.mld}[2007/04/06]%
+%% Latin (medieval) titles (abbreviated) from latin.dtx (babel)
+%% Beccari, Claudio & Tabacco, Raffalla & {\.Zelechowski}, Krzysztof Konrad
 \def\ptctitle{Index}%
 \def\plftitle{Conspectus descriptionum}%
 \def\plttitle{Conspectus tabularum}%
@@ -51176,12 +51599,12 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{7}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Latinc'' language: \uxfile{latinc.mld}}\label{s+mld+latinc}\ixfile{latinc.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{latinc}'' language (classical) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx} file
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{latinc}'' language (classical latin) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Claudio}{Beccari} and \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latinc2}.
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~latinc~>>: \uxfile{latinc.mld}}\label{s+mld+latinc}\ixfile{latinc.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latinc}~>> (classique) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latinc}~>> (latin classique) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx}
 % (de \name{Claudio}{Beccari} et \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+latinc2}.
 % \fi
@@ -51189,10 +51612,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*latinc>
-\ProvidesFile{latinc.mld}[2007/04/13]
-%% Latin (classic) titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from latin.dtx (babel)
-%% Beccari, Claudio and {\.Zelechowski}, Konrad
+\ProvidesFile{latinc.mld}[2007/04/13]%
+%% Latin (classical) titles from latin.dtx (babel)
+%% Beccari, Claudio & {\.Zelechowski}, Krzysztof Konrad
 \def\ptctitle{Index}%
 \def\plftitle{Conspectvs descriptionvm}%
 \def\plttitle{Conspectvs tabvlarvm}%
@@ -51210,12 +51632,12 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{5}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Latinc2'' language: \uxfile{latinc2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latinc2}\ixfile{latinc2.mld}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{latinc2}'' language (classical, abbreviated variant) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx}
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{latinc2}'' language (classical latin, abbreviated variant) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx}
 % (by \name{Claudio}{Beccari} and \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski})
 % file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, but abbreviated. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latinc}.
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~latinc2~>>: \uxfile{latinc2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latinc2}\ixfile{latinc2.mld}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latinc2}~>> (classique, variante abrégée) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latinc2}~>> (latin classique, variante abrégée) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx}
 % (de \name{Claudio}{Beccari} et \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, mais ont été abrégés. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+latinc}.
 % \fi
@@ -51223,9 +51645,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*latinc2>
-\ProvidesFile{latinc2.mld}[2007/04/06]
-%% Latin (classical) titles (shortened) for minitoc.sty
-%% from latin.dtx (babel) by Beccari, Claudio and {\.Zelechowski}, Konrad
+\ProvidesFile{latinc2.mld}[2007/04/06]%
+%% Latin (classical) titles (abbreviated) from latin.dtx (babel)
+%% Beccari, Claudio & {\.Zelechowski}, Krzysztof Konrad
 \def\ptctitle{Index}%
 \def\plftitle{Conspectvs descriptionvm}%
 \def\plttitle{Conspectvs tabvlarvm}%
@@ -51254,32 +51676,75 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{baltes}\ixgrf{baltes.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{baltes.pdf}\ixgrf{baltes.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{lettonie}\ixgrf{lettonie.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{lettonie.pdf}\ixgrf{lettonie.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Baltic languages and Latvia}\label{f+baltic-le}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lettoniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; note that the estonian language is \emph{not} a baltic language, but a language from the uralian family.)
+% \caption[Baltic languages and Latvia]{Baltic languages and Latvia
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm}
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lettoniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq};
+% note that the estonian language is \emph{not} a baltic language, but a language from the
+% uralian family.)\hfill\null}\label{f+baltic-le}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Langues baltes et Lettonie}\label{f+baltic-le}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lettoniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; notez que l'estonien \emph{n'est pas} une langue balte, mais une langue de la famille ouralienne.)
+% \caption[Langues baltes et Lettonie]{Langues baltes et Lettonie
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lettoniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq};
+% notez que l'estonien \emph{n'est pas} une langue balte, mais une langue de la famille ouralienne.)\hfill\null}\label{f+baltic-le}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{latvian-d.pdf}\ixgrf{latvian-d.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{latvian-r1.png}\ixgrf{latvian-r1.png}%
+% \\
+% \multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{%
+% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% Dialects of the Latvian language. Main dialects are titled
+% grey, subdialects are titled black, subdivisons of subdialects
+% are given in brackets. L\={\i}biskais or Livonian dialect is in
+% bluish shades, Vidus (Vidzemes) or Middle dialect is in green shades,
+% Aug\v{z}zemnieku or Highlander/Latgalian dialect is yellow-orange.
+% \or\relax
+% Dialectes de la langue lettone. Les dialectes principaux
+% sont titrés en gris, les sous dialectes sont titrés en noir,
+% les sub-divisions des sous-dialectes sont donnés entre
+% crochets. Le dialecte L\={\i}biskais ou Livonien est en tons
+% bleus. Le dialecte Vidus (Vidzemes) ou dialecte médian
+% est en tons verts, le dialecte Aug\v{z}zemnieku ou
+% dialecte des hauteurs ou Latgalien est en jaune orangé.
+% \fi
+% \end{minipage}}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Dialects and administrative regions in Latvia]{Dialects and administrative regions in Latvia
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latvian_language} and
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/Europe/lettonie-1gnrl.htm}
+% in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+latvian-d}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Dialectes et régions administratives de Lettonie]{Dialectes et régions administratives de Lettonie
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latvian_language} et
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/Europe/lettonie-1gnrl.htm}
+% dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+latvian-d}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{latvian}'' language\,\footnote{Note that ``\lopt{latvian}'' is the original name for
-% ``\lopt{letton}''.} come from the \xfile{latvian.ldf} file
+% ``\lopt{letton}''.} (\emph{latvie\v{s}u valoda}) come from the \xfile{latvian.ldf} file
 % (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
 % in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}.  See also section~\vref{s+mld+letton}.
 % \end{SMOOTH}
 % \or\relax
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latvian}~>>\,\footnote{Notez que <<~\lopt{latvian}~>> (latvien) est
-% l'autre nom du <<~\lopt{letton}~>>.} viennent du fichier \xfile{latvian.ldf}
+% l'autre nom du <<~\lopt{letton}~>>.} (\emph{latvie\v{s}u valoda}) viennent du fichier \xfile{latvian.ldf}
 % (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov})
 % dans le projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}.
 % Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+letton}.
@@ -51289,10 +51754,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*latvian>
-\ProvidesFile{latvian.mld}[2005/02/08]
-%% from latvian.ldf (Antomega project). Needs Omega
-%% Alexej M. Kryukov and Dmitry Ivanov
-%%
+\ProvidesFile{latvian.mld}[2005/02/08]%
+%% from latvian.ldf (Antomega project). Needs Omega. Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov
 \def\ptctitle{\locallatvian{Saturs}}%
 \def\plftitle{\locallatvian{Att^^^^0113lu saraksts}}%
 \def\plttitle{\locallatvian{Tabulu saraksts}}%
@@ -51327,10 +51790,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*latvian2>
-\ProvidesFile{latvian2.mld}[2007/06/05]
+\ProvidesFile{latvian2.mld}[2007/06/05]%
 % Andris Lasis (andris_lisis@simms.lv) Ivars Drikis (drikis@lanet.lv)
 % http://home.lanet.lv/~drikis/TeX/2e/latvian.ldf
-%%
 \def\ptctitle{Saturs}%
 \def\plftitle{Att\= elu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabulu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}%
@@ -51363,8 +51825,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*letton>
-\ProvidesFile{letton.mld}[2005/02/08]
-\mtcselectlanguage{latvian}%
+\ProvidesFile{letton.mld}[2005/02/08]\mtcselectlanguage{latvian}%
 %</letton>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -51387,8 +51848,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*letton2>
-\ProvidesFile{letton2.mld}[2007/06/05]
-\mtcselectlanguage{latvian2}%
+\ProvidesFile{letton2.mld}[2007/06/05]\mtcselectlanguage{latvian2}%
 %</letton2>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -51406,29 +51866,31 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{baltes}\ixgrf{baltes.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{baltes.pdf}\ixgrf{baltes.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{lituanie.png}\ixgrf{lituanie.png}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Baltic languages and Lithuania}\label{f+baltic-li}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lituaniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; note that estonian is \emph{not} a baltic language, but a language from the uralian family.)
+% \caption[Baltic languages and Lithuania]{Baltic languages and Lithuania
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm}
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lituaniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq};
+% see also~\url{http://samogitia.mch.mii.lt/KALBA/girdstr.en.htm} by \name{Aleksas~Stanislovas}{Girdenis};
+% note that estonian is \emph{not} a baltic language, but a language from the uralian family.)\hfill\null}\label{f+baltic-li}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Langues baltiques et Lithuanie}\label{f+baltic-li}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lituaniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; notez que l'estonien \emph{n'est pas} une langue balte, mais une langue de la famille ouralienne.)
+% \caption[Langues baltiques et Lithuanie]{Langues baltiques et Lithuanie
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lituaniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq};
+% voir aussi~\url{http://samogitia.mch.mii.lt/KALBA/girdstr.en.htm} par \name{Aleksas~Stanislovas}{Girdenis};
+% notez que l'estonien \emph{n'est pas} une langue balte, mais une langue de la famille ouralienne.)\hfill\null}\label{f+baltic-li}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{lithuanian}'' language are taken from the \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{lithuanian}'' language (\emph{lietuvi\k{u} kalba}) are taken from the \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}
 % file\footnote{Found in \url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/zip/babel.zip}.}
 % (by \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis})
 % for the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian2}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{lithuanian}~>> (lituanien) sont simplement tirés du fichier
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{lithuanian}~>> (lituanien, \emph{lietuvi\k{u} kalba}) sont simplement tirés du fichier
 % \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}\,\footnote{Trouvé dans {\froff{\url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/zip/babel.zip}}}.}
 % (de \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis})
 % pour le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian2}.
@@ -51437,10 +51899,10 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*lithuanian>
-\ProvidesFile{lithuanian.mld}[2007/12/04]
-%% Lithuanian titles for minitoc.sty from lithuanian.ldf
+\ProvidesFile{lithuanian.mld}[2007/12/04]%
+%% Lithuanian titles from lithuanian.ldf
 %% in http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/zip/babel.zip
-%% Tolusis, Sigitas (sigitas@vtex.lt)
+%% by Tolusis, Sigitas (sigitas@vtex.lt)
 \def\ptctitle{Turinys}%
 \def\plftitle{Paveiksl\protect\k u s\protect\k ara\protect\v sas}%
 \def\plttitle{Lentel\protect\.es}%
@@ -51475,10 +51937,10 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*lithuanian2>
-\ProvidesFile{lithuanian2.mld}[2007/12/04]
-%% Lithuanian titles (variant) for minitoc.sty from lithuanian.ldf
+\ProvidesFile{lithuanian2.mld}[2007/12/04]%
+%% Lithuanian titles (variant) from lithuanian.ldf
 %% in http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20060928.tar.gz
-%% Tolusis, Sigitas (sigitas@vtex.lt)
+%% by Tolusis, Sigitas (sigitas@vtex.lt)
 \def\ptctitle{Turinys}%
 \def\plftitle{Iliustracij\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}as}%
 \def\plttitle{Lenteli\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}}%
@@ -51505,8 +51967,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % is a member of the west slavic subgroup of indo-european languages spoken in Lower Lusatia in the german
 % \emph{länder} of Saxony and Brandenburg. The Sorbs are descendents of the Wends, the german name for the slavic tribes
 % who occupied the area between the Elbe and Saale rivers in the west and the Odra (Oder) river in the east during
-% the medieval period (\textsc{vi}-th century). See figures~\vref{f+lusace} and~\vref{f+sorbian}.} are taken from the \xfile{lsorbian.dtx} file
-% (by \name{Eduard}{Werner})
+% the medieval period (\textsc{vi}-th century).
+% See figures~\vref{f+lusace}, \vref{f+sorbian} and~\vref{f+sorben}.} (\emph{dolnoserbski, dolnoserv\v{s}\'{c}ina}) are taken from the \xfile{lsorbian.dtx} file (by \name{Eduard}{Werner})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,lsorbian}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}.
 % A shorter language name is \lopt{lsorbian} (see section~\vref{s+mld+lsorbian}).
 % \or\relax
@@ -51517,7 +51979,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % est un membre du sous-groupe slave occidental des langues indo-européennes parlé en Basse-Lusace dans les \emph{länder}
 % allemands de Saxe et de Brandebourg. Les Sorabes sont des descendants des Wendes, nom germain des tribus slaves
 % qui occupaient la zone entre l'Elbe et la Saale à~l'ouest et l'Oder à~l'est pendant la période médiévale
-% (\textsc{vi}\fup{e}~siècle). Voir figures~\vref{f+lusace} et~\vref{f+sorbian}.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{lsorbian.dtx}
+% (\textsc{vi}\fup{e}~siècle). Voir figures~\vref{f+lusace}, \vref{f+sorbian} et~\vref{f+sorben}.}
+% (\emph{dolnoserbski, dolnoserv\v{s}\'{c}ina}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{lsorbian.dtx}
 % (de \name{Eduard}{Werner})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,lsorbian}.
 % Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}.
@@ -51531,15 +51994,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{sorabe-2.jpg}\ixgrf{sorabe-2.jpg}\\
 % \end{tabularx}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Lusace and the Sorbians}\label{f+lusace}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_sorabe.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Lusace and the Sorbians]{Lusace and the Sorbians
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_sorabe.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+lusace}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{La Lusace et les sorabes}\label{f+lusace}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_sorabe.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[La Lusace et les sorabes]{La Lusace et les sorabes
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_sorabe.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+lusace}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \begin{figure}[!p]
@@ -51548,32 +52007,38 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{sorbian.jpg}\ixgrf{sorbian.jpg}%
 % ^^A `p' option to keep the figure from drifting
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the sorbian dialects}\label{f+sorbian}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.people.ex.ac.uk/pjoyce/dialects/sorbisch.html}~(University of Exeter),
+% \caption[Sorbian dialects areas]{Sorbian dialects areas
+% (\url{http://www.people.ex.ac.uk/pjoyce/dialects/sorbisch.html}~(University of Exeter),
 % \url{http://www.mdr.de/sorbisches-programm/rundfunk/1913590.html},
 % \url{http://www.mdr.de/I/1940181.gif}; Niedersorbish: lower sorbian, Übergangsdialekte: transitional dialects,
-% Obersorbish: upper sorbian.)
+% Obersorbish: upper sorbian.)\hfill\null}\label{f+sorbian}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions des dialectes sorabes}\label{f+sorbian}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.people.ex.ac.uk/pjoyce/dialects/sorbisch.html}~(Université d'Exeter),
+% \caption[Régions des dialectes sorabes]{Régions des dialectes sorabes
+% (\url{http://www.people.ex.ac.uk/pjoyce/dialects/sorbisch.html}~(Université d'Exeter),
 % \url{http://www.mdr.de/sorbisches-programm/rundfunk/1913590.html},
 % \url{http://www.mdr.de/I/1940181.gif}; Niedersorbish: bas sorabe, Übergangsdialekte: dialectes de transition,
-% Obersorbish: haut sorabe.)
+% Obersorbish: haut sorabe.)\hfill\null}\label{f+sorbian}
 % \fi
 % ^^A \vspace*{-2pt} % ^^A ``Float too large''
 % \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!tb]
+% ^^A \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{sorben.jpg}\ixgrf{sorben.jpg}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Sorbs]{Sorbs (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sorbs})\hfill\null}\label{f+sorben}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Sorabes]{Sorabes (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sorbs})\hfill\null}\label{f+sorben}
+% \fi
+% ^^A \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*lowersorbian>
-\ProvidesFile{lowersorbian.mld}[2006/02/28]
-%% Lower sorbian titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from lsorbian.dtx (babel) by Werner, Eduard
+\ProvidesFile{lowersorbian.mld}[2006/02/28]%
+%% Lower sorbian titles from lsorbian.dtx (babel) by Werner, Eduard
 \def\ptctitle{Wop\'simje\'se}%
 \def\plftitle{Zapis wobrazow}%
 \def\plttitle{Zapis tabulkow}%
@@ -51604,13 +52069,10 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}.
 % \fi
 %
-% \lneed{3}
+% \lneed{4}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*lsorbian>
-\ProvidesFile{lsorbian.mld}[2007/12/04]
-%% Lower sorbian titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from lsorbian.dtx (babel) by Werner, Eduard
-\mtcselectlanguage{lowersorbian}%
+\ProvidesFile{lsorbian.mld}[2007/12/04]\mtcselectlanguage{lowersorbian}%
 %</lsorbian>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -51635,21 +52097,17 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hun1.png}\ixgrf{hun1.png}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Hungaria and magyar speaking areas}\label{f+hongrie}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungarian#Geography}
-% and from \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary_Language};
+% \caption[Hungaria and magyar speaking areas]{Hungaria and magyar speaking areas
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungaria}
+% and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary_Language};
 % the magyar language is also spoken in some regions in Romania,
-% Slovakia, Serbia-Voivodina and Ukraine.)
+% Slovakia, Serbia-Voivodina and Ukraine)\hfill\null}\label{f+hongrie}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Hongrie et régions de langue magyar}\label{f+hongrie}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungarian#Geography}
+% \caption[Hongrie et régions de langue magyar]{Hongrie et régions de langue magyar
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungaria}
 % et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary_language};
 % la langue hongroise est aussi parlée dans quelques régions de Roumanie,
-% de Slovaquie, de Serbie-Voïvodine et d'Ukraine.)
+% de Slovaquie, de Serbie-Voïvodine et d'Ukraine)\hfill\null}\label{f+hongrie}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -51657,23 +52115,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % (by \namea{József}{Bérces}{Berces} and \namea{Árpád}{Bíró}{Biro}, with help from \name{Attila}{Koppanyi})
 % file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}. A synonym of ``\lopt{magyar}'' is
 % ``\lopt{hungarian}'' (see section~\vref{s+mld+hungarian}). See also sections~\vref{s+mld+magyar2}
-% and~\vref{s+mld+magyar3} for variants (it seems that \xfile{magyar.dtx} might have evolved).
+% and~\vref{s+mld+magyar3} for variants.
 % \or\relax
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{magyar}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{magyar.dtx}
 % (de \namea{József}{Bérces}{Berces} et \namea{Árpád}{Bíró}{Biro}, avec l'aide de \name{Attila}{Koppanyi})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}. Un synonyme de <<~\lopt{magyar}~>>
 % est <<~\lopt{hungarian}~>> (hongrois) (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+hungarian}).
-% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+magyar2} et~\vref{s+mld+magyar3} pour des variantes
-% (il semble que \xfile{magyar.dtx} pourrait avoir évolué).
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+magyar2} et~\vref{s+mld+magyar3} pour des variantes.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{4}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*magyar>
-\ProvidesFile{magyar.mld}[2006/03/08]
-%% Magyar titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from magyar.dtx (babel)
-%% Bíró, Árpád and Bérces, József
+\ProvidesFile{magyar.mld}[2006/03/08]%
+%% Magyar titles from magyar.dtx (babel). Bíró, Árpád & Bérces, József
 \def\ptctitle{Tartalom}%
 \def\plftitle{\'Abr\'ak}%
 \def\plttitle{T\'abl\'azatok}%
@@ -51706,10 +52161,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*magyar2>
-\ProvidesFile{magyar.mld}[2006/03/08]
-%% Magyar2 titles for minitoc.sty (variant)
-%% from magyar.dtx (babel)
-%% Bíró, Árpád and Bérces, József
+\ProvidesFile{magyar2.mld}[2008/04/03]%
+%% Magyar2 titles (variant) from magyar.dtx (babel). Bíró, Árpád & Bérces, József
 \def\ptctitle{Tartalom}%
 \def\plftitle{\'Abr\'ak list\'aja}%
 \def\plttitle{T\'abl\'azatok list\'aja}%
@@ -51729,23 +52182,23 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \section{``Magyar3'' language: \uxfile{magyar3.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar3}\ixfile{magyar3.mld}
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{magyar3}'' language (third variant of magyar) are taken
 % from the \xfile{magyar.dtx} file (by \namea{József}{Bérces}{Berces}, \namea{Árpád}{Bíró}{Biro}, and \name{Attila}{Koppanyi})
-% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}.
+% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}\,\footnote{The situation of the magyar language in
+% the \pack{babel} package is not clear; some experimental versions exist.}.
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+magyar} and~\vref{s+mld+magyar2}.
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~magyar3~>>: \uxfile{magyar3.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar3}\ixfile{magyar3.mld}
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{magyar3}~>> (troisième variante de la langue magyar) sont tirés
 % du fichier \xfile{magyar.dtx} (de \namea{József}{Bérces}{Berces}, \namea{Árpád}{Bíró}{Biro} et \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}).
-% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}.
+% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}\,\footnote{La situation de la langue magyar dans
+% le paquetage \pack{babel} n'est pas claire; il existe des versions expérimentales.}.
 % Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+magyar} et~\vref{s+mld+magyar2}.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*magyar3>
-\ProvidesFile{magyar3.mld}[2006/03/08]
-%% Magyar3 titles for minitoc.sty (variant)
-%% from magyar.dtx (babel)
-%% Bíró, Árpád and Bérces, József
+\ProvidesFile{magyar3.mld}[2006/03/08]%
+%% Magyar3 titles (variant) from magyar.dtx (babel). Bíró, Árpád & Bérces, József
 \def\ptctitle{Tartalomjegyz\'ek}%
 \def\plftitle{\'Abr\'ak jegyz\'eke}%
 \def\plttitle{T\'abl\'azatok jegyz\'eke}%
@@ -51760,7 +52213,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %</magyar3>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
-%
 % \lneed{5}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Malay'' language: \uxfile{malay.mld}}\label{s+mld+malay}\ixfile{malay.mld}
@@ -51779,8 +52231,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*malay>
-\ProvidesFile{malay.mld}[2006/01/11]
-\mtcselectlanguage{bahasam}%
+\ProvidesFile{malay.mld}[2006/01/11]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasam}%
 %</malay>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -51804,17 +52255,17 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{kerala.jpg}\ixgrf{kerala.jpg}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the malayalam language}\label{f+malayalam}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=92&menu=004} in~\cite{LMP} and \url{http://keralalife.com/})
+% \caption[Malayalam language areas]{Malayalam language areas
+% (\url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=92&menu=004} in~\cite{LMP}
+% and \url{http://keralalife.com/})\hfill\null}\label{f+malayalam}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions de la langue malayalam}\label{f+malayalam}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=92&menu=004} dans~\cite{LMP} et \url{http://keralalife.com/})
+% \caption[Régions de la langue malayalam]{Régions de la langue malayalam
+% (\url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=92&menu=004} dans~\cite{LMP}
+% et \url{http://keralalife.com/})\hfill\null}\label{f+malayalam}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{3.761061944mm}
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \begin{macro}{\mm}
 % \begin{macro}{\X}
 % \begin{macro}{\<>}
@@ -51824,7 +52275,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
 % The Malayalam language is spoken from the western coast of
 % Malabar to the extreme southern India, mainly in the Kerala state. It is one of the dravidian languages strongly
-% bound to the Tamil language. The alphabet and the script are dated from the 8th or 9th centuries.
+% bound to the Tamil language. The%
+% \ixgrf{malayalam.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malayalam_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{malayalam.png}}}}
+% alphabet and the script are dated from the 8th or 9th centuries.
 % This language option requires specific fonts (depending on the
 % option of the \pack{malayalam} package).
 % It should be used with the following options of the
@@ -51861,18 +52316,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \optp{sarada}{malayalam},
 % \optp{sruthy}{malayalam}, and
 % \optp{triruvathira}{malayalam}.
-%
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-keli} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-b}~>> sont
-% tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-b}~>> sont tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
 % La langue Malayalam est
 % parlée de la côte occidentale de Malabar jusqu'à l'extrême sud de l'Inde, principalement dans l'état de Kerala.
-% C'est l'une des langues dravidiennes fortement liées au Tamoul. L'alphabet et l'écriture datent du \textsc{viii}\fup{e} ou
+% C'est l'une des langues dravidiennes fortement liées au Tamoul. L'alphabet%
+% \ixgrf{malayalam.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malayalam_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{malayalam.png}}}}
+% et l'écriture datent du \textsc{viii}\fup{e} ou
 % \textsc{ix}\fup{e}~siècle.
 % Cette option de langue requiert des fontes spécifiques (selon l'option
 % du paquetage \pack{malayalam}).
-% Elle devrait être utilisée avec les options suivanyes du paquetage
+% Elle devrait être utilisée avec les options suivantes du paquetage
 % \pack{malayalam}\,\footnote{Il y~a une grande variété de fontes pour le malayalam; j'ai donc essayé de limiter
 % le nombre de fichiers \suffix{.mld}.}:
 % \optp{aathira}{malayalam},
@@ -51906,30 +52363,29 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \optp{sarada}{malayalam},
 % \optp{sruthy}{malayalam} et
 % \optp{triruvathira}{malayalam}.
-%
 % Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-keli} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
 % \fi
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*malayalam-b>
-\ProvidesFile{malayalam-b.mld}[2007/12/04]
-\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% 
+\ProvidesFile{malayalam-b.mld}[2007/12/04]%
+\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}%
 \def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}%
-\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% 
+\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}%
 %%
-\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% 
+\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}%
 \def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}%
-\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% 
+\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}%
 %%
-\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% 
+\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}%
 \def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}%
-\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% 
+\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}%
 %</malayalam-b>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
 %%
-%
+% \normalmarginpar
 % \lneed{8}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Malayalam-keli'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-keli.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-keli}\ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld}
@@ -51943,20 +52399,18 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-keli}'' language,
 % with the ``Keli'' fonts, are taken from the \pack{malayalam}
 % package~\cite{malayalam} by~\name{A.J.}{Alex}. This language requires specific fonts.
-%
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
 % \or\relax
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-keli}~>> (malayalam, écriture \emph{keli}), avec les fontes <<~Keli~>>,
 % sont tirés du paquetage
 % \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques.
-%
 % Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*malayalam-keli>
-\ProvidesFile{malayalam-keli.mld}[2006/01/13]
+\ProvidesFile{malayalam-keli.mld}[2006/01/13]%
 %% Malayalam: Keli fonts
 \def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}%
 \def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}%
@@ -51989,19 +52443,17 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-keli2}'' language
 % are taken from the
 % \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
-% This language requires specific fonts (keli).
-%
+% This language requires specific fonts (keli second variant).
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
 % \or\relax
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-keli2}~>> sont
 % tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
-% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques (keli).
-%
-% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
+% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques (keli seconde variante).\ABK
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b}\ABK à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
 % \fi
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*malayalam-keli2>
-\ProvidesFile{malayalam-keli2.mld}[2007/12/04]
+\ProvidesFile{malayalam-keli2.mld}[2007/12/04]%
 % Keli fonts (mkl)
 \def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}%
 \def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}
@@ -52034,19 +52486,17 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-mr}'' language
 % are taken from the
 % \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
-% This language requires specific fonts (rachana).
-%
+% This language requires specific fonts (traditional rachana).
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
 % \or\relax
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-mr}~>> sont
 % tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
-% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques (rachana).
-%
-% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
+% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques (rachana traditionnel).\ABK
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b}\ABK à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
 % \fi
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*malayalam-mr>
-\ProvidesFile{malayalam-mr.mld}[2007/12/04]
+\ProvidesFile{malayalam-mr.mld}[2007/12/04]%
 % mr fonts (rachana: mr1,...,mr6)
 \def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}
 \def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}
@@ -52080,7 +52530,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % Omega) via the \pack{omal} package~\cite{malayalam-o} (by~\name{A.J.}{Alex}) of the Malayalam-Omega
 % project\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/malayalam}}. As the titles contain characters in a special encoding,
 % we must load a \suffix{.mlo} file. A lot of fonts are available via options of the \pack{omal} package.
-%
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
 % \or\relax
 % C'est l'implantation «~\lopt{malayalam-omega}~» de la langue malayalam lorsque vous utilisez
@@ -52089,16 +52538,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % Malayalam-Omega\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/malayalam}}}. Comme les titres contiennent des
 % caractères dans un codage spécial, nous devons charger un fichier \suffix{.mlo}. De nombreuses fontes sont disponibles
 % via des options du paquetage \pack{omal}.
-%
 % Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*malayalam-omega>
-\ProvidesFile{malayalam-omega.mld}[2007/12/04]
+\ProvidesFile{malayalam-omega.mld}[2007/12/04]\mtcloadmlo{malayalam-omega}%
 %% from omal.sty (Alex A.J. indicTeX@gmail.com)
-\mtcloadmlo{malayalam-omega}%
 %</malayalam-omega>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -52121,21 +52568,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % with the traditionnal ``Rachana'' fonts (old lipi), are taken from
 % the \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by~\name{A.J.}{Alex}.
 % This language requires specific fonts.
-
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
 % \or\relax
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-rachana}~>>,
 % avec les fontes traditionnelles <<~Rachana~>> (ancien \emph{lipi}),
 % sont tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
 % Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques.
-%
 % Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*malayalam-rachana>
-\ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana.mld}[2005/06/07]
+\ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana.mld}[2005/06/07]%
 %% Malayalam: Rachana fonts, traditionnal.
 \def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}%
 \def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}%
@@ -52171,21 +52616,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % with the reformed ``Rachana'' fonts (new lipi), are taken from the
 % \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
 % This language requires specific fonts.
-%
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
 % \or\relax
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-rachana2}~>>,
 % avec les fontes <<~Rachana~>> réformées (nouveau \emph{lipi}), sont
 % tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
 % Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques.
-%
 % Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*malayalam-rachana2>
-\ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}[2006/01/13]
+\ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}[2006/01/13]%
 %% Malayalam: Rachana fonts, reformed.
 \def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}%
 \def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}%
@@ -52222,18 +52665,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % are taken from the
 % \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
 % This language requires specific fonts (rachana).
-%
 % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}.
 % \or\relax
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-rachana3}~>> sont
 % tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}.
 % Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques (rachana).
-%
 % Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}.
 % \fi
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*malayalam-rachana3>
-\ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}[2007/12/04]
+\ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}[2007/12/04]%
 % Rachana fonts (mr2,...,mr6)
 \def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}%
 \def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}%
@@ -52253,7 +52694,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
-%%
 %
 % \lneed{5}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -52273,14 +52713,91 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*manju>
-\ProvidesFile{manju.mld}[2005/11/16]
-\mtcselectlanguage{bithe}%
+\ProvidesFile{manju.mld}[2005/11/16]\mtcselectlanguage{bithe}%
 %</manju>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
 % \lneed{5}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \section{``Mexican'' language: \uxfile{mexican.mld}}\label{s+mld+mexican}\ixfile{mexican.mld}
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{mexican}'' language (\emph{español mexicano}) are taken from the \xfile{mexican.ldf} file
+% (by \name{Luis}{Rivera}) in \url{http://www.dante.de/tex-archive/language/spanish/nonstandard/mx/}.
+% Mexican is a spanish (castillan) dialect.
+% The title of the parttocs is shorter for articles. See also section~\vref{s+mld+spanish4}.
+% See figures~\ref{f+mexico} and~\vref{f+mexl}.
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~mexican~>>: \uxfile{mexican.mld}}\label{s+mld+mexican}\ixfile{mexican.mld}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{mexican}~>> (mexicain, \emph{español mexicano}) sont tirés du
+% fichier \xfile{mexican.ldf} (de \name{Luis}{Rivera})
+% dans \url{http://www.dante.de/tex-archive/language/spanish/nonstandard/mx/}. Le mexicain est un dialecte de l'espagnol
+% (castillan).
+% Le titre des parttocs est plus court dans les articles. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish4}.
+% Voir les figures~\ref{f+mexico} and~\vref{f+mexl}.
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \def\LBAS{Less than 20\,000 speakers.}
+% \def\LMED{From 20\,000 to 100\,000 speakers.}
+% \def\LHAUT{More than 100\,000 speakers.}
+% \else\relax
+% \def\LBAS{Moins de 20\,000 locuteurs.}
+% \def\LMED{De 20\,000 à~100\,000 locuteurs.}
+% \def\LHAUT{Plus de 100\,000 locuteurs.}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[htb!]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mexip.pdf}\ixgrf{mexip.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[México]{México (\url{http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mexico})}\label{f+mexico}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Mexique]{Mexique (\url{http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mexique})}\label{f+mexico}
+% \fi
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+% \vspace*{2\baselineskip}
+% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-1cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.3333333333\iwidth}
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}c@{}c@{}c@{}c@{}c@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mex1.pdf}\ixgrf{mex1.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mex2.pdf}\ixgrf{mex2.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mex3.pdf}\ixgrf{mex3.pdf}\\
+% {\footnotesize\LBAS}&&{\footnotesize\LMED}&&{\footnotesize\LHAUT}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Indigenous languages of México]{Indigenous languages of México
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_Mexico})\hfill\null}\label{f+mexl}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Langues indigènes du Mexique]{Langues indigènes du Mexique
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Languages_of_Mexico})\hfill\null}\label{f+mexl}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+%
+% \lneed{5}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*mexican>
+\ProvidesFile{mexican.mld}[2008/04/03]%
+%% Spanish titles (from mexican.ldf) Rivera, Luis (jlrn77@gmail.com)
+\expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax
+\def\ptctitle{\'Indice} \else \def\ptctitle{\'Indice general} \fi
+\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}%
+\def\plttitle{\'Indice de tablas}%
+%%
+\def\mtctitle{\'Indice}%
+\def\mlftitle{\'Indice de figuras}%
+\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de tablas}%
+%%
+\def\stctitle{\'Indice}%
+\def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}%
+\def\slttitle{\'Indice de tablas}%
+%</mexican>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \lneed{5}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Meyalu'' language: \uxfile{meyalu.mld}}\label{s+mld+meyalu}\ixfile{meyalu.mld}
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~meyalu~>>: \uxfile{meyalu.mld}}\label{s+mld+meyalu}\ixfile{meyalu.mld}
@@ -52297,8 +52814,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*meyalu>
-\ProvidesFile{meyalu.mld}[2006/01/13]
-\mtcselectlanguage{bahasam}%
+\ProvidesFile{meyalu.mld}[2006/01/13]\mtcselectlanguage{bahasam}%
 %</meyalu>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -52312,17 +52828,13 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \begin{figure}[p]
 % \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mongolian}\ixgrf{mongolian.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mongolian.pdf}\ixgrf{mongolian.pdf}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the mongol language}\label{f+mongolian}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=79&menu=004} in~\cite{LMP})
+% \caption[Mongol language areas]{Mongol language areas
+% (\url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=79&menu=004} in~\cite{LMP})\hfill\null}\label{f+mongolian}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions de la langue mongole}\label{f+mongolian}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=79&menu=004} dans~\cite{LMP})
+% \caption[Régions de la langue mongole]{Régions de la langue mongole
+% (\url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=79&menu=004} dans~\cite{LMP})\hfill\null}\label{f+mongolian}
 % \fi
 % ^^A \end{figure}
 %
@@ -52330,25 +52842,41 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %
 % ^^A \begin{figure}[!thb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mongasie}\ixgrf{mongasie.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mongasie.pdf}\ixgrf{mongasie.pdf}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{General linguistic map of the mongol language}\label{f+lmap-mongol}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.lexilogos.com/mongol_dictionnaire.htm})
+% \caption[Linguistic map of the mongol language]{Linguistic map of the mongol language
+% (\url{http://www.lexilogos.com/mongol_dictionnaire.htm})\hfill\null}\label{f+lmap-mongol}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Carte linguistique générale du mongol}\label{f+lmap-mongol}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.lexilogos.com/mongol_dictionnaire.htm})
+% \caption[Carte linguistique du mongol]{Carte linguistique du mongol
+% (\url{http://www.lexilogos.com/mongol_dictionnaire.htm})\hfill\null}\label{f+lmap-mongol}
 % \fi
 % \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mongols.pdf}\ixgrf{mongols.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Mongolia and Mongol autonomous regions in the People's Republic of China (PRC)]{Mongolia and Mongol autonomous regions in the People's Republic of China (PRC)
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongol}, see also
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-region-auto-Mongolie.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Mongolie et régions mongoles autonomes en République Populaire de Chine (RPC)]{Mongolie et régions mongoles
+% autonomes en République Populaire de Chine (RPC) (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongol}, voir aussi
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-region-auto-Mongolie.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+%
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \lneed{5}
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{22.8125mm}
 % \begin{macro}{\mnr}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{mongol}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}
+% The titles%
+% \ixgrf{mongoltr.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{mongoltr.png}}}}
+% for the ``\lopt{mongol}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}
 % (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}).
 % This language requires specific fonts. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+bicig}, \vref{s+mld+bicig2}, \vref{s+mld+bicig3},
 % \vref{s+mld+bithe},
@@ -52356,7 +52884,10 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \end{SMOOTH}
 % \or\relax
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{mongol}~>> sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}
+% Les titres\ixgrf{mongoltr.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=12.5mm]{mongoltr.png}}}}
+% pour la langue <<~\lopt{mongol}~>> sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}
 % (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}).
 % Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques.
 % Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+bicig},\ABK \vref{s+mld+bicig2},\ABK
@@ -52366,12 +52897,12 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \end{SMOOTH}
 % \fi
 %
+% \normalmarginpar
 % \lneed{8}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*mongol>
-\ProvidesFile{mongol.mld}[1999/03/16]
-%% Mongol (xalx) titles for minitoc.sty
-%% Needs mongol fonts
+\ProvidesFile{mongol.mld}[1999/03/16]%
+%% Mongol (xalx) titles. Needs mongol fonts
 \def\ptctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}%
 \def\plftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}%
 \def\plttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}%
@@ -52390,9 +52921,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{5}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Mongolb'' language: \uxfile{mongolb.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolb}\ixfile{mongolb.mld}
-% This is an other variant for the mongolian titles, 
-% taken from the \xfile{mongolian.dtx} file~\cite{mongolian}
-% (by \name{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh})
+% This is an other variant for the mongolian titles,
+% taken from the \xfile{mongolian.dtx} file~\cite{mongolian} (by \name{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh})
 % for the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} (hence the final ``\texttt{b}'' in ``\texttt{mongolb}'').
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~mongolb~>>: \uxfile{mongolb.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolb}\ixfile{mongolb.mld}
@@ -52402,27 +52932,34 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % pour le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} (d'où le «~\texttt{b}~» final dans «~\texttt{mongolb}~»).
 % \fi
 %
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{5.48766094mm}
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \lneed{2}
 % \begin{macro}{\cyr}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{mongolb}'' language use cyrillic characters and the X2 and T2 encodings and are derived
+% The titles\ixgrf{mongolcy.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mongolcy.png}}}}
+% for the ``\lopt{mongolb}'' language use cyrillic characters and the X2 and T2 encodings and are derived
 % from the \xfile{russianb.dtx} file (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich} and \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % \or\relax
+% Les titres\ixgrf{mongolcy.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{mongolcy.png}}}}
 % Les titres pour la langue «~\lopt{mongolb}~» utilisent des caractères cyrilliques et les codages X2 et T2
 % sont dérivés du fichier \xfile{russianb.dtx} (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich} et
 % \name{Werner}{Lemberg}).
 % \fi
 %
+% \normalmarginpar
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*mongolb>
-\ProvidesFile{mongolb.mld}[2007/01/29]
-%% Mongolian titles for minitoc.sty
-%% From mongolian.dtx for the babel package
+\ProvidesFile{mongolb.mld}[2007/01/29]%
+%% Mongolian titles from mongolian.dtx for the babel package
 %% Dorjgotov Batmunkh (batmunkh@num.edu.mn)
 %% Needs some cyrillic fonts and special cyrillic encoding T2 and X2.
-%% Vladimir Volovich (TeX@vvv.vsu.ru) and Werner Lemberg (wl@gnu.org)
-%%
+%% Vladimir Volovich (TeX@vvv.vsu.ru) & Werner Lemberg (wl@gnu.org)
 \expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax
   \def\ptctitle{{\cyr\CYRA\cyrg\cyru\cyru\cyrl\cyrg\cyra}}\relax%
 \else\relax
@@ -52456,7 +52993,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-%
 % \lneed{5}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Mongolian'' language: \uxfile{mongolian.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolian}\ixfile{mongolian.mld}\ilopt{mongolian}
@@ -52477,14 +53013,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*mongolian>
-\ProvidesFile{mongolian.mld}[2007/02/05]
-%% Mongolian titles for minitoc.sty
-%% From mongolian.dtx for the babel package
-%% Dorjgotov Batmunkh (batmunkh@num.edu.mn)
-%% Needs some cyrillic fonts and special cyrillic encoding T2 and X2.
-%% Vladimir Volovich (TeX@vvv.vsu.ru) and Werner Lemberg (wl@gnu.org)
-%%
-\mtcselectlanguage{mongolb}%
+\ProvidesFile{mongolian.mld}[2007/02/05]\mtcselectlanguage{mongolb}%
 %</mongolian>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -52510,8 +53039,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*naustrian>
-\ProvidesFile{naustrian.mld}[2004/12/14]
-\mtcselectlanguage{ngermanb}%
+\ProvidesFile{naustrian.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{ngermanb}%
 %</naustrian>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %    \end{macro}
@@ -52526,7 +53054,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The ``\lopt{newzealand}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'',
 % so we just load \xfile{english.mld}
-% (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
+% (section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
 % \or\relax
 % La langue <<~\lopt{newzealand}~>> (néo-zélandais) est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement
 % \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}):
@@ -52535,8 +53063,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*newzealand>
-\ProvidesFile{newzealand.mld}[2006/01/11]
-\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
+\ProvidesFile{newzealand.mld}[2006/01/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
 %</newzealand>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -52562,8 +53089,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*ngerman>
-\ProvidesFile{ngerman.mld}[2004/12/14]
-\mtcselectlanguage{ngermanb}%
+\ProvidesFile{ngerman.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{ngermanb}%
 %</ngerman>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -52588,9 +53114,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*ngermanb>
-\ProvidesFile{ngermanb.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% New german (B) titles for minitoc.sty from ngermanb.dtx (babel)
-%% Raichle, Bernd and Schmidt, Walter
+\ProvidesFile{ngermanb.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% New german (B) titles from ngermanb.dtx (babel). Raichle, Bernd & Schmidt, Walter
 \def\ptctitle{Inhaltsverzeichnis}%    % oder nur: Inhalt
 \def\plftitle{Abbildungsverzeichnis}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabellenverzeichnis}%
@@ -52627,8 +53152,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*ngermanb2>
-\ProvidesFile{ngermanb2.mld}[2005/09/27]
-%% New german (B) short (2) titles for minitoc.sty
+\ProvidesFile{ngermanb2.mld}[2005/09/27]%
+%% New german (B) short (2) titles
 \def\ptctitle{Inhalt}%
 \def\plftitle{Abbildungen}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabellen}%
@@ -52657,22 +53182,18 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{norvege-c}\ixgrf{norvege-c.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{norvege-c.pdf}\ixgrf{norvege-c.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{norvege-t}\ixgrf{norvege-t.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{norvege-t.pdf}\ixgrf{norvege-t.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Languages in Norway}\label{f+norway}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege-communes-lng.htm}
-% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Languages in Norway]{Bokm{\aa}l and nynorsk languages in Norway
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege-communes-lng.htm}
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+norway}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Langues en Norvège}\label{f+norway}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege-communes-lng.htm}
-% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Langues en Norvège]{Langues <<~bokm{\aa}l~>> et <<~nynorsk~>> en Norvège
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege-communes-lng.htm}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+norway}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -52696,11 +53217,10 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*norsk>
-\ProvidesFile{norsk.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Norsk titles for minitoc.sty from norsk.dtx (babel)
-%% Braams, Johannes~L. and Helstrup, Haavard and Holme, Alv Kjetil and
-%% Iversen, Per Steinar and  Petterst, Terje Engeset and  Kleveland, Rune
-%% Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no)
+\ProvidesFile{norsk.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Norsk titles from norsk.dtx (babel). Braams, Johannes~L. & Helstrup, Haavard
+%% & Holme, Alv Kjetil & Iversen, Per Steinar &  Petterst, Terje Engeset
+%% & Kleveland, Rune. Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no)
 \def\ptctitle{Innhold}%
 \def\plftitle{Figurer}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabeller}%
@@ -52720,20 +53240,18 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \section{``Norsk2'' language: \uxfile{norsk2.mld}}\label{s+mld+norsk2}\ixfile{norsk2.mld}
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{norsk2}'' language (or \emph{bokm\r{a}l}, ``language of the kingdom'') are taken from the
 % \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, with help
-% from \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}. These are variants of the titles of section~\vref{s+mld+norsk}.
+% from \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}, and abbreviated.
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~norsk2~>>: \uxfile{norsk2.mld}}\label{s+mld+norsk2}\ixfile{norsk2.mld}
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{norsk2}~>> (norvégien, ou \emph{bokm{\aa}l}, <<~langue du royaume~>>) sont tirés
-% du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, avec l'aide de \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}.
-% Ce sont des variantes des titres de la section~\vref{s+mld+norsk}.
+% du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, avec l'aide de \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}, et abrégés.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*norsk2>
-\ProvidesFile{norsk2.mld}[2005/09/27]
-%% Short norsk titles for minitoc.sty
-%% Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no)
+\ProvidesFile{norsk2.mld}[2005/09/27]%
+%% Short norsk titles. Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no)
 \def\ptctitle{Innhold}%
 \def\plftitle{Figurliste}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabelliste}%
@@ -52770,7 +53288,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % pour construire une vraie langue norvégienne indépendante et nationale, en réaction au danois, à~partir des
 % divers dialectes parlés dans le pays. Mais le néo-norvégien n'a jamais beaucoup gagné en popularité en dehors des régions
 % rurales.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{norsk.dtx}
-% (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen},
+% (par \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen},
 % \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst} et \name{Rune}{Kleveland})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, avec l'aide de
 % \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+norsk}.
@@ -52780,10 +53298,10 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*nynorsk>
-\ProvidesFile{nynorsk.mld}[2006/01/13] %% Nynorsk titles from norsk.dtx (babel)
-%% Braams, Johannes~L. and Helstrup, Haavard and Holme, Alv Kjetil and
-%% Iversen, Per Steinar and  Petterst, Terje Engeset and  Kleveland, Rune
-%% Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no)
+\ProvidesFile{nynorsk.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Nynorsk titles from norsk.dtx (babel). Braams, Johannes~L. & Helstrup, Haavard
+%% & Holme, Alv Kjetil & Iversen, Per Steinar & Petterst, Terje Engeset
+%% & Kleveland, Rune. Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no)
 \def\mtctitle{Innhald}%
 \def\mlftitle{Figurar}%
 \def\mlttitle{Tabellar}%
@@ -52812,8 +53330,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*nynorsk2>
-\ProvidesFile{nynorsk.mld}[1999/03/16]
-%% Nynorsk titles for minitoc.sty. Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no)
+\ProvidesFile{nynorsk.mld}[1999/03/16]%
+%% Nynorsk titles. Thanks to Dag Langmyhr (dag@ifi.uio.no)
 \def\mtctitle{Innhald}%
 \def\mlftitle{Figurliste}%
 \def\mlttitle{Tabelliste}%
@@ -52830,52 +53348,179 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %
 % \lneed{5}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \section{``Occitan'' language: \uxfile{occitan.mld}}\label{s+mld+occitan}\ixfile{occitan.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~occitan~>>: \uxfile{occitan.mld}}\label{s+mld+occitan}\ixfile{occitan.mld}
+% \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!htbp]
+% ^^A \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.599812559\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.400187441\iwidth}
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{occitanie.pdf}\ixgrf{occitanie.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{occtaur.jpg}\ixgrf{occtaur.jpg}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Occitan in France]{Occitan in France (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Occitan})\hfill\null}\label{f+occi1}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[L'occitan en France]{L'occitan en France
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Occitan})\hfill\null}\label{f+occi1}
+% \fi
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+%
+% \vspace*{1.\bigskipamount}
+%
+% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.709152542\iwidth}
+% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.290847458\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.6\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.4\iwidth}
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{occdial1.jpg}\ixgrf{occdial1.jpg}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{occdial2.png}\ixgrf{occdial2.png}%
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Occitan dialects]{Occitan dialects (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Occitan})\hfill\null}\label{f+occi2}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Les dialectes occitans]{Les dialectes occitans (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Occitan})\hfill\null}\label{f+occi2}
+% \fi
+% ^^A \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The \lopt{occitan} language\,\footnote{I~used the site {\url{http://www.panoccitan.org/diccionari.aspx}}
+% for the translations.} is still spoken in the south of France,
+% from Limoges (Letmòges), Bordeaux (Bordèu) and Toulouse
+% (Tolosa) to Marseille (Marselha) and Nice (Niça), with many local variants.
+% This bilingual street sign in Toulouse (Tolosa), like many
+% such signs found in historical parts of the city, is maintained
+% primarily for its antique charm; it is typical of what little
+% remains of the ``lenga d'oc'' in southern French cities (see
+% figures~\ref{f+occi1} and~\vref{f+occi2}).
+% See also~\url{http://www.orbilat.com/Maps/Occitan/Occitan.gif}.
+% See also~\cite{occi}.
+% \or\relax
+% La langue occitane (\lopt{occitan} ou langue d'oc)\,\footnote{J'ai utilisé le site
+% {\froff\url{http://www.panoccitan.org/diccionari.aspx}} pour les traductions.}
+% est encore parlée dans le sud de la France,
+% de Limoges (Letmòges), Bordeaux (Bordèu) et Toulouse (Tolosa)
+% à~Marseille (Marselha) et Nice (Niça), avec de nombreuses variantes locales.
+% Ces plaques de rue en deux langues dans Toulouse (Tolosa),
+% comme de nombreux signes analogues dans les parties
+% historiques de la cité, sont conservées essentiellement pour
+% leur charme ancien; ceci est typique de ce qui subsiste de la
+% <<~lenga d'oc~>> dans les cités du Midi de la France (voir
+% les figures~\ref{f+occi1} et~\vref{f+occi2}).
+% Voir aussi {\froff\url{http://www.orbilat.com/Maps/Occitan/Occitan.gif}}.
+% Voir aussi~\cite{occi}.
+% \fi
+% \lneed{5}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*occitan>
+\ProvidesFile{occitan.mld}[2007/12/18]%
+%% Occitan titles (translations using http://www.panoccitan.org/diccionari.aspx)
+\def\ptctitle{Ensenhador}%
+\def\plftitle{Ti\`era de las figurats}%
+\def\plttitle{Ti\`era de las taulas}%
+%%
+\def\mtctitle{Ensenhador}%
+\def\mlftitle{Ti\`era de las figurats}%
+\def\mlttitle{Ti\`era de las taulas}%
+%%
+\def\stctitle{Ensenhador}%
+\def\slftitle{Ti\`era de las figurats}%
+\def\slttitle{Ti\`era de las taulas}%
+%</occitan>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \lneed{5}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \section{``Occitan2'' language: \uxfile{occitan2.mld}}\label{s+mld+occitan2}\ixfile{occitan2.mld}
+% \or\relax
+% \section{Langue <<~occitan2~>>: \uxfile{occitan2.mld}}\label{s+mld+occitan2}\ixfile{occitan2.mld}
+% \fi
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The \lopt{occitan2} language provides an example of variants for the occitan titles.
+% \or\relax
+% La langue \lopt{occitan2} donne un exemple de variantes des titres occitans.
+% \fi
+% \lneed{5}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*occitan2>
+\ProvidesFile{occitan2.mld}[2008/04/03]%
+% Occitan titles (variants)
+\def\ptctitle{Taula dels ensenhadors}%
+\def\plftitle{Lista de las figuras}%
+\def\plttitle{Lista dels tabl\`eus}%
+%%
+\def\mtctitle{Taula dels ensenhadors}%
+\def\mlftitle{Lista de las figuras}%
+\def\mlttitle{Lista dels tabl\`eus}%
+%%
+\def\stctitle{Taula dels ensenhadors}%
+\def\slftitle{Lista de las figuras}%
+\def\slttitle{Lista dels tabl\`eus}%
+%</occitan2>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \lneed{5}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Polish'' language: \uxfile{polish.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish}\ixfile{polish.mld}
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~polish~>>: \uxfile{polish.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish}\ixfile{polish.mld}
 % \fi
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{pologne}\ixgrf{pologne.pdf}%
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{pologne.pdf}\ixgrf{pologne.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{polmin.jpg}\ixgrf{polmin.jpg}
+% \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Poland}\label{f+pologne}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/pologne-1demo.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Poland and minorities in Poland]{Poland and minorities in Poland (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/pologne-1demo.htm}
+%  in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+pologne}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Pologne}\label{f+pologne}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/pologne-1demo.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Pologne et les minorités en Pologne]{Pologne et minorités en Pologne (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/pologne-1demo.htm}
+% dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+pologne}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{polish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{polish.dtx} file
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{polish}'' language (\emph{j\k{e}zyk polski}) are taken from the \xfile{polish.dtx} file
 % (by \namea{Elmar}{Schalück}{Schaluck} and \name{Michael}{Janich})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,polish}.
-% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+polish2} and~\vref{s+mld+polski}.
+% See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+polish2}{s+mld+polski}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{polish}~>> (polonais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{polish.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{polish}~>> (polonais, \emph{j\k{e}zyk polski}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{polish.dtx}
 % (de \namea{Elmar}{Schalück}{Schaluck} et \name{Michael}{Janich})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,polish}.
-% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+polish2} et~\vref{s+mld+polski}.
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+polish2}{s+mld+polski}.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*polish>
-\ProvidesFile{polish.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Polish titles for minitoc.sty from polish.dtx (babel)
-%% Schalück, Elmar and Janich, Michael
-\def\ptctitle{Spis rzeczy}%
+\ProvidesFile{polish.mld}[2007/12/18]%
+%% Polish titles from polish.dtx (babel). Schalück, Elmar & Janich, Michael
+\def\ptctitle{Spis tre\'sci}%
 \def\plftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}%
 \def\plttitle{Spis tablic}%
 %%
-\def\mtctitle{Spis rzeczy}%
+\def\mtctitle{Spis tre\'sci}%
 \def\mlftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}%
 \def\mlttitle{Spis tablic}%
 %%
-\def\stctitle{Spis rzeczy}%
+\def\stctitle{Spis tre\'sci}%
 \def\slftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}%
 \def\slttitle{Spis tablic}%
 %</polish>
@@ -52904,11 +53549,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*polish2>
-\ProvidesFile{polish2.mld}[2005/02/08]
-%% from omega-polish.ldf (Antomega project)
-%% Needs Omega
-%% Alexej M. Kryukov and Dmitry Ivanov
-%%
+\ProvidesFile{polish2.mld}[2005/02/08]%
+%% from omega-polish.ldf (Antomega). Needs Omega. Alexej M. Kryukov, Dmitry Ivanov
 \def\ptctitle{\localpolish{Spis tre^^^^00b1ci}}%
 \def\plftitle{\localpolish{Spis rysunk^^^^00adw}}%
 \def\plttitle{\localpolish{Spis tablic}}%
@@ -52929,32 +53571,29 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \section{``Polski'' language: \uxfile{polski.mld}}\label{s+mld+polski}\ixfile{polski.mld}
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{polski}'' language (variant for polish) are taken from the \xfile{polski.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Mariusz}{Olko} and \namea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski})
-% in the \packa{\PLaTeX}{PLaTeX} package~\cite{platex,platex-pl}. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+polish} and~\vref{s+mld+polish2}.
+% in the \pack{polski} package~\cite{polski,platex-pl}. See also sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+polish}{s+mld+polish2}.
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~polski~>>: \uxfile{polski.mld}}\label{s+mld+polski}\ixfile{polski.mld}
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{polski}~>> (autre nom du polonais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{polski.dtx}
 % (de \name{Mariusz}{Olko} et \namea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski})
-% dans le paquetage \packa{\PLaTeX}{PLaTeX}~\cite{platex,platex-pl}.
-% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+polish} et~\vref{s+mld+polish2}.
+% dans le paquetage \pack{polski}~\cite{polski,platex-pl}.
+% Voir aussi les sections~\vrefrange{s+mld+polish}{s+mld+polish2}.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*polski>
-\ProvidesFile{polski.mld}[2006/02/28]
-%% Polski titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from polski.dtx (PLaTeX)
-%% Olko, Mariusz and Woli\'nski, Marcin.
-%%
+\ProvidesFile{polski.mld}[2008/01/15]%
+%% Polski titles from polski.dtx. Olko, Mariusz & Woli\'nski, Marcin.
 \def\ptctitle{Spis tre\'sci}%
 \def\plftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}%
 \def\plttitle{Spis tabel}%
 %%
-\def\mtctitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}%
+\def\mtctitle{Spis tre\'sci}%
 \def\mlftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}%
 \def\mlttitle{Spis tabel}%
 %%
-\def\stctitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}%
+\def\stctitle{Spis tre\'sci}%
 \def\slftitle{Spis rysunk\'ow}%
 \def\slttitle{Spis tabel}%
 %</polski>
@@ -52982,8 +53621,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*portuges>
-\ProvidesFile{portuges.mld}[2005/06/07]
-\mtcselectlanguage{portuguese}%
+\ProvidesFile{portuges.mld}[2005/06/07]\mtcselectlanguage{portuguese}%
 %</portuges>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -52996,64 +53634,158 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \fi
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portugal}\ixgrf{portugal.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portugal.pdf}\ixgrf{portugal.pdf}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Portugal}\label{f+portugal}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/portugal.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Portugal]{Portugal (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/portugal.htm}
+% in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+portugal}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Portugal}\label{f+portugal}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/portugal.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Portugal]{Portugal (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/portugal.htm}
+% dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+portugal}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio]{luso.jpg}\ixgrf{luso.jpg}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Lusophone areas}\label{f+luso}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/Langues/2vital_inter_portugais.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio]{luso1.pdf}\ixgrf{luso1.pdf}%
+% \caption[Lusophone areas]{Lusophone areas
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portuguese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+luso}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions lusophones}\label{f+luso}\ixgrf{luso.jpg}%
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/Langues/2vital_inter_portugais.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio]{luso2.pdf}\ixgrf{luso2.pdf}%
+% \caption[Régions lusophones]{Régions lusophones
+% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portugais})\hfill\null}\label{f+luso}\ixgrf{luso2.pdf}%
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.35\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.65\iwidth}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portu-p.jpg}\ixgrf{portu-p.jpg}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \begin{minipage}[b]{\bwidth}\footnotesize\selectlanguage{french}
+% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
+% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=0em
+% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt
+% \RaggedRight
+% \begin{enumerate}[1.~]
+%   \item Açoriano (Azorean) -- Azores.
+%   \item Alentejano -- Alentejo.
+%   \item Algarvio -- Algarve (there is a particular dialect
+%         in a small part of western Algarve).
+%   \item Alto-Minhoto -- North of Braga (hinterland).
+%   \item Baixo-Beirão; Alto-Alentejano -- Central Portugal (hinterland).
+%   \item Beirão -- Central Portugal.
+%   \item Estremenho -- Regions of Coimbra and Lisbon (the Lisbon dialect
+%         has some peculiar features not shared with the one of Coimbra).
+%   \item Madeirense (Madeiran) -- Madeira.
+%   \item Nortenho -- Regions of Braga and Porto.
+%   \item Transmontano -- Trás-os-Montes.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \end{minipage}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \caption[Dialects of Portuguese in Portugal]{Dialects of Portuguese in Portugal
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portuguese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+portu-p}
+% \end{figure}
+% \or\relax
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portu-p.jpg}\ixgrf{portu-p.jpg}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \begin{minipage}[b]{\bwidth}\footnotesize
+% \RaggedRight
+% \begin{enumerate}[1.~]
+%   \item Açoriano (Azorean) -- Açores.
+%   \item Alentejano -- Alentejo.
+%   \item Algarvio -- Algarve (il y~a un dialecte particulier
+%         dans une petite partie de l'Algarve occidental).
+%   \item Alto-Minhoto -- Nord de Braga (arrière-pays).
+%   \item Baixo-Beirão; Alto-Alentejano -- Portugal central (arrière-pays).
+%   \item Beirão -- Portugal central.
+%   \item Estremenho -- Régions de Coimbra et Lisbonne (le dialecte
+%         de Lisbonne a quelques particuliarités que ne partage
+%         pas celui de Coimbra).
+%   \item Madeirense (Madeiran) -- Madère.
+%   \item Nortenho -- Régions de Braga et Porto.
+%   \item Transmontano -- Trás-os-Montes.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \end{minipage}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \caption[Dialectes du portugais au Portugal]{Dialectes du portugais au Portugal
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portuguese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+portu-p}
+% \end{figure}
 % \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.4\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.6\iwidth}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portu-a.png}\ixgrf{portu-a.png}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \begin{minipage}[b]{\bwidth}\footnotesize\selectlanguage{french}
+% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt
+% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=0em
+% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt
+% \begin{enumerate}[1.~]
+%    \item Benguelense -- Benguela province.
+%    \item Luandense -- Luanda province.
+%    \item Sulista -- South of Angola.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \end{minipage}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \caption[Portuguese dialects of Angola]{Portuguese dialects of Angola
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portuguese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+portu-a}
+% \end{figure}
+% \or\relax
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portu-a.png}\ixgrf{portu-a.png}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \begin{minipage}[b]{\bwidth}\footnotesize
+% \begin{enumerate}[1.~]
+%    \item Benguelense -- Province de Benguela.
+%    \item Luandense -- Province de Luanda.
+%    \item Sulista -- Sud de l'Angola.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \end{minipage}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \caption[Dialectes portugais en Angola]{Dialectes portugais en Angola
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portuguese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+portu-a}
 % \end{figure}
+% \fi
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{portuguese}'' language are taken from the \xfile{portuges.dtx} file
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{portuguese}'' language (\emph{português}) are taken from the \xfile{portuges.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}.
 %
-% See also section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}, because the titles are different in Brazil, even if the language is also portuguese.
-%
 % The portuguese language is spoken in Portugal (with the islands of Azores and Madeira) , in Brazil, and in
 % former portuguese colonies like Angola, Guinea-Bissau, Mozambique, Cape Verde Islands, Saõ~Tomé and Princípe Islands,
 % East Timor, and some old trading posts like Macao and Goa; see figure~\vref{f+luso}.
+% See also section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}, because the titles are different in Brazil, even if the language is also portuguese.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{portuguese}~>> (portugais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{portuges.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{portuguese}~>> (portugais, \emph{português}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{portuges.dtx}
 % (de \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}.
 %
-% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}, parce que les titres sont différents au Brésil, même si l'on y parle aussi
-% le portugais.
-%
 % Le portugais est parlé au Portugal (avec les Îles des Açores et Madère) , au Brésil, et dans les anciennes
 % colonies telles que l'Angola, la Guinée-Bissau, le Mozambique, les Îles du Cap-Vert, les Îles de Saõ~Tomé et Princípe,
 % le Timor Oriental et quelques anciens comptoirs comme Macao et Goa; voir la figure~\vref{f+luso}.
+% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}, parce que les titres sont différents au Brésil,
+% même si l'on y parle aussi le portugais.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*portuguese>
-\ProvidesFile{portuguese.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Portuguese titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from portuges.dtx (babel)
-%% Ramalhete, Jose Pedro
+\ProvidesFile{portuguese.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Portuguese titles from portuges.dtx (babel). Ramalhete, Jose Pedro
 \def\ptctitle{Conte\'udo}%
 \def\plftitle{Lista de Figuras}%
 \def\plttitle{Lista de Tabelas}%
@@ -53076,25 +53808,22 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \fi
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{romanian}\ixgrf{romanian.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{romanian.pdf}\ixgrf{romanian.pdf}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the romanian language}\label{f+romanian}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/roumain_aires-lng.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Romanian language areas]{Romanian language areas
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/roumain_aires-lng.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+romanian}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions de la langue roumaine}\label{f+romanian}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/roumain_aires-lng.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Régions de la langue roumaine]{Régions de la langue roumaine
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/roumain_aires-lng.htm}
+% dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+romanian}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{romanian}'' language come from the \xfile{romanian.dtx} file
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{romanian}'' language (\emph{român\u{a}}) come from the \xfile{romanian.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Umstatter}{Horst} and \name{Robert}{Juhasz})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,romanian}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{romanian}~>> (roumain) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{romanian.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{romanian}~>> (roumain, \emph{român\u{a}}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{romanian.dtx}
 % (de \name{Umstatter}{Horst} et \name{Robert}{Juhasz})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,romanian}.
 % \fi
@@ -53102,10 +53831,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*romanian>
-\ProvidesFile{romanian.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Romanian titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from romanian.dtx (babel)
-%% Horst, Umstatter and Juhasz, Robert
+\ProvidesFile{romanian.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Romanian titles from romanian.dtx (babel). Horst, Umstatter & Juhasz, Robert
 \def\ptctitle{Cuprins}%
 \def\plftitle{List\u{a} de figuri}%
 \def\plttitle{List\u{a} de tabele}%
@@ -53142,10 +53869,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*romanian2>
-\ProvidesFile{romanian2.mld}[2006/08/03]
-%% Romanian titles for minitoc.sty from RomanianTeX (romanian.dtx)
-%% Adrian Rezus (adriaan@cs.kun.nl) and
-%% Bernd Raichle (raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.de)
+\ProvidesFile{romanian2.mld}[2006/08/03]%
+%% Romanian titles from RomanianTeX (romanian.dtx). Adrian Rezus (adriaan@cs.kun.nl)
+%% & Bernd Raichle (raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.de)
 \def\ptctitle{Cuprins}%
 \def\plftitle{Lista de figuri}%
 \def\plttitle{Lista de tabele}%
@@ -53166,7 +53892,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{romanian3}'' language come from the \xfile{romanian.dtx} file
 % (by \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus} and \name{Bernd}{Raichle})
 % in the \packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX} package~\cite{romaniantex}. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+romanian} and~\vref{s+mld+romanian2}.
-% Alas, \mbox{\packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}} is not compatible with the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}.
+% Alas, \mbox{\packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}} \virage\emph{is not compatible} with the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}.
 % \or\relax
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
 % \section{Langue <<~romanian3>>: \uxfile{romanian3.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian3}\ixfile{romanian3.mld}
@@ -53174,17 +53900,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % (de \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus} et \name{Bernd}{Raichle})
 % dans le paquetage \packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}~\cite{romaniantex}. Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+romanian}
 % et~\vref{s+mld+romanian3}.
-% Hélas, \mbox{\packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}} n'est pas compatible avec le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}.
+% Hélas, \mbox{\packa{Romanian\TeX}{RomanianTeX}} \virage\emph{n'est pas compatible} avec le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}.
 % \end{SMOOTH}
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*romanian3>
-\ProvidesFile{romanian3.mld}[2006/08/03]
-%% Romanian titles for minitoc.sty from RomanianTeX (romanian.dtx) variant.
-%% Adrian Rezus (adriaan@cs.kun.nl) and
-%% Bernd Raichle (raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.de)
+\ProvidesFile{romanian3.mld}[2006/08/03]%
+%% Romanian titles from RomanianTeX (romanian.dtx) variant. Adrian Rezus
+%% (adriaan@cs.kun.nl) & Bernd Raichle (raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.de)
 \def\ptctitle{Tabla de materii}%
 \def\plttitle{Indice de figuri}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabele}%
@@ -53213,15 +53938,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %
 % \vspace*{-1\bigskipamount}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the russian language}\label{f+russian}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/russie-2demo.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Russian language areas]{Russian language areas
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/russie-2demo.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+russian}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions de la langue russe}\label{f+russian}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/russie-2demo.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Régions de la langue russe]{Régions de la langue russe
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/russie-2demo.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+russian}
 % \fi
 % ^^A \end{figure}
 %
@@ -53229,36 +53950,64 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %
 % ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{russianlan.png}\ixgrf{russianlan.png}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas where the russian language is official or spoken}\label{f+russianlan}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russian_Language})
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{russian-e.pdf}\ixgrf{russian-e.pdf}%
+% \caption[Areas where the russian language is official or spoken]{Areas where the russian language is official or spoken
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russian_Language})\hfill\null}\label{f+russian-e}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions où la langue russe est officielle ou parlée}\label{f+russianlan}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russian_Language})
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{russian-f.png}\ixgrf{russian-f.png}%
+% \caption[Régions où la langue russe est officielle ou parlée]{Régions où la langue russe est officielle ou parlée
+% (\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Langue_russe})\hfill\null}\label{f+russian-f}
 % \fi
 % \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!ht]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{rus-re.png}\ixgrf{rus-re.png}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Regions of Russia]{Regions of Russia (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russia})\hfill\null}\label{f+rus-re}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Régions de Russie]{Régions de Russie (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russia})\hfill\null}\label{f+rus-re}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!ht]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{rus-su.pdf}\ixgrf{rus-su.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Russian subjects]{Russian subjects (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russia};
+% see also~\url{http://www.monde-diplomatique.fr/IMG/artoff619.jpg})\hfill\null}\label{f+rus-su}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Sujets russes]{Sujets russes (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russia};
+% voir aussi~\url{http://www.monde-diplomatique.fr/IMG/artoff619.jpg})\hfill\null}\label{f+rus-su}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
 %
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{3.7119008264mm}
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \begin{macro}{\cz}
 % \begin{macro}{\mz}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian}'' language are taken from the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}.
+% The titles\ixgrf{russian-n.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{-2\wkdim}[-1\wkdim][-2\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russian_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{russian-n.png}}}}
+% for the ``\lopt{russian}'' language (\emph{russkiy yazyk}) are taken from
+% the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}.
 % Specific cyrillic fonts are required.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian}~>> (russe) sont tirés du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}.
+% Les titres\ixgrf{russian-n.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{-2\wkdim}[-1\wkdim][-2\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russian_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{russian-n.png}}}}
+% pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian}~>> (russe, \emph{russkiy yazyk}) sont tirés
+% du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}.
 % Des fontes cyrilliques spécifiques sont requises.
 % \fi
 %
+% \normalmarginpar
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*russian>
-\ProvidesFile{russian.mld}[1999/03/16]
-%% Russian titles for minitoc.sty
+\ProvidesFile{russian.mld}[1999/03/16]%
+%% Russian titles
 \def\ptctitle{Oglavlenie}%
 \def\plftitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} risunkov}%
 \def\plttitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} tablic}%
@@ -53299,40 +54048,32 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*russian2m>
-\ProvidesFile{russian2m.mld}[2005/02/08]
+\ProvidesFile{russian2m.mld}[2005/02/08]%
 %% from russian2m.ldf (Antomega project, russian modern)
-%% Needs Omega and cyrillic fonts
-%% Alexej M. Kryukov and Dmitry Ivanov
-%%
+%% Needs Omega and cyrillic fonts. Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov
 \def\ptctitle{\localrussian%
-{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d%
- ^^^^0438^^^^0435}}%
+{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0438^^^^0435}}%
 \def\plftitle{\localrussian%
 {^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0438^^^^043b%
- ^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0438%
- ^^^^0439}}%
+ ^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0438^^^^0439}}%
 \def\plttitle{\localrussian%
 {^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0442^^^^0430%
  ^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446}}%
 %%
 \def\mtctitle{\localrussian%
-{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d%
- ^^^^0438^^^^0435}}%
+{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0438^^^^0435}}%
 \def\mlftitle{\localrussian%
 {^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0438^^^^043b%
- ^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0438%
- ^^^^0439}}%
+ ^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0438^^^^0439}}%
 \def\mlttitle{\localrussian%
 {^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0442^^^^0430%
  ^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446}}%
 %%
 \def\stctitle{\localrussian%
-{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d%
- ^^^^0438^^^^0435}}%
+{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0438^^^^0435}}%
 \def\slftitle{\localrussian%
 {^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0438^^^^043b%
- ^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0438%
- ^^^^0439}}%
+ ^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0438^^^^0439}}%
 \def\slttitle{\localrussian%
 {^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a ^^^^0442^^^^0430%
  ^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446}}%
@@ -53364,40 +54105,32 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*russian2o>
-\ProvidesFile{russian2o.mld}[2005/02/08]
+\ProvidesFile{russian2o.mld}[2005/02/08]%
 %% from russian2o.mld (Antomega project - russian old)
-%% Needs Omega and cyrillic fonts
-%% Alexej M. Kryukov and Dmitry Ivanov
-%%
+%% Needs Omega and cyrillic fonts. Alexej M. Kryukov & Dmitry Ivanov
 \def\ptctitle{\localrussian%
-{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d%
- ^^^^0456^^^^0435}}%
+{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0456^^^^0435}}%
 \def\plftitle{\localrussian%
 {^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0438%
- ^^^^043b^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446%
- ^^^^0456^^^^0439}}%
+ ^^^^043b^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0456^^^^0439}}%
 \def\plttitle{\localrussian%
 {^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0442%
  ^^^^0430^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446^^^^044a}}%
 %%
 \def\mtctitle{\localrussian%
-{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d%
- ^^^^0456^^^^0435}}%
+{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0456^^^^0435}}%
 \def\mlftitle{\localrussian%
 {^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0438%
- ^^^^043b^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446%
- ^^^^0456^^^^0439}}%
+ ^^^^043b^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0456^^^^0439}}%
 \def\mlttitle{\localrussian%
 {^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0442%
  ^^^^0430^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446^^^^044a}}%
 %%
 \def\stctitle{\localrussian%
-{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d%
- ^^^^0456^^^^0435}}%
+{^^^^041e^^^^0433^^^^043b^^^^0430^^^^0432^^^^043b^^^^0435^^^^043d^^^^0456^^^^0435}}%
 \def\slftitle{\localrussian%
 {^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0438%
- ^^^^043b^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446%
- ^^^^0456^^^^0439}}%
+ ^^^^043b^^^^043b^^^^044e^^^^0441^^^^0442^^^^0440^^^^0430^^^^0446^^^^0456^^^^0439}}%
 \def\slttitle{\localrussian%
 {^^^^0421^^^^043f^^^^0438^^^^0441^^^^043e^^^^043a^^^^044a ^^^^0442%
  ^^^^0430^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446^^^^044a}}%
@@ -53431,15 +54164,13 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*russianb>
-\ProvidesFile{russianb.mld}[2006/02/15]
-%% Russian (russianb) titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from russianb.dtx (babel)
-%% Lapko, Olga and Volovitch, Vladimir and Lemberg, Werner
+\ProvidesFile{russianb.mld}[2006/02/15]%
+%% Russian (russianb) titles from russianb.dtx (babel)
+%% Lapko, Olga & Volovitch, Vladimir & Lemberg, Werner
 \expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax
 \def\ptctitle{%
   {\cyr\CYRS\cyro\cyrd\cyre\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrn\cyri\cyre}}%
-\else
-\def\ptctitle{%
+\else\def\ptctitle{%
   {\cyr \CYRO\CYRg\CYRl\CYRa\CYRv\CYRl\CYRe\CYRn\CYRi\CYRe}}%
 \fi
 \def\plftitle{%
@@ -53491,9 +54222,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*russianc>
-\ProvidesFile{russianc.mld}[1999/03/16]
-%% Russian titles for minitoc.sty
-%% Needs cyrillic fonts
+\ProvidesFile{russianc.mld}[1999/03/16]%
+%% Russian titles (Mongolia). Needs cyrillic fonts.
 \def\ptctitle{\xalx{Oglawlenie}}%
 \def\plftitle{\xalx{Spisok risunkow}}%
 \def\plttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}%
@@ -53540,12 +54270,10 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*russian-cca>
-\ProvidesFile{russian-cca.mld}[2006/03/08]
-%% Russian-cca titles for minitoc.sty
-%% From russian.sty in the cmcyralt package
-%% Vadim Maslov (vadik@cs.umd.edu) and Victor Boyko (vb1890@cs.nyu.edu)
+\ProvidesFile{russian-cca.mld}[2006/03/08]\mtcloadmlo{russian-cca}%
+%% Russian-cca titles. From russian.sty in the cmcyralt package
+%% Vadim Maslov (vadik@cs.umd.edu) & Victor Boyko (vb1890@cs.nyu.edu)
 %% Needs cmcyralt fonts and special input encoding.
-\mtcloadmlo{russian-cca}%
 %</russian-cca>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -53581,13 +54309,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*russian-cca1>
-\ProvidesFile{russian-cca1.mld}[2006/03/08]
-%% Russian-cca1 titles for minitoc.sty
-%% From cmcyralt.sty in the cmcyralt package
-%% cmcyr fonts in alt encoding
-%% Vadim Maslov (vadik@cs.umd.edu) and Alexander Harin (harin@lourie.und.ac.za)
-%% and  Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@phy.ncu.edu.tw)
-\mtcloadmlo{russian-cca1}%
+\ProvidesFile{russian-cca1.mld}[2006/03/08]\mtcloadmlo{russian-cca1}%
+%% Russian-cca1 titles. From cmcyralt.sty in the cmcyralt package
+%% with cmcyr fonts in alt encoding.
+%% Vadim Maslov (vadik@cs.umd.edu) & Alexander Harin (harin@lourie.und.ac.za)
+%% & Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@phy.ncu.edu.tw)
 %</russian-cca1>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -53621,15 +54347,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*russian-lh>
-\ProvidesFile{russian-lh.mld}[2006/03/08]
-%% Russian-lh titles for minitoc.sty from russian.sty in the LH package
+\ProvidesFile{russian-lh.mld}[2006/03/08]\mtcloadmlo{russian-lh}%
+%% Russian-lh titles from russian.sty in the LH package
 %% LH fonts in special encoding. By Sergei O. Naumov (serge@astro.unc.edu)
-\mtcloadmlo{russian-lh}%
 %</russian-lh>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% \lneed{5}
+% \lneed{7}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Russian-lhcyralt'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyralt}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyralt}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyralt}
 % \or\relax
@@ -53656,12 +54381,10 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*russian-lhcyralt>
-\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyralt.mld}[2006/03/10]
-%% Russian-lhcyralt titles for minitoc.sty
-%% From lhcyralt.sty in the LHCYR package
-%% LHCYRALT fonts in special encoding ALT (CP866)
+\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyralt.mld}[2006/03/10]\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyralt}%
+%% Russian-lhcyralt titles from lhcyralt.sty in the LHCYR package
+%% LHCYRALT fonts in special encoding ALT (CP866).
 %% Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru)
-\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyralt}%
 %</russian-lhcyralt>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -53693,12 +54416,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*russian-lhcyrkoi>
-\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld}[2006/03/13]
-%% Russian-lhcyrkoi titles for minitoc.sty
-%% From lhcyrkoi.sty in the LHCYR package
-%% LHCYRKOI fonts in special encoding KOI-8
-%% Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru)
-\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyrkoi}%
+\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld}[2006/03/13]\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyrkoi}%
+%% Russian-lhcyrkoi titles from lhcyrkoi.sty in the LHCYR package
+%% LHCYRKOI fonts in special encoding KOI-8. Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru)
 %</russian-lhcyrkoi>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -53721,22 +54441,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
-% \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}. The input encoding is the code page CP1251.
+% \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}. The input encoding is CP1251.
 % \or\relax
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas
 % être générés facilement, donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}.
-% Le codage en entrée est la page de code CP1251.
+% Le codage en entrée est CP1251.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*russian-lhcyrwin>
-\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}[2006/03/13]
-%% Russian-lhcyrwin titles for minitoc.sty
-%% From lhcyrwin.sty in the LHCYR package
-%% LHCYRWIN fonts in special encoding CP1251
-%% Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru)
-\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyrwin}%
+\ProvidesFile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}[2006/03/13]\mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyrwin}%
+%% Russian titles from lhcyrwin.sty in the LHCYR package
+%% LHCYRWIN fonts in encoding CP1251. Vadim V. Zhytnikov (vvzhy@td.lpi.ac.ru)
 %</russian-lhcyrwin>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -53747,57 +54464,62 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~samin~>>: \uxfile{samin.mld}}\label{s+mld+samin}\ixfile{samin.mld}
 % \fi
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
 % \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{same.png}\ixgrf{same.png}%
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{same.png}\ixgrf{same.png}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{same-f.pdf}\ixgrf{same-f.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}\\*[1\baselineskip]
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption[Areas of the Sámi dialects]{Areas of the Sámi dialects\,\mpfootnotemark}\label{f+same}
-%
-% \raggedright
+% \caption[Sámi dialects areas]{Sámi dialects areas\,\mpfootnotemark{}
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sami_languages} and \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Langue_same})\hfill\null}\label{f+same}
 % \footnotetext{Sámi: 1.~Southern; 2.~Ume; 3.~Pite; 4.~Lule; 5.~Northern; 6.~Skolt; 7.~Inari; 8.~Teri. Darkened
 % area represents municipalities that recognize Sámi as an official language.}
-% (From \url{Sami_languages_large_2.png} in \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sami_languages})
 % \or\relax
-% \caption[Régions des dialectes sâmes]{Régions des dialectes sâmes\,\mpfootnotemark}\label{f+same}
-%
-% \raggedright
+% \caption[Régions des dialectes sâmes]{Régions des dialectes sâmes\,\mpfootnotemark{}
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sami_languages} et \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Langue_same})\hfill\null}\label{f+same}
 % \footnotetext{Sâme: 1.~du Sud; % 2.~Ume; 3.~Pite; 4.~Lule; 5.~du Nord; 6.~Skolt; 7.~Inari; 8.~Ter. La zone
 % foncée représente les municipalités qui reconnaissent le Sâme comme une langue officielle.}
-% (Voir \url{Sami_languages_large_2.png} dans \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sami_languages})\hspace*{-1em}
 % \fi
 % \end{minipage}
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{samin}'' language\,\footnote{\smooth Several Sámi dialects/languages are spoken in Finland,
-% Norway, Sweden,
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{samin}'' language come from the \xfile{samin.dtx} file (by \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten})
+% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,samin}. Specific fonts are required.
+%
+% \lneed{3}
+% Note that several Sámi dialects/languages are spoken in Finland, Norway, Sweden,
 % and on the Kola Peninsula (Russia). The alphabets differ, so there will eventually be a need for more \suffix{.dtx}
 % files for, e.g., Lule and South Sámi.
-% Hence the (artificial) name \xfile{samin.dtx} (and not \uxfile{sami.dtx} or the like) in the North Sámi case.
-% This note is copied and adapted from the \xfile{samin.dtx} file. These dialects and languages are part of
-% the Finnic group.} come from the \xfile{samin.dtx} file
-% (by \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten})
-% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,samin}. Specific fonts are required.
+% Hence the (artificial) name \xfile{samin.dtx} (and not \uxfile{sami.dtx} or the like) in the North Sámi
+% case\,\footnote{Adapted from the \xfile{samin.dtx} file.}. These dialects and languages are part of
+% the Finnic group. See also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/S%C3%A1pmi_%28area%29}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{samin}~>> (Sámi (ou Sâme) du Nord)\,\footnote{\smooth Plusieurs dialectes ou langues
-% Sámi/Sâme sont
-% parlés en Finlande, Norvège, Suède et dans la péninsule de Kola (Russie). Les alphabets sont différents, donc il
-% y~aurait éventuellement besoin de plusieurs fichiers \suffix{.dtx} pour, par exemple, le Lule et le Sámi (ou
-% Sâme) du Sud.
-% D'où le nom (artificiel) \xfile{samin.dtx} (et non pas \uxfile{sami.dtx} ou analogue) dans le cas du Sámi (Sâme) du Nord.
-% Cette note est tirée du fichier \xfile{samin.dtx} et adaptée. Ces dialectes et langues font partie du groupe finnois.}
-% sont tirés du fichier \xfile{samin.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{samin}~>> (Sámi (ou Sâme) du Nord) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{samin.dtx}
 % (by \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,samin}. Des fontes spécifiques sont requises.
+%
+% \lneed{3}
+% Notez que plusieurs dialectes ou langues Sámi/Sâme sont parlés en Finlande, Norvège, Suède et dans la péninsule
+% de Kola (Russie). Les alphabets sont différents, donc il y~aurait éventuellement besoin de plusieurs
+% fichiers \suffix{.dtx} pour, par exemple, le Lule et le Sámi (ou Sâme) du Sud.
+% D'où le nom (artificiel) \xfile{samin.dtx} (et non pas \uxfile{sami.dtx} ou analogue) dans le cas du
+% Sámi (Sâme) du Nord\,\footnote{D'après le fichier \xfile{samin.dtx}.}. Ces dialectes et langues font partie
+% du groupe finnois. Voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/S%C3%A1pmi_%28area%29}.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*samin>
-\ProvidesFile{samin.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% North Sámi (samin) titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from samin.dtx (babel)
-%% Jernsletten, Regnor
+\ProvidesFile{samin.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% North Sámi (samin) titles from samin.dtx (babel). Jernsletten, Regnor
 \def\ptctitle{Sisdoallu}%
 \def\plftitle{Govvosat}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabeallat}%
@@ -53826,30 +54548,28 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}c@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=90 0 430 500,clip]{ecosse1}\ixgrf{ecosse1.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=90 0 430 500,clip]{ecosse1.pdf}\ixgrf{ecosse1.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ecosse2}\ixgrf{ecosse2.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
 % \includegraphics[width=\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ecosse3}\ixgrf{ecosse3.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Scotland and the scottish language}\label{f+ecosse}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecossecarte.htm}, \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse-lng-carte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Scotland and the scottish gaelic language]{Scotland and the scottish gaelic language
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecossecarte.htm}, \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse.htm}
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse-lng-carte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+ecosse}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Écosse et la langue gaélique écossaise}\label{f+ecosse}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecossecarte.htm}, \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse.htm} et  \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse-lng-carte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Écosse et la langue gaélique écossaise]{Écosse et la langue gaélique écossaise
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecossecarte.htm}, \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse.htm}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse-lng-carte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+ecosse}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{scottish}'' language (gaelic scottish) come from the \xfile{scottish.dtx} file
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{scottish}'' language (gaelic scottish, \emph{gàidhlig}) come from the \xfile{scottish.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Fraser}{Grant})
 % in the \pack{babel} language~\cite{babel,babel-user,scottish}:
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{scottish}~>> (gaélique écossais) sont tirés du fichier \uxfile{scottish.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{scottish}~>> (gaélique écossais, \emph{gàidhlig}) sont tirés du fichier \uxfile{scottish.dtx}
 % (de \name{Fraser}{Grant})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,scottish}:
 % \fi
@@ -53857,20 +54577,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*scottish>
-\ProvidesFile{scottish.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Scottish titles for minitoc.sty from scottish.dtx (babel)
-%% Grant, Fraser
+\ProvidesFile{scottish.mld}[2007/12/18]%
+%% Scottish titles from scottish.dtx (babel). Grant, Fraser
 \def\ptctitle{Cl\`ar-obrach}%
-\def\plftitle{LiostaDhealbh}%
-\def\plttitle{LiostaChl\`ar}%
+\def\plftitle{Liosta Dhealbh}%
+\def\plttitle{Liosta Chl\`ar}%
 %%
 \def\mtctitle{Cl\`ar-obrach}%
-\def\mlftitle{LiostaDhealbh}%
-\def\mlttitle{LiostaChl\`ar}%
+\def\mlftitle{Liosta Dhealbh}%
+\def\mlttitle{Liosta Chl\`ar}%
 %%
 \def\stctitle{Cl\`ar-obrach}%
-\def\slftitle{LiostaDhealbh}%
-\def\slttitle{LiostaChl\`ar}%
+\def\slftitle{Liosta Dhealbh}%
+\def\slttitle{Liosta Chl\`ar}%
 %</scottish>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
@@ -53892,45 +54611,35 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bosnia}\ixgrf{bosnia.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Serbia and Bosnia-Herzegovina}\label{f+serbia}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/serbie.htm} and
-% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/bosnieherzcarte_1.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Serbia and Bosnia-Herzegovina]{Serbia and Bosnia-Herzegovina
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/serbie.htm}
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/bosnieherzcarte_1.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+serbia}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Serbie et Bosnie-Herzégovine}\label{f+serbia}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/serbie.htm} et
-% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/bosnieherzcarte_1.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Serbie et Bosnie-Herzégovine]{Serbie et Bosnie-Herzégovine
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/serbie.htm}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/bosnieherzcarte_1.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+serbia}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{serbian}'' (serbocroatian) language are taken from the \xfile{serbian.dtx} file
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{serbian}'' (serbocroatian) (\emph{srpski jezik}, \emph{srpskohrvatski jezik}) language are taken from the \xfile{serbian.dtx} file
 % (by \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic} and \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,serbian}.
-%
-% \lneed{2}
 % Serbocroatian is spoken by Serbs, Croats and Chernogors, but only Serbs and Chernogors use the cyrillic alphabet
 % (a variant).
-% See also section~\vref{s+mld+serbianc}.
+% See also section~\vref{s+mld+serbianc}. See also figure~\vref{f+kosovo}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{serbian}~>> (serbocroate) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{serbian.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{serbian}~>> (serbocroate) (\emph{srpski jezik}, \emph{srpskohrvatski jezik}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{serbian.dtx}
 % (de \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic} et \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,serbian}.
-%
-% \lneed{2}
 % Le serbocroate est parlé par les Serbes, les Croates et les Chernogores, mais seuls les Serbes et les Chernogores
 % utilisent l'alphabet cyrillique (une variante).
-% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+serbianc}.
+% Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+serbianc}. Voir aussi la figure~\vref{f+kosovo}.
 % \fi
-%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*serbian>
-\ProvidesFile{serbian.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Serbian titles for minitoc.sty from serbian.dtx (babel)
-%% Muhamedagi\'{c}, Dejan and Slobodan, Jankovic
+\ProvidesFile{serbian.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Serbian titles in serbian.dtx (babel). Muhamedagi\'{c}, Dejan & Slobodan, Jankovic
 \def\ptctitle{Sadr\v{z}aj}%
 \def\plftitle{Slike}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabele}%
@@ -53963,82 +54672,79 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{serbianc}~>> (serbe cyrillique)\,\footnote{La langue <<~\lopt{serbianc}~>> est
 % écrite en caractères cyrilliques.} ont été aimablement fournis par \namea{Marko}{Èehaja}{Eehaja} et
 % \namea{Frank}{Küster}{Kuster}. Des fontes cyrilliques sont requises.
-%
-% \lneed{2}
 % Le serbocroate est parlé par les Serbes, les Croates et les Chernogores, mais seuls les Serbes et les Chernogores
 % utilisent l'alphabet cyrillique (une variante).
 % Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+serbian}.
 % \fi
-%
+% ^^A %% Abt. Biophysikalische Chemie | Küster
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*serbianc>
-\ProvidesFile{serbianc.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Provides titles for minitoc.sty in Serbian Cyrillic
-%% Marko Èehaja Internut@Thetaworld.Org
+\ProvidesFile{serbianc.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Serbian cyrillic titles. Marko Èehaja Internut@Thetaworld.Org
 %% Frank Küster, Biozentrum der Univ. Basel, frank@kuesterei.ch
-%% Abt. Biophysikalische Chemie
-\def\ptctitle{%
-  {\cyr\CYRS\cyra\cyrd\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrje}}%
-\def\plftitle{%
-  {\cyr\CYRS\cyrl\cyri\cyrk\cyre}}%
+\def\ptctitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyra\cyrd\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrje}}%
+\def\plftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrl\cyri\cyrk\cyre}}%
 \def\plttitle{\CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyre}%
 %%
-\def\mtctitle{%
-  {\cyr\CYRS\cyra\cyrd\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrje}}%
-\def\mlftitle{%
-  {\cyr\CYRS\cyrl\cyri\cyrk\cyre}}%
+\def\mtctitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyra\cyrd\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrje}}%
+\def\mlftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrl\cyri\cyrk\cyre}}%
 \def\mlttitle{\cyr\CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyre}%
 %%
-\def\stctitle{%
-  {\cyr\CYRS\cyra\cyrd\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrje}}%
-\def\slftitle{%
-  {\cyr\CYRS\cyrl\cyri\cyrk\cyre}}%
+\def\stctitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyra\cyrd\cyrr\cyrzh\cyra\cyrje}}%
+\def\slftitle{{\cyr\CYRS\cyrl\cyri\cyrk\cyre}}%
 \def\slttitle{\CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyre}%
 %</serbianc>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% \lneed{5}
+% \lneed{5}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \section{``Slovak'' language: \uxfile{slovak.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovak}\ixfile{slovak.mld}
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~slovak~>>: \uxfile{slovak.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovak}\ixfile{slovak.mld}
 % \fi
-% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \begin{figure}[!hb]
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{slovakia}\ixgrf{slovakia.pdf}%
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{slovakia.pdf}\ixgrf{slovakia.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{slovak-ok.pdf}\ixgrf{slovak-ok.pdf}
+% \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Slovakia}\label{f+slovak}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/slovaquiecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Slovakia and its districts]{Slovakia and its districts
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/slovaquiecarte.htm}
+% in~\cite{tlfq} and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Districts_of_Slovakia};
+% see also~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_traditional_regions_of_Slovakia}
+% by~\name{Kristian}{Slimak})\hfill\null}\label{f+slovak}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Slovaquie}\label{f+slovak}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/slovaquiecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[La Slovaquie et ses districts]{La Slovaquie et ses districts
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/slovaquiecarte.htm}
+% dans~\cite{tlfq} et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Districts_of_Slovakia};
+% voir aussi~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_traditional_regions_of_Slovakia}
+% par~\name{Kristian}{Slimak})\hfill\null}\label{f+slovak}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{slovak}'' language are taken from the \xfile{slovak.dtx} file
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{slovak}'' language (\emph{sloven\v{c}ina, slovenk\'{y} jazyk}) are taken from the \xfile{slovak.dtx} file
 % (by \namea{Jana}{Chlebîková}{Chlebikova} and \name{Tobias}{Schlemmer})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovak}.
-% Using the T1 font encoding is recommended.
+% Uses the T1 font encoding.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{slovak}~>> (slovaque) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{slovak.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{slovak}~>> (slovaque, \emph{sloven\v{c}ina, slovenk\'{y} jazyk}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{slovak.dtx}
 % (de \namea{Jana}{Chlebîková}{Chlebikova} et \name{Tobias}{Schlemmer})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovak}.
-% Il est recommandé d'utiliser le codage T1 pour les fontes.
+% Utilisez le codage T1 pour les fontes.
 % \fi
-%
-% \lneed{3}
+% \lneed{3}%
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*slovak>
-\ProvidesFile{slovak.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Slovak titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from slovak.dtx (babel)
-%% Chlebîková, Jana and Schlemmer, Tobias
+\ProvidesFile{slovak.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Slovak titles from slovak.dtx (babel). Chlebîková, Jana & Schlemmer, Tobias
 \def\ptctitle{Obsah}%
 \def\plftitle{Zoznam obr\'azkov}%
 \def\plttitle{Zoznam tabuliek}%
@@ -54059,26 +54765,30 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~slovene~>>: \uxfile{slovene.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovene}\ixfile{slovene.mld}
 % \fi
-% \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{slovenie}\ixgrf{slovenie.pdf}%
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{slovenie.pdf}\ixgrf{slovenie.pdf}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{slovenian.pdf}\ixgrf{slovenian.pdf}%
+% \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Slovenia}\label{f+slovene}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/sloveniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Slovenia]{Slovenia (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/sloveniecarte.htm}
+% in~\cite{tlfq} and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovene_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+slovene}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Slovénie}\label{f+slovene}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/sloveniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Slovénie]{Slovénie (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/sloveniecarte.htm}
+% in~\cite{tlfq} et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovene_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+slovene}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The slovene language is spoken in Slovenia, but somewhat also in Italy (Frioul), in Austria (Carinthia and Styria), in
+% The slovene language (\emph{sloven\v{s}\v{c}ina, slovenski jezik}) is spoken in Slovenia, but somewhat also in Italy (Frioul), in Austria (Carinthia and Styria), in
 % Hungary (Szlovénviék and Porabje), in West Germany and Sweden.
 % \or\relax
-% La langue slovène est parlée en Slovénie, mais un peu aussi en Italie (Frioul), en Autriche (Carinthie et Styrie), en
+% La langue slovène (\emph{sloven\v{s}\v{c}ina, slovenski jezik}) est parlée en Slovénie, mais un peu aussi en Italie (Frioul), en Autriche (Carinthie et Styrie), en
 % Hongrie (Szlovénviék et Porabje), en Allemagne de l'Ouest et en Suède.
 % \fi
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -54094,9 +54804,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*slovene>
-\ProvidesFile{slovene.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Slovene titles for minitoc.sty from slovene.dtx (babel)
-%%  Zavrtanik, Danilo and \v{Z}lajpah, Leon
+\ProvidesFile{slovene.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Slovene titles from slovene.dtx (babel). Zavrtanik, Danilo & \v{Z}lajpah, Leon
 \def\ptctitle{Kazalo}%
 \def\plftitle{Slike}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabele}%
@@ -54157,7 +54866,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \or\relax
 % L'Espagne compte 17~Communautés autonomes (voir la figure~\ref{f+17spain} ci-dessus) réparties dans l'ensemble du pays
 % et incluant les îles Canaries, au large du Maroc\,\footnote{Ceuta et Melilla sont des enclaves espagnoles sur la
-% côte nord du Maroc.}:  
+% côte nord du Maroc.}:
 % \begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns
 % \begin{itemize}\raggedright
 % \item Andalousie (\emph{Andalucía}): castillan;
@@ -54182,33 +54891,26 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \fi
 % \end{minipage}}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{The 17~autonomous communities in Spain}\label{f+17spain}
-%
-% {\raggedright
-% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Autonomous_communities_of_Spain} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\par}
+% \caption[The 17~autonomous communities in Spain]{The 17~autonomous communities in Spain
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Autonomous_communities_of_Spain}
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+17spain}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Les 17~communautés autonomes en Espagne}\label{f+17spain}
-%
-% {\raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Autonomous_communities_of_Spain} et
-% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\par}
+% \caption[Les 17~communautés autonomes en Espagne]{Les 17~communautés autonomes en Espagne
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Autonomous_communities_of_Spain}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+17spain}
 % \fi
 % \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \begin{figure}[!p]
 % \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{espa-l}\ixgrf{espa-l.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{espa-l.pdf}\ixgrf{espa-l.pdf}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Languages in Spain}\label{f+esp}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte-lng.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Languages in Spain]{Languages in Spain
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte-lng.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+esp}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Langues en Espagne}\label{f+esp}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte-lng.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Langues en Espagne]{Langues en Espagne
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte-lng.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+esp}
 % \fi
 % ^^A \end{figure}
 %
@@ -54218,24 +54920,32 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \centering
 % \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=0 0 1427 628,clip]{hispano.png}\ixgrf{hispano.png}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Hispanophone areas}\label{f+hispa}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spanish_language} by \name{Onofre}{Bonvila})
+% \caption[Hispanophone areas]{Hispanophone areas (\url{http://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spanish_language}
+% by~\name{Onofre}{Bonvila})\hfill\null}\label{f+hispa}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions hispanophones}\label{f+hispa}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spanish_language} par \name{Onofre}{Bonvila})
+% \caption[Régions hispanophones]{Régions hispanophones
+% (\url{http://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spanish_language} par~\name{Onofre}{Bonvila})\hfill\null}\label{f+hispa}
 % \fi
 % \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{espa-o.png}\ixgrf{espa-o.png}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[States where spanish (castillan) is an official language]{States where spanish (castillan) is an
+% official language  (red: the only one, blue: co-official) (\url{http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Idioma_español})\hfill\null}\label{f+espa-o}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[États où l'espagnol (castillan) est une langue officielle]{États où l'espagnol (castillan) est une
+% langue officielle (rouge: la seule, bleu: co-officielle)
+% (\url{http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Idioma_español})\hfill\null}\label{f+espa-o}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{spanish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{spanish.dtx} file
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{spanish}'' (\emph{español, castellano}) language are taken from the \xfile{spanish.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Javier}{Bezos}, initialy by \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,spanish}.
 % Note that the ``\lopt{spanish}'' language is in
-% fact ``\lopt{castillan}'' (see section~\vref{s+mld+castillan}). Other languages are spoken in Spain: ``basque''
+% fact ``\lopt{castillan}'' (see section~\vref{s+mld+castillan}). But note also that other languages are spoken in Spain: ``basque''
 % (section~\vref{s+mld+basque}), ``\lopt{catalan}'' (section~\vref{s+mld+catalan}), and ``\lopt{galician}''
 % (section~\vref{s+mld+galician}); see figure~\vref{f+esp}. Note that ``\lopt{spanish2}'' is a version of ``\lopt{spanish}''
 % with shorter titles (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish2}).
@@ -54245,12 +54955,12 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % And ``\lopt{spanish4}'' is a variant of ``\lopt{spanish}'' where \com{ptctitle} is shorter for
 % articles (section~\vref{s+mld+spanish4}).
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> (espagnol) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{spanish.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> (espagnol) (\emph{español, castellano}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{spanish.dtx}
 % (de \name{Javier}{Bezos}, initialement par \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,spanish}.
 % Notez que le <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> (espagnol) est en fait le <<~\lopt{castillan}~>>
 % (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+castillan}).
-% D'autres langues sont parlées en Espagne: <<~\lopt{basque}~>> (section~\vref{s+mld+basque}), <<~\lopt{catalan}~>>
+% Mais notez aussi que d'autres langues sont parlées en Espagne: <<~\lopt{basque}~>> (section~\vref{s+mld+basque}), <<~\lopt{catalan}~>>
 % (section~\vref{s+mld+catalan}), et <<~\lopt{galician}~>> (galicien) (section~\vref{s+mld+galician}), voir la
 % figure~\vref{f+esp}.
 % La langue <<~\lopt{spanish2}~>> est une variante de <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> avec des titres plus courts
@@ -54264,21 +54974,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*spanish>
-\ProvidesFile{spanish.mld}[2006/02/15]
-%% Spanish titles for minitoc.sty from spanish.dtx (babel)
-%% Bezos, Javier
+\ProvidesFile{spanish.mld}[2008/04/03]%
+%% Spanish titles from spanish.dtx (babel) by Bezos, Javier & CervanTeX
 \expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax
-\def\ptctitle{\'Indice}\else\def\ptctitle{\'Indice General}\fi
-\def\plftitle{\'Indice de Figuras}%
-\def\plttitle{\'Indice de Tablas}%
+\def\ptctitle{\'Indice}\else\def\ptctitle{\'Indice general}\fi
+\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}%
+\def\plttitle{\'Indice de tablas}%
 %%
 \def\mtctitle{\'Indice}%
-\def\mlftitle{\'Indice de Figuras}%
-\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de Tablas}%
+\def\mlftitle{\'Indice de figuras}%
+\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de tablas}%
 %%
 \def\stctitle{\'Indice}%
-\def\slftitle{\'Indice de Figuras}%
-\def\slttitle{\'Indice de Tablas}%
+\def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}%
+\def\slttitle{\'Indice de tablas}%
 %</spanish>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
@@ -54298,11 +55007,10 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*spanish2>
-\ProvidesFile{spanish2.mld}[2005/03/31]
-%% Spanish titles for minitoc.sty
-\def\ptctitle{\'Indice General}%
-\def\plftitle{\'Indice de Figuras}%
-\def\plttitle{\'Indice de Tablas}%
+\ProvidesFile{spanish2.mld}[2008/04/03]%
+\def\ptctitle{\'Indice general}%
+\def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}%
+\def\plttitle{\'Indice de tablas}%
 %%
 \def\mtctitle{Contenido}%
 \def\mlftitle{Figuras}%
@@ -54334,9 +55042,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*spanish3>
-\ProvidesFile{spanish3.mld}[2005/09/06]
-%% Spanish titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from omega-spanish.ldf of the Antomega project.
+\ProvidesFile{spanish3.mld}[2005/09/06]%
+%% Spanish titles from omega-spanish.ldf of the Antomega project.
 \def\ptctitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice general}}%
 \def\plftitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de figuras}}%
 \def\plttitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de cuadros}}%
@@ -54370,8 +55077,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*spanish4>
-\ProvidesFile{spanish4.mld}[2006/01/19]
-%% Spanish titles for minitoc (from spanish.dtx in CervanTeX) Bezos, Javier
+\ProvidesFile{spanish4.mld}[2006/01/19]%
+%% Spanish titles (from spanish.dtx in CervanTeX) Bezos, Javier
 \expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax
 \def\ptctitle{\'Indice} \else \def\ptctitle{\'Indice general} \fi
 \def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}%
@@ -54394,30 +55101,44 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \section{Langue <<~swahili~>>: \uxfile{swahili.mld}}\label{s+mld+swahili}\ixfile{swahili.mld}
 % \fi
 % \begin{figure}[!thb]
+% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
+% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm}
+% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth}
+% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
 % \centering
+% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}l@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{swahili-m.png}\ixgrf{swahili-m.png}%
+% &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{swahili}\ixgrf{swahili.pdf}%
-% \caption{Area of the swahili language}\label{f+swahili}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://si.unm.edu/linguistics/swahili/swahili})
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{swahili.pdf}\ixgrf{swahili.pdf}%
 % \or\relax
-% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{fswahili}\ixgrf{fswahili.pdf}%
-% \caption{Région de la langue swahilie}\label{f+swahili}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/monde/swahili.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{fswahili.pdf}\ixgrf{fswahili.pdf}%
+% \fi\\
+% \multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The areas where Swahili is spoken as a native language (dark green), official or national language (medium green),
+% and trade language (light green). As a trade language, it extends some distance further to the northwest.
+% \or\relax
+% Les zones où le swahili est parlé comme langue native (vert foncé), comme langue officielle ou nationale (vert
+% moyen) et comme langue commerciale (vert clair). Comme langue commerciale, il s'étend un peu plus loin vers le nord-ouest.
+% \fi
+% \end{minipage}}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Swahili language areas]{Swahili language areas (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swahili_language} and \url{http://si.unm.edu/linguistics/swahili/swahili})}\label{f+swahili}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Régions de la langue swahilie]{Régions de la langue swahilie (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swahili_language} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/monde/swahili.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})}\label{f+swahili}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{swahili}'' language are taken from the \emph{obsolete}
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{swahili}'' language (\emph{kiswahili}) are taken from the \emph{obsolete}
 % \xfile{swahili.tex} file\,\footnote{\url{http://www.dante.de/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/swahili.tex}},
 % with adaptations and corrections given on the
 % \texttt{comp.text.tex} news group (messages 57662, 57713, and 57717) by \name{Giancarlo}{Bassi}
 % and \name{Enrico}{Gregorio}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{swahili}~>> sont tirés
-% du fichier \emph{obsolète} \xfile{swahili.tex}\,\footnote{\url{http://www.dante.de/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/swahili.tex}},
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{swahili}~>> (\emph{kiswahili}) sont tirés
+% du fichier \emph{obsolète} \xfile{swahili.tex}\,\footnote{\url{http://www.dante.de/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/swahili.tex}\,.},
 % avec des adaptations et des corrections données sur le groupe de discussion \texttt{comp.text.tex} (messages
 % 57662, 57713 et 57717) par \name{Giancarlo}{Bassi} et \name{Enrico}{Gregorio}.
 % \fi
@@ -54425,28 +55146,27 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % Swahili is the main Bantu language and is spoken in East Africa: Tanzania, Kenya,
 % Uganda, Rwanda, Burundi, Zanzibar and in the area of the Great Lakes in the Democratic Republic of Congo (Congo-Kinshasa,
 % formerly Zaire) and in the Republic of Congo (Congo-Brazzaville), in
-% the north of Mozambique and the south of Somalia\,\footnote{See
-% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/monde/swahili.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq},
+% the north of Mozambique and the south of Somalia\,\footnote{\RaggedRight See
+% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/monde/swahili.htm}, \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/czaire.htm} in~\cite{tlfq},
 % \url{http://www.glcom.com/hassan/swahili_history.html}, and
-% \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/swahili.htm}}. See figure~\vref{f+swahili}.
+% \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/swahili.htm}\,.}. See figure~\vref{f+swahili}.
 % \or\relax
 % Le swahili (ou «~souaéli~») est la plus importante langue bantoue et est parlée dans l'Afrique de l'Est: Tanzanie, Kenya,
 % Ouganda, Rwanda, Burundi, Zanzibar et la région des grands lacs dans la République Démocratique du Congo (Congo-Kinshasa,
 % ex-Zaïre) et dans la République du Congo (Congo-Brazzaville), au
-% nord du Mozambique et dans le sud de la Somalie\,\footnote{Voir
-% \url{http://si.unm.edu/linguistics/swahili/swahili},
-% \url{http://www.glcom.com/hassan/swahili_history.html} et
+% nord du Mozambique et dans le sud de la Somalie\,\footnote{\RaggedRight Voir
+% \url{http://si.unm.edu/linguistics/swahili/swahili}, \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/czaire.htm}
+% dans~\cite{tlfq}, \url{http://www.glcom.com/hassan/swahili_history.html} et
 % \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/swahili.htm}}. Voir la figure~\vref{f+swahili}.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*swahili>
-\ProvidesFile{swahili.mld}[2007/07/02]
-%% Swahili titles for minitoc.sty from swahili.tex
-%% Articles: 57662,57713,57717 in comp.text.tex
-%% Giancarlo Bassi <g.bassi@iperbole.bologna.it>
-%% Enrico Gregorio <gregorio@math.unipd.it>
+\ProvidesFile{swahili.mld}[2007/07/02]%
+%% Swahili titles from swahili.tex in articles: 57662,57713,57717
+%% in comp.text.tex by Giancarlo Bassi <g.bassi@iperbole.bologna.it>
+%% & Enrico Gregorio <gregorio@math.unipd.it>
 \def\ptctitle{Yaliyomo}%
 \def\plftitle{Picha zilizomo}%
 \def\plttitle{Orodha ya Mfano}%
@@ -54458,7 +55178,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 \def\stctitle{Yaliyomo}%
 \def\slftitle{Picha zilizomo}%
 \def\slttitle{Orodha ya Mfano}%
-%%
 %</swahili>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
@@ -54493,40 +55212,34 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the swedish language}\label{f+suede}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/sweden.html} --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries,
-% The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps},
-% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swedish_language},
+% \caption[Swedish language areas]{Swedish language areas
+% (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/sweden.html} --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries,
+% The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}, \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swedish_language},
 % \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande-2demo_lng.htm}
-% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/EtatsNsouverains/aland.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/EtatsNsouverains/aland.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+suede}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions de la langue suédoise}\label{f+suede}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/sweden.html} --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries,
-% The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps},
-% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swedish_language},
+% \caption[Régions de la langue suédoise]{Régions de la langue suédoise
+% (\url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/sweden.html} --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries,
+% The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}, \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swedish_language},
 % \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande-2demo_lng.htm}
-% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/EtatsNsouverains/aland.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hspace{-2em}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/EtatsNsouverains/aland.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+suede}
 % \fi
 % \vspace*{-2\baselineskip}
 % \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{swedish}'' language come from the \xfile{swedish.dtx} file
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{swedish}'' (\emph{svenska}) language come from the \xfile{swedish.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Sten}{Hellman} and \namea{Erik}{Östhols}{Osthols}, with a correction by \name{Jan~Michael}{Rynning})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,swedish}.
 %
-% The swedish language is spoken in Sweden, in some regions of Finland like
+% The swedish language is spoken in Sweden and in some regions of Finland like
 % the \r{A}land Islands (see figure~\vref{f+suede}). See also section~\vref{s+mld+swedish2}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{swedish}~>> (suédois) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{swedish.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{swedish}~>> (suédois, \emph{svenska}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{swedish.dtx}
 % (de \name{Sten}{Hellman} et \namea{Erik}{Östhols}{Osthols}, avec une correction de \name{Jan~Michael}{Rynning})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,swedish}.
 %
-% La langue suédoise est parlée en Suède, dans certaines régions de Finlande,
+% La langue suédoise est parlée en Suède et dans certaines régions de Finlande,
 % dont les Îles \r{A}land (voir la figure~\vref{f+suede}).
 % Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+swedish2}.
 % \fi
@@ -54534,9 +55247,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{7}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*swedish>
-\ProvidesFile{swedish.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Swedish titles for minitoc.sty from swedish.dtx (babel)
-%% Hellman, Sten and Östhols, Erik
+\ProvidesFile{swedish.mld}[2006/01/13]%
+%% Swedish titles from swedish.dtx (babel). Hellman, Sten & Östhols, Erik
 \def\ptctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}%
 \def\plftitle{Figurer}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabeller}%
@@ -54568,9 +55280,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*swedish2>
-\ProvidesFile{swedish2.mld}[2006/04/04]
-%% Swedish2 titles for minitoc.sty from rapport.doc (slatex)
-%% Mattisson, Sven (sven@tde.lu.se)
+\ProvidesFile{swedish2.mld}[2006/04/04]%
+%% Swedish2 titles from rapport.doc (slatex). Mattisson, Sven (sven@tde.lu.se)
 \def\ptctitle{Inneh\csname aa\endcsname ll}%
 \def\plftitle{Figurf\"orteckning}%
 \def\plttitle{Tabellf\"orteckning}%
@@ -54593,43 +55304,47 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \fi
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{thai}\ixgrf{thai.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{thai.pdf}\ixgrf{thai.pdf}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Area of the thai language}\label{f+thai}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/fam_tai-kadai.htm}
-% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/thailande.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Thai language areas]{Thai language areas
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/fam_tai-kadai.htm}
+% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/thailande.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+thai}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions de la langue thaïe}\label{f+thai}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/fam_tai-kadai.htm}
-% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/thailande.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Régions de la langue thaïe]{Régions de la langue thaïe
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/fam_tai-kadai.htm}
+% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/thailande.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+thai}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{11.111111111mm}
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{thai}'' language come from the \xfile{thaicjk.ldf} file
+% \begin{SMOOTH}
+% The titles\ixgrf{thai.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thai_alphabet}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{thai.png}}}}
+% for the ``\lopt{thai}'' language come from the \xfile{thaicjk.ldf} file
 % (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg})
 % and use fonts
-% of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2}.
-% The \pack{thailatex} package~\cite{thailatex}
-% (by \name{Surapant}{Meknavin}, \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}, \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan} and \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap})
-% provides the same titles in its
-% \xfile{thai.ldf} file.
+% of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}.
+% The \pack{thailatex} package~\cite{thailatex} (by \name{Surapant}{Meknavin}, \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan},
+% \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan} and \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}) provides the same titles in its \xfile{thai.ldf} file.
+% \end{SMOOTH}
 % \or\relax
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{thai}~>> (thaï) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{thaicjk.ldf}
+% Les titres\ixgrf{thai.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thai_alphabet}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{thai.png}}}}
+% pour la langue <<~\lopt{thai}~>> (thaï) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{thaicjk.ldf}
 % (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg})
-% et utilisent des fontes du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2}.
-% Le paquetage \pack{thailatex}~\cite{thailatex}
-% (by \name{Surapant}{Meknavin}, \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}, \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan} and \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap})
-% fournit les mêmes titres dans son
+% et utilisent des fontes du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2,cjkomega}.
+% Le paquetage \pack{thailatex}~\cite{thailatex}% (by \name{Surapant}{Meknavin}, \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan},
+% \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan} and \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}) fournit les mêmes titres dans son
 % fichier \xfile{thai.ldf}. Voir aussi~\cite{thaistd}.
 % \end{SMOOTH}
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{2}
+% \normalmarginpar
 % \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{thai}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load
@@ -54642,11 +55357,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*thai>
-\ProvidesFile{thai.mld}[2005/01/28]
-%% from thaicjk.ldf CJK 4.5.2 Thai support for the babel system
+\ProvidesFile{thai.mld}[2005/01/28]\mtcloadmlo{thai}%
+%% From thaicjk.ldf CJK 4.5.2 Thai support for the babel system
 %% by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>
-%%
-\mtcloadmlo{thai}%
 %</thai>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -54657,73 +55370,144 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~turkish~>>: \uxfile{turkish.mld}}\label{s+mld+turkish}\ixfile{turkish.mld}
 % \fi
+% \newcommand{\TUL}[1]{\textcolor{red}{#1}}
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{turquie}\ixgrf{turquie.pdf}%
+% {\large
+% ^^A \begin{tabular}{@{}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{\,}c@{}}
+% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}}
+% \toprule
+% a&b&c&\TUL{ç}&d&e&f&g&\TUL{\u{g}}&h&\TUL{\i}&\TUL{i}&j&k&l&m&n&o&\TUL{ö}&p&r&s&\TUL{\c{s}}&t&u&\TUL{ü}&v&y&z\\
+% \midrule
+% A&B&C&\TUL{Ç}&D&E&F&G&\TUL{\u{G}}&H&\TUL{I}&\TUL{\.I}&J&K&L&M&N&O&\TUL{Ö}&P&R&S&\TUL{\c{S}}&T&U&\TUL{Ü}&V&Y&Z\\
+% \bottomrule
+% \end{tabularx}}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption{The turkish alphabet}\label{f+turc-alpha}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption{L'alphabet turc}\label{f+turc-alpha}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!p]
+% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{turquie.pdf}\ixgrf{turquie.pdf}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Turkey}\label{f+turc}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/turquie_1general.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Turkey]{Turkey (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/turquie_1general.htm}
+% in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+turc}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Turquie}\label{f+turc}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/turquie_1general.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Turquie]{Turquie (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/turquie_1general.htm}
+% dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+turc}
 % \fi
+% ^^A \end{figure}
+% \vspace*{2\baselineskip}
+% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{turkish.png}\ixgrf{turkish.png}\\
+% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize\columnseprule=.4pt
+% \begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns\RaggedRight
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \bgroup
+% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt
+% \partopsep=0pt
+% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=0em
+% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt
+% \begin{wdesc}{mediumMblueM}
+% \item[black] Official language:
+%     Turkey, Cyprus, Republic of Macedonia (at municipal
+%     level), Kosovo (a former part of Serbia administered by United
+%     Nations as of 2006 and who proclamed independance on February~17, 2008; see figure~\vref{f+kosovo}).
+% \item[dark blue] More than 1,000,000 speakers:
+%     Germany.
+% \item[blue] Between 500,000 -- 1,000,000 speakers:
+%     Bulgaria.
+% \item[medium blue] Between 100,000 -- 500,000 speakers:
+%     France, Netherlands, Belgium, Austria, United States,
+%     Uzbekistan.
+% \item[sky blue] Between 25,000 -- 100,000 speakers:
+%     Greece, United Kingdom, Australia, Canada, Russia,
+%     Sweden, Denmark, Switzerland, Romania, Azerbaijan.
+% \item[white] Less than 25,000 speakers / none.
+% \end{wdesc}
+% \egroup
+% \or\relax
+% \begin{wdesc}{bleuMmoyenM}
+% \item[noir] Langue officielle:
+%     Turquie, Chypre, République de Macédoine (au niveau municipal),
+%     Kosovo (une ancienne partie de la Serbie administrée par les
+%     Nations Unies depuis 2006 et qui a proclamé son indépendance le 17~février~2008; voir la figure~\vref{f+kosovo}).
+% \item[bleu foncé] Plus de 1\,000\,000 locuteurs:
+%     Allemagne.
+% \item[bleu] Entre 500\,000 et 1\,000\,000 locuteurs:
+%     Bulgarie.
+% \item[bleu moyen] Entre 100\,000 et 500\,000 locuteurs:
+%     France, Pays-Bas, Belgique, Autriche, États-Unis, Ouzbékistan.
+% \item[bleu ciel] Entre 25\,000 et 100\,000 locuteurs:
+%     Grèce, Royaume Uni, Australie, Canada, Russie, Suède,
+%     Danemark, Suisse, Roumanie, Azerbaïdjan.
+% \item[blanc] Moins de 25\,000 locuteurs / aucun.
+% \end{wdesc}
+% \fi
+% \end{multicols}
+% \end{minipage}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Turkish language in the world]{Turkish language in the world
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+turkish}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[La langue turque dans le monde]{La langue turque dans le monde
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turkish_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+turkish}
+% \fi
+% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{figure}
-% \begin{macro}{\in}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The turkish language (\emph{türkçe}) is spoken mainly in Turkey and in Cyprus.
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{turkish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{turkish.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Mustafa}{Burc}, \name{Pierre~A.}{MacKay} and \name{Turgut}{Uyar})
-% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,turkish}:
+% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,turkish}.
 % \or\relax
+% La langue turque (\emph{türkçe}) est parlée principalement en Turquie et à~Chypre.
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{turkish}~>> (turc) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{turkish.dtx}
 % (de \name{Mustafa}{Burc}, \name{Pierre~A.}{MacKay} et \name{Turgut}{Uyar})
-% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,turkish}:
+% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,turkish}.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*turkish>
-\ProvidesFile{turkish.mld}[2006/01/13]
-%% Turkish titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from turkish.dtx (babel)
-%% Burc, Mustafa
+\ProvidesFile{turkish.mld}[2007/12/18]%
+%% Turkish titles from turkish.dtx (babel). Burc, Mustafa
 \def\ptctitle{\.I\c cindekiler}%
-\def\plftitle{\c Sekiller Listesi}%
-\def\plttitle{Tablolar\in Listesi}%
+\def\plftitle{\c Sekil Listesi}%
+\def\plttitle{Tablo Listesi}%
 %%
 \def\mtctitle{\.I\c cindekiler}%
-\def\mlftitle{\c Sekiller Listesi}%
-\def\mlttitle{Tablolar\in Listesi}%
+\def\mlftitle{\c Sekil Listesi}%
+\def\mlttitle{Tablo Listesi}%
 %%
 \def\stctitle{\.I\c cindekiler}%
-\def\slftitle{\c Sekiller Listesi}%
-\def\slttitle{Tablolar\in Listesi}%
+\def\slftitle{\c Sekil Listesi}%
+\def\slttitle{Tablo Listesi}%
 %</turkish>
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
 %
 % \lneed{5}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \lneed{7}
 % \section{``Uighur'' language: \uxfile{uighur.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur}\ixfile{uighur.mld}
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~uighur~>>: \uxfile{uighur.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur}\ixfile{uighur.mld}
 % \fi
 % \begin{figure}[!thb]
 % \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{uighur}\ixgrf{uighur.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{uighur.pdf}\ixgrf{uighur.pdf}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the uighur language}\label{f+uighur}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=69&menu=004} in~\cite{LMP})
+% \caption[Uighur language areas]{Uighur language areas
+% (\url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=69&menu=004} in~\cite{LMP})\hfill\null}\label{f+uighur}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions de la langue ouïghoure}\label{f+uighur}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=69&menu=004} dans~\cite{LMP})
+% \caption[Régions de la langue ouïghoure]{Régions de la langue ouïghoure
+% (\url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=69&menu=004} dans~\cite{LMP})\hfill\null}\label{f+uighur}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
@@ -54738,20 +55522,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{xinjiang.png}\ixgrf{xinjiang.png}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region}\label{f+xinjiang}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/?title=Xinjiang}
-% and \url{http://www.tourroundchina.com/map/xinjiang.htm})
+% \caption[Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region]{Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/?title=Xinjiang}
+% and \url{http://www.tourroundchina.com/map/xinjiang.htm}; see also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-region-auto-ouigoure-Xinjiang.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+xinjiang}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Région autonome du Xinjiang ouïghour}\label{f+xinjiang}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/?title=Xinjiang}
-% et \url{http://www.tourroundchina.com/map/xinjiang.htm})
+% \caption[Région autonome du Xinjiang ouïghour]{Région autonome du Xinjiang ouïghour
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/?title=Xinjiang}
+% et \url{http://www.tourroundchina.com/map/xinjiang.htm}; voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-region-auto-ouigoure-Xinjiang.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+xinjiang}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
-% \lneed{2}
+% \lneed{3}
 % \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The ``\lopt{uighur}'' and ``\lopt{bicig}'' languages are synonyms, so we just load the
@@ -54761,11 +55541,10 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \xfile{bicig.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}):
 % \fi
 %
-% \lneed{3}
+% \lneed{4}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*uighur>
-\ProvidesFile{uighur.mld}[2006/05/31]
-\mtcselectlanguage{bicig}%
+\ProvidesFile{uighur.mld}[2006/05/31]\mtcselectlanguage{bicig}%
 %</uighur>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -54789,8 +55568,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*uighur2>
-\ProvidesFile{uighur2.mld}[2006/05/31]
-\mtcselectlanguage{bicig2}%
+\ProvidesFile{uighur2.mld}[2006/05/31]\mtcselectlanguage{bicig2}%
 %</uighur2>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -54814,8 +55592,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*uighur3>
-\ProvidesFile{uighur3.mld}[2006/05/31]
-\mtcselectlanguage{bicig3}%
+\ProvidesFile{uighur3.mld}[2006/05/31]\mtcselectlanguage{bicig3}%
 %</uighur3>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -54839,8 +55616,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*UKenglish>
-\ProvidesFile{UKenglish.mld}[2005/07/11]
-\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
+\ProvidesFile{UKenglish.mld}[2005/07/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
 %</UKenglish>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -54864,10 +55640,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*ukraineb>
-\ProvidesFile{ukraineb.mld}[2007/12/04]
-%% Ukranian titles for minitoc.sty from ukraineb.dtx (babel)
-%% Andrij Shvaika, Olga Lapko
-\mtcselectlanguage{ukrainian}%
+\ProvidesFile{ukraineb.mld}[2007/12/04]\mtcselectlanguage{ukrainian}%
 %</ukraineb>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -54883,15 +55656,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \centering
 % \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ukraine.jpg}\ixgrf{ukraine.jpg}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Languages in Ukraine}\label{f+ukraine}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ukraine-1demo.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Languages in Ukraine]{Languages in Ukraine
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ukraine-1demo.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+ukraine}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Langues en Ukraine}\label{f+ukraine}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ukraine-1demo.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Langues en Ukraine]{Langues en Ukraine
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ukraine-1demo.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+ukraine}
 % \fi
 % ^^A \end{figure}
 %
@@ -54901,42 +55670,47 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \centering
 % \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ukrainep.pdf}\ixgrf{ukrainep.pdf}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Ukraine}\label{f+ukrainep}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:WikiProject_Ukraine/Subdivisions})
+% \caption[Ukraine]{Ukraine
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:WikiProject_Ukraine/Subdivisions})\hfill\null}\label{f+ukrainep}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Ukraine}\label{f+ukrainep}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:WikiProject_Ukraine/Subdivisions})
+% \caption[Ukraine]{Ukraine
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:WikiProject_Ukraine/Subdivisions})\hfill\null}\label{f+ukrainep}
 % \fi
 % \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi
 % \end{figure}
 %
+% \setlength{\wkdim}{5.337078652mm}
+% \reversemarginpar
 % \lneed{2}
 % \begin{macro}{\cyr}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % \begin{SMOOTH}
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{ukrainian}'' language come from the \xfile{ukraineb.dtx} file
-% (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko} and \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika})
+% The titles\ixgrf{ukra.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ukrainian_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ukra.png}}}}
+% for the ``\lopt{ukrainian}'' language (\emph{ukrayins'ka mova}) come from the \xfile{ukraineb.dtx} file
+% (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, and \name{Werner}{Lemberg})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,ukraineb}. Cyrillic fonts are required.
 % Another language name is \lopt{ukraineb} (see section~\vref{s+mld+ukraineb}).
 % \end{SMOOTH}
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{ukrainian}~>> (ukrainien) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{ukrainian.dtx}
-% (de \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika} et \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko})
+% \begin{SMOOTH}
+% Les titres\ixgrf{ukra.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill%
+% \raisebox{2\wkdim}[3\wkdim][-\wkdim]{\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ukrainian_language}%
+% {\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=25mm]{ukra.png}}}}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{ukrainian}~>> (ukrainien, \emph{ukrayins'ka mova}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{ukrainian.dtx}
+% (de \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika}, \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich} et \name{Werner}{Lemberg})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,ukraineb}. Des fontes cyrilliques sont requises.
 % Un autre nom pour cette langue est \lopt{ukraineb} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+ukraineb}).
+% \end{SMOOTH}
 % \fi
 %
+% \normalmarginpar
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*ukrainian>
-\ProvidesFile{ukrainian.mld}[2006/01/33]
-%% Ukraine titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from ukraineb.dtx (babel)
-%% Shvaika, Andrij and Lapko, Olga
+\ProvidesFile{ukrainian.mld}[2006/01/33]%
+%% Ukrainian titles from ukraineb.dtx (babel). Shvaika, Andrij & Lapko, Olga
 %% Needs cyrillic fonts
 \def\mtctitle{{\cyr\CYRZ\cyrm\cyrii\cyrs\cyrt}}%
 \def\mlftitle{{\cyr\CYRP\cyre\cyrr\cyre\cyrl\cyrii\cyrk
@@ -54966,8 +55740,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % is a member of the west slavic subgroup of indo-european languages spoken in Upper Lusatia in the german
 % \emph{länder} of Saxony and Brandenburg. The Sorbs are descendents of the Wends, the german name for the slavic tribes
 % who occupied the area between the Elbe and Saale rivers in the west and the Odra (Oder) river in the east during
-% the medieval period (\textsc{vi}-th century).} are taken from the \xfile{usorbian.dtx} file
-% (by \name{Eduard}{Werner})
+% the medieval period (\textsc{vi}-th century).} (\emph{hornjoserbsce, hornjoserb\v{s}\'{c}iba})
+% are taken from the \xfile{usorbian.dtx} file (by \name{Eduard}{Werner})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,usorbian}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}.
 % A shorter language name is \lopt{usorbian} (see section~\vref{s+mld+usorbian}).
 % \or\relax
@@ -54977,7 +55751,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % est un membre du sous-groupe slave occidental des langues indo-européennes parlé en Haute-Lusace dans les \emph{länder}
 % allemands de Saxe et de Brandebourg. Les Sorabes sont des descendants des Wendes, nom germain des tribus slaves
 % qui occupaient la zone entre l'Elbe et la Saale à~l'ouest et l'Oder à~l'est pendant la période médiévale
-% (\textsc{vi}\fup{e}~siècle).} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{usorbian.dtx}
+% (\textsc{vi}\fup{e}~siècle).} (\emph{hornjoserbsce, hornjoserb\v{s}\'{c}iba}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{usorbian.dtx}
 % (de \name{Eduard}{Werner})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,usorbian}.
 % Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}.
@@ -54988,11 +55762,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*uppersorbian>
-\ProvidesFile{uppersorbian.mld}[2006/02/38]
-%% Upper sorbian titles for minitoc.sty from usorbian.dtx (babel)
-%% Needs cyrillic fonts
-%% Werner, Eduard
-%%
+\ProvidesFile{uppersorbian.mld}[2006/02/38]%
+%% Upper sorbian titles from usorbian.dtx (babel). Needs cyrillic fonts. Werner, Eduard
 \def\ptctitle{Wobsah}%
 \def\plftitle{Zapis wobrazow}%
 \def\plttitle{Zapis tabulkow}%
@@ -55029,8 +55800,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*USenglish>
-\ProvidesFile{USenglish.mld}[2005/07/11]
-\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
+\ProvidesFile{USenglish.mld}[2005/07/11]\mtcselectlanguage{english}%
 %</USenglish>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -55054,11 +55824,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*usorbian>
-\ProvidesFile{usorbian.mld}[2007/12/04]
-%% Upper sorbian titles for minitoc.sty
-%% from usorbian.dtx (babel)
-%% Werner, Eduard
-\mtcselectlanguage{uppersorbian}%
+\ProvidesFile{usorbian.mld}[2007/12/04]\mtcselectlanguage{uppersorbian}%
 %</usorbian>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -55069,47 +55835,93 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \or\relax
 % \section{Langue <<~vietnam~>>: \uxfile{vietnam.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnam}\ixfile{vietnam.mld}
 % \fi
+% \begin{figure}[!htbp]
 % \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth}
 % \addtolength{\iwidth}{-1cm}
 % \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth}
 % \setlength{\iwidth}{.5\iwidth}
-% \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}c@{}c@{}c@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{viet2}\ixgrf{viet2.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{viet2.pdf}\ixgrf{viet2.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{viet3}\ixgrf{viet3.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{viet3.pdf}\ixgrf{viet3.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Vietnam}\label{f+vietnam}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/vietnam_carte2-prov.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Vietnam]{Vietnam (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/vietnam_carte2-prov.htm}
+% in~\cite{tlfq})\hfill\null}\label{f+vietnam}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Vietnam}\label{f+vietnam}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/vietnam_carte2-prov.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})
+% \caption[Vietnam]{Vietnam (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/vietnam_carte2-prov.htm}
+% dans~\cite{tlfq})}\label{f+vietnam}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
+% \begin{figure}[!htbp]
+% \centering
+% \begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}}
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{viet-w.pdf}\ixgrf{viet-w.pdf}\\
+% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% The creation of the vietnamese alphabet is officially
+% attributed to the Jesuit
+% \namea{Alexandre}{de~Rhodes\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Rhodes} in~1623.
+% Born at Avignon on March~15th, 1591, died on
+% November~5th, 1660, at Ispahan, he was a Jesuit priest who spent six years in Vietnam (1624~--~1630) for his
+% catholic missions and systematized the
+% \index{quoc ngu=\protect\leavevmode\protect\mbox{\quocngu}\hfil\null|hyperpage}%
+% ``(Ch\~u\kern-.42ex\raisebox{.07ex}{\footnotesize'}) Qu\'{\^o}c Ng\~u\kern-.42ex\raisebox{.07ex}{\footnotesize'}\,'',
+% or ``script for the natianal language'', the romanized script of the vietnamese language
+% (see~\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alexandre_de_Rhodes}). It is a latin alphabet with the addition of many
+% diacritic marks to note the phonetic value of some letters and the tunes of the language
+% (see~\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qu%E1%BB%91c_ng%E1%BB%AF}).
+% \par \vspace*{\baselineskip}
+% See also~\url{http://rarfaxp.riken.go.jp/~dang/rhodes_motive.html} for a resume of the modern story and
+% \url{http://www.cjvlang.com/Writing/writviet.html} for an introduction to this writing system.
+% See also~\cite{ppvl} about the portuguese predecessors of \uname{Alexandre}{de~Rhodes}.
+% \or\relax
+% La création de l'alphabet vietnamien est officiellement attribuée au
+% jésuite \namea{Alexandre}{de~Rhodes\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Rhodes} en~1623.
+% Celui-ci, né en Avignon le 15~mars 1591,
+% mort le 5~novembre 1660 à Ispahan, est un prêtre jésuite qui passa six années au Vietmam (1624~--~1630) et  à~qui
+% l'on doit la systématisation du
+% \index{quoc ngu=\protect\leavevmode\protect\mbox{\quocngu}\hfil\null|hyperpage}%
+% «~(Ch\~u\kern-.42ex\raisebox{.07ex}{\footnotesize'}) Qu\'{\^o}c Ng\~u\kern-.42ex\raisebox{.07ex}{\footnotesize'}~»,
+% ou «~écriture de langue nationale~»,
+% l'écriture romanisée du vietnamien
+% (voir~\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alexandre_de_Rhodes}). C'est un alphabet latin augmenté de nombreux
+% signes diacritiques servant à~noter tant la valeur phonétique de certaines lettres que les tons de la langue
+% (voir~\url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qu%E1%BB%91c_ng%E1%BB%AF}).
+% \par\vspace*{\baselineskip}
+% Voir aussi~\url{http://rarfaxp.riken.go.jp/~dang/rhodes_motive.html} pour un résumé de l'histoire récente (en anglais)
+% et \url{http://www.cjvlang.com/Writing/writviet.html} pour une introduction à~ce système d'écriture (en anglais aussi).
+% Voir aussi~\cite{ppvl} à~propos des prédécesseurs portugais d'\uname{Alexandre}{de~Rhodes}.
+% \fi
+% \end{minipage}
+% \end{tabular}
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[The vietnamese language in the world]{The vietnamese language in the world
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vietnamese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+viet-w}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Le vietnamien dans le monde]{Le vietnamien dans le monde
+% (\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vietnamese_language})\hfill\null}\label{f+viet-w}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{vietnam}'' language are taken from the \pack{vietnam} package~\cite{vietnam}
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{vietnam}'' language (\emph{ti\'{\^e}ng vi\d{\^{e}t}})  are taken from the \pack{vietnam} package~\cite{vietnam}
 % (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg} and \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hàn}{Han}).
-% Vietnamese fonts are required. The vietnamese language is spoken in Vietnam (figure~\vref{f+vietnam}) and in the
-% vietnamese diaspora.
+% Vietnamese fonts are required; see~\cite{han2003,han2008}. The vietnamese language is spoken in Vietnam
+% (figure~\vref{f+vietnam}) and in the vietnamese diaspora.
 % See also section~\vref{s+mld+vietnamese}.
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{vietnam}~>> (vietnamien) sont tirés du paquetage \pack{vietnam}~\cite{vietnam}
-% (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hàn}{Han}).
-% Des fontes vietnamiennes sont requises. Le vietnamien est parlé au Vietnam (figure~\vref{f+vietnam}) et dans la
-% diaspora vietnamienne. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+vietnamese}.
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{vietnam}~>> (vietnamien, \emph{ti\'{\^e}ng vi\d{\^{e}t}}) sont
+% tirés du paquetage \pack{vietnam}~\cite{vietnam} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hàn}{Han}).
+% Des fontes vietnamiennes sont requises; voir~\cite{han2003,han2008}. Le vietnamien est parlé au Vietnam
+% (figure~\vref{f+vietnam}) et dans la diaspora vietnamienne. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+vietnamese}.
 % \fi
 %
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*vietnam>
-\ProvidesFile{vietnam.mld}[1999/03/16]
-%% vietnamese titles for minitoc.sty
+\ProvidesFile{vietnam.mld}[1999/03/16]%
+%% Vietnamese titles
 \def\ptctitle{M\d{u}c l\d{u}c}%
 \def\plftitle{Danh s\'ach h\`inh v\~e}%
 \def\plttitle{Danh s\'ach b\h{a}ng}%
@@ -55140,12 +55952,10 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % chargeons simplement \xfile{vietnam.mld}. Des fontes vietnamiennes sont requises, Voir aussi
 % la section~\vref{s+mld+vietnam}.
 % \fi
-%
-% \lneed{3}
+% \lneed{4}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*vietnamese>
-\ProvidesFile{vietnamese.mld}[2004/12/14]
-\mtcselectlanguage{vietnam}%
+\ProvidesFile{vietnamese.mld}[2004/12/14]\mtcselectlanguage{vietnam}%
 %</vietnamese>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -55163,28 +55973,26 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \begin{figure}[!htb]
 % \centering
 % \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}}
-% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galles1}\ixgrf{galles1.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galles1.pdf}\ixgrf{galles1.pdf}%
 % &\hspace*{.5cm}&%
-% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galles2}\ixgrf{galles2.pdf}%
+% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galles2.pdf}\ixgrf{galles2.pdf}%
 % \end{tabular}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Wales}\label{f+wales}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysgallescarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq} and from \url{http://homepage.ntlworld.com/geogdata/ngw/map.htm} in the \emph{National Gazetter of Wales})
+% \caption[Wales]{Wales (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysgallescarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}
+% and \url{http://homepage.ntlworld.com/geogdata/ngw/map.htm}
+% in the \emph{National Gazetter of Wales})\hfill\null}\label{f+wales}
 % \or\relax
-% \caption{Pays de Galles}\label{f+wales}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysgallescarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq} et \url{http://homepage.ntlworld.com/geogdata/ngw/map.htm} dans la \emph{National Gazetter of Wales})
+% \caption[Pays de Galles]{Pays de Galles (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysgallescarte.htm}
+% dans~\cite{tlfq} et \url{http://homepage.ntlworld.com/geogdata/ngw/map.htm}
+% dans la \emph{National Gazetter of Wales})\hfill\null}\label{f+wales}
 % \fi
 % \end{figure}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% The titles for the ``\lopt{welsh}'' language come from the \xfile{welsh.dtx} file
+% The titles for the ``\lopt{welsh}'' language (\emph{cymraeg}) come from the \xfile{welsh.dtx} file
 % (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams})
 % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,welsh}:
 % \or\relax
-% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{welsh}~>> (gallois) proviennent du fichier \xfile{welsh.dtx}
+% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{welsh}~>> (gallois, \emph{cymraeg}) proviennent du fichier \xfile{welsh.dtx}
 % (écrit par \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams})
 % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,welsh}:
 % \fi
@@ -55192,8 +56000,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*welsh>
-\ProvidesFile{welsh.mld}[1999/12/06]
-%% Welsh titles for minitoc.sty, from welsh.dtx (babel), by Braams, Johannes~L.
+\ProvidesFile{welsh.mld}[1999/12/06]%
+%% Welsh titles from welsh.dtx (babel), by Braams, Johannes~L.
 \def\ptctitle{Cynnwys}%
 \def\plftitle{Rhestr Ddarluniau}%
 \def\plttitle{Rhestr Dablau}%
@@ -55218,40 +56026,23 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
 % The titles for the ``\lopt{xalx}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}
 % (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}).
-% Xalx or Khalkha is the name of the Mongolian nationality residing in Mongolia proper.
+% Xalx (Khalkha) is the name of the Mongolian nationality residing in Mongolia proper.
 % See figure~\vref{f+khalkha}.
 % Their dialect forms the basis of Mongolian written with
 % Cyrillic letters. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+khalkha}, \vref{s+mld+xalx2}, and~\vref{s+mld+xalx3}.
 % \or\relax
 % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{xalx}~>> sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}
 % (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}).
-% Xalx ou Khalkha est le nom de la nationalité Mongole qui
-% réside en Mongolie proprement dite. Voir la figure~\vref{f+khalkha}.
-% Ses formes dialectales
-% forment la base du Mongol écrit en lettres cyrilliques. Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+khalkha},
+% Xalx (Khalkha) est le nom de la nationalité Mongole qui
+% vit en Mongolie proprement dite. Voir la figure~\vref{f+khalkha}.
+% Son dialecte forme la base du Mongol écrit en lettres cyrilliques. Voir les sections~\vref{s+mld+khalkha},
 % \vref{s+mld+xalx2} et~\vref{s+mld+xalx3}.
 % \fi
-% \begin{figure}[!tbh]
-% \centering
-% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{khalkha}\ixgrf{khalkha.pdf}%
-% \ifcase\LANG\relax
-% \caption{Areas of the khalkha language}\label{f+khalkha}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/asie/Mongolie.htm})
-% \or\relax
-% \caption{Régions de la langue khalkha}\label{f+khalkha}
-%
-% \raggedright
-% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/asie/Mongolie.htm})
-% \fi
-% \end{figure}
-%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*xalx>
-\ProvidesFile{xalx.mld}[2005/11/16]
-%% Mongol (xalx) titles for minitoc.sty
+\ProvidesFile{xalx.mld}[2005/11/16]%
+%% Mongol (xalx) titles
 \def\ptctitle{{\mnr Garqig}}%
 \def\plftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}%
 \def\plttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}%
@@ -55266,6 +56057,17 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %</xalx>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
+% \begin{figure}[!tbh]
+% \centering
+% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{khalkha.pdf}\ixgrf{khalkha.pdf}%
+% \ifcase\LANG\relax
+% \caption[Khalkha language areas]{Khalkha language areas
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/asie/Mongolie.htm})\hfill\null}\label{f+khalkha}
+% \or\relax
+% \caption[Régions de la langue khalkha]{Régions de la langue khalkha
+% (\url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/asie/Mongolie.htm})\hfill\null}\label{f+khalkha}
+% \fi
+% \end{figure}
 %
 % \lneed{5}
 % \ifcase\LANG\relax
@@ -55287,8 +56089,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*xalx2>
-\ProvidesFile{xalx2.mld}[2006/03/31]
-%% Mongol (xalx2) titles for minitoc.sty
+\ProvidesFile{xalx2.mld}[2006/03/31]%
+%% Mongol (xalx2) titles
 \def\ptctitle{{\mnr Aguulga}}%
 \def\plftitle{{\mnr Zurgi"in jagsaalt}}%
 \def\plttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}%
@@ -55324,8 +56126,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \lneed{3}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*xalx3>
-\ProvidesFile{xalx3.mld}[2006/03/31]
-%% Mongol (xalx3) titles for minitoc.sty
+\ProvidesFile{xalx3.mld}[2006/03/31]%
+%% Mongol (xalx3) titles
 \def\ptctitle{\xalx{Soderjanie}}%
 \def\plftitle{\xalx{Spisok risunkow}}%
 \def\plttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}%
@@ -55917,8 +56719,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %  \begin{itemize}
 %  \item 2003/01/24
 %   \begin{itemize}
-%   \item \texttt{pt} becomes \com{@pt} and \texttt{0pt} becomes \com{z@}.
-%   \item \com{hrule} and \com{vrule} replaced by \com{rule} (\LaTeX).
+%   \item \texttt{pt} becomes \ucom{@pt} and \texttt{0pt} becomes \ucom{z@}.
+%   \item \ucom{hrule} and \ucom{vrule} replaced by \ucom{rule} (\LaTeX).
 %   \item Added \com{mtc@zrule} for zero-dims rules.
 %   \item Added the frenchb language (synonym of french).
 %   \end{itemize}
@@ -56892,7 +57694,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %  \item 2006/04/05
 %   \begin{itemize}
 %   \item Corrections in the documentation.
-%   \item Added \uxgrf{lamed.eps} and \xgrf{lamed.pdf} as images for the \emph{Lamed} logo (built from \xfile{lamed.tex}).
+%   \item Added \uxgrf{lamed.eps} and \uxgrf{lamed.pdf} as images for the \emph{Lamed} logo (built from \uxfile{lamed.tex}).
 %   \item Reordering of the chapters in the user's manual (part~I).
 %   \end{itemize}
 %  \item 2006/04/06
@@ -56920,7 +57722,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %   \begin{itemize}
 %   \item In the \opt{insection} package option, load the \pack{flafter} package \emph{before} the
 %         \pack{placeins} package.
-%   \item Added a figure about the float barriers.
+%   \item Added a figure about the float barriers (figure~\vref{f+barrier}).
 %   \end{itemize}
 %  \item 2006/04/27
 %   \begin{itemize}
@@ -57421,7 +58223,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %  \end{itemize}
 % \lneed{5}
 % \item \textbf{53}
-%  \begin{itemize}   
+%  \begin{itemize}
 %  \item 2007/02/13
 %   \begin{itemize}
 %   \item Added the example file \exam{mtc-fko.tex}.
@@ -57464,7 +58266,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %  \end{itemize}
 % \lneed{5}
 % \item \textbf{54}
-%  \begin{itemize}   
+%  \begin{itemize}
 %  \item 2007/03/27
 %   \begin{itemize}
 %   \item Added the ``\feat{open}'' and ``\feat{close}'' features.
@@ -57504,7 +58306,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %   \item Added \xfile{latvian2.mld} and \xfile{letton2.mld}.
 %   \item Grouped \texttt{.mld}/\texttt{.mlo} pairs in tables~\vref{t+files1} and~\vref{t+files2}.
 %   \end{itemize}
-%  \end{itemize}   
+%  \end{itemize}
 % \lneed{5}
 % \item \textbf{55}
 %  \begin{itemize}
@@ -57547,7 +58349,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %   \item Many minor typo fixes.
 %   \item Darker colors for hyperlinks.
 %   \item Updated and corrected the bibliography.
-%   \item Corrected a typo in the \env{ptc@verse} environment  (\namea{François}{Pétiard}{Petiard}).
+%   \item Corrected a typo in the \env{ptc@verse} environment (thanks to~\namea{François}{Pétiard}{Petiard}).
 %   \item Corrections of typos in the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments
 %         (thanks to \name{Andrew}{Bowden}).
 %   \item Replaced the \suffix{.mtc1} extension by \suffix{.mtc0} in the auto-configuration test (to avoid
@@ -57570,6 +58372,75 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %   \item Suppressed parasite entries from the index.
 %   \end{itemize}
 %  \end{itemize}
+% \item \textbf{57}
+%  \begin{itemize}
+%  \item 2007/12/11
+%   \begin{itemize}
+%   \item Updated the bibliography.
+%   \end{itemize}
+%  \item 2007/12/18
+%   \begin{itemize}
+%   \item Corrections in examples of documents.
+%   \item Added \xfile{occitan.mld}.
+%   \item Updated \xfile{croatian.mld}, \xfile{danish.mld}, \xfile{dutch.mld}, \xfile{galician.mld},
+%         \xfile{germanb2.mld}, \xfile{greek.mld}, \xfile{icelandic.mld}, \xfile{interlingua.mld},
+%         \xfile{polish.mld}, \xfile{scottish.mld}, and \xfile{turkish.mld}.
+%   \end{itemize}
+%  \item 2008/01/15
+%   \begin{itemize}
+%   \item Corrected \xfile{polski.mld}.
+%   \item Updated the bibliography.
+%   \item Added table~\vref{t+nfss+4a}.
+%   \item Added maps of Manchuria (figure~\vref{f+manju}).
+%   \end{itemize}
+%  \end{itemize}
+%  \item 2008/04/03
+%   \begin{itemize}
+%   \item Better captions for maps.
+%         Added maps for Italy, Karnataka, Germany, Mongols and China.
+%   \item Added \xfile{occitan2.mld} and \xfile{mexican.mld}.
+%   \item Added a map of czech dialects (figure~\vref{f+czechd}).
+%   \item Added maps of danish dialects (figure~\vref{f+danishd}).
+%   \item Added a map of the dutch language (figure~\vref{f+dutchw}).
+%   \item Added a map of french dialects (figure~\vref{f+france-lr}).
+%   \item Added a map of galician dialects (figure~\vref{f+galician-l}).
+%   \item Added maps of german dialects (figures~\vref{f+german-d}, \vref{f+german-m} and~\vref{f+german-c}).
+%   \item Added maps of hindi dialects (figure~\vref{f+hindi}).
+%   \item Added maps of portugese dialects (figures~\vref{f+portu-b}, \vref{f+portu-p} and~\vref{f+portu-a}).
+%   \item Added a map of the turkish language (figure~\vref{f+turkish}).
+%   \item Added a map of the vietnamese language (figure~\vref{f+viet-w}).
+%   \item Added a map of the armenian diaspora (figure~\vref{f+armeniad}).
+%   \item Added a map of the sami dialects (figure~\vref{f+same}).
+%   \item Added a map of the nationalities in ex-Yugoslavia (figure~\vref{f+xyugo}).
+%   \item Added a map of countries where spanish is an official language (figure~\vref{f+espa-o}).
+%   \item Added a map of the sorbian area (figure~\vref{f+sorben}).
+%   \item Added an entry for the Wikipedia in the jargon.
+%   \item Added a map of the minorities in Poland (figure~\vref{f+pologne}).
+%   \item Added a map of the bengali diaspora (figure~\vref{f+bengali-m}).
+%   \item Splitted the TDS hierarchy into two tables~\vref{t+TDS} and~\vref{t+GRF}.
+%   \item Added maps of the basque dialects (figure~\vref{f+euskara}).
+%   \item Added maps of the latvian dialects (figure~\vref{f+latvian-d}).
+%   \item Added a map for the swahili language (figure~\vref{f+swahili}).
+%   \item Added the turkish alphabet (figure~\vref{f+turc-alpha}).
+%   \item The page numbers in the index are now hyperlinks (thanks to~\namea{François}{Pétiard}{Petiard}).
+%   \item Colors added in figure~\vref{f+barrier}.
+%   \item Added maps of the languages in Europe (figure~\vref{f+euro-lan1}, \vref{f+euro-lan} and~\vref{f+euro-lan2}).
+%   \item Added maps of Kosovo (figure~\vref{f+kosovo}).
+%   \item Added a map of the languages in Africa (figure~\vref{f+africa}).
+%   \item Corrected an error of message number.
+%   \item Added maps for Russia (figures~\vref{f+rus-re} and~\vref{f+rus-su}).
+%   \item Added a map of the districts of Slovakia (figure~\vref{f+slovak}).
+%   \item Added maps about Islam (figures~\ref{f+islam-pbc} and~\vref{f+islam-sw}).
+%   \item Added a figure about hànzì characters (figure~\vref{f+hanzi}).
+%   \item Added a figure about chinese characters usage in the world (figure~\vref{f+china-ch}).
+%   \item Added a figure about chinese dialects ((figure~\vref{f+china-l}).
+%   \item Added maps about writing systems (figures~\ref{f+wrs-c} and~\vref{f+wrs-a}).
+%   \item Added a map of the regions where Finnish is spoken (figure~\vref{f+finnishl}).
+%   \item Shortened the ``Installation'' chapter.
+%   \item Updated from the \pack{babel} package version~v3.8j of 2008/03/16.
+%   \item Files \uxgrf{lamed.pdf} and \uxfile{lamed.tex} replaced by \xgrf{lamed3.png}.
+%   \item Added maps of the indigenous languages of México (figure~\vref{f+mexl}).
+%   \end{itemize}
 % \end{itemize}
 % \end{RaggedRight}
 % \egroup
@@ -57915,7 +58786,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %   \item Ajout du code de \com{addstarred} (pour ce qui concerne un chapitre étoilé).
 %   \item Correction d'une erreur dans les parttocs.
 %   \end{itemize}
-%  \item 
+%  \item
 %   \begin{itemize}
 %   \item Un typo corrigé par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}:
 %         \begin{quote}
@@ -58081,8 +58952,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %  \begin{itemize}
 %  \item 2003/01/24
 %   \begin{itemize}
-%   \item \texttt{pt} devient \com{@pt} et \texttt{0pt} devient \com{z@}.
-%   \item \com{hrule} et \com{vrule} remplacées par \com{rule} (\LaTeX).
+%   \item \texttt{pt} devient \ucom{@pt} et \texttt{0pt} devient \ucom{z@}.
+%   \item \ucom{hrule} et \ucom{vrule} remplacées par \ucom{rule} (\LaTeX).
 %   \item Ajout de \com{mtc@zrule} pour les filets de dimensions nulles.
 %   \item Ajout de la langue frenchb  (synonyme de french).
 %   \end{itemize}
@@ -58596,7 +59467,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %  \item 2005/10/06
 %   \begin{itemize}
 %   \item Corrections mineures dans la documentation.
-%   \item Utiliser la commande Unix \tool{xargs} Unix dans les scripts \texttt{*mk} pour détruire les fichiers
+%   \item Utiliser la commande Unix \tool{xargs} dans les scripts \texttt{*mk} pour détruire les fichiers
 %         auxiliaires.
 %   \end{itemize}
 %  \item 2005/10/07
@@ -59071,8 +59942,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %  \item 2006/04/05
 %   \begin{itemize}
 %   \item Corrections dans la documentation.
-%   \item Ajout de \uxgrf{lamed.eps} et \xgrf{lamed.pdf} comme images pour le logo de \emph{Lamed} (construit depuis
-%         \xfile{lamed.tex}).
+%   \item Ajout de \uxgrf{lamed.eps} et \uxgrf{lamed.pdf} comme images pour le logo de \emph{Lamed} (construit depuis
+%         \uxfile{lamed.tex}).
 %   \item Ré-ordonnancement des chapitres du manuel de l'utilisateur (partie~I).
 %   \end{itemize}
 %  \item 2006/04/06
@@ -59100,7 +59971,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %   \begin{itemize}
 %   \item Dans l'option de paquetage \opt{insection}, charger le paquetage \pack{flafter} \emph{avant} le
 %         paquetage \pack{placeins}.
-%   \item Ajout d'une figure sur les barrières de flottants.
+%   \item Ajout d'une figure sur les barrières de flottants (figure~\vref{f+barrier}).
 %   \end{itemize}
 %  \item 2006/04/27
 %   \begin{itemize}
@@ -59604,7 +60475,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %  \end{itemize}
 % \lneed{5}
 % \item \textbf{53}
-%  \begin{itemize}   
+%  \begin{itemize}
 %  \item 2007/02/13
 %   \begin{itemize}
 %   \item Ajout du fichier exemple \exam{mtc-fko.tex}.
@@ -59644,10 +60515,10 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %   \begin{itemize}
 %   \item Ajout du changement de titre de la parttoc des appendices dans \xfile{mtc-apx.tex}.
 %   \end{itemize}
-%  \end{itemize}   
+%  \end{itemize}
 % \lneed{5}
 % \item \textbf{54}
-%  \begin{itemize}   
+%  \begin{itemize}
 %  \item 2007/03/27
 %   \begin{itemize}
 %   \item Ajout des dispositifs «~\feat{open}~» et «~\feat{close}~».
@@ -59687,7 +60558,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %   \item Ajout de \xfile{latvian2.mld} et \xfile{letton2.mld}.
 %   \item Groupement des paires \texttt{.mld}/\texttt{.mlo} dans les tableaux~\vref{t+files1} et~\vref{t+files2}.
 %   \end{itemize}
-%  \end{itemize}   
+%  \end{itemize}
 % \lneed{5}
 % \item \textbf{55}
 %  \begin{itemize}
@@ -59756,6 +60627,76 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 %   \item Suppression d'entrées parasites dans l'index.
 %   \end{itemize}
 %  \end{itemize}
+% \item \textbf{57}
+%  \begin{itemize}
+%  \item 2007/12/11
+%   \begin{itemize}
+%   \item Mise à~jour de la bibliographie.
+%   \end{itemize}
+%  \item 2007/12/18
+%   \begin{itemize}
+%   \item Corrections dans les exemples de documents.
+%   \item Ajout de \xfile{occitan.mld}.
+%   \item Mise à~jour de \xfile{croatian.mld}, \xfile{danish.mld}, \xfile{dutch.mld}, \xfile{galician.mld},
+%         \xfile{germanb2.mld}, \xfile{greek.mld}, \xfile{icelandic.mld}, \xfile{interlingua.mld},
+%         \xfile{polish.mld}, \xfile{scottish.mld} et \xfile{turkish.mld}.
+%   \end{itemize}
+%  \item 2008/01/15
+%   \begin{itemize}
+%   \item Correction de \xfile{polski.mld}.
+%   \item Mise à~jour de la bibliographie.
+%   \item Ajout de la table~\vref{t+nfss+4a}.
+%   \item Ajout de cartes de la Mandchourie (figure~\vref{f+manju}).
+%   \end{itemize}
+%  \item 2008/04/03
+%   \begin{itemize}
+%   \item Amélioration des légendes des cartes.
+%         Ajout de cartes pour l'Italie , le Karnataka, l'Allemagne, les Mongols et la Chine.
+%   \item Ajout de \xfile{occitan2.mld} et \xfile{mexican.mld}.
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte des dialectes tchèques (figure~\vref{f+czechd}).
+%   \item Ajout de cartes des dialectes danois (figure~\vref{f+danishd}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte du néerlandais (figure~\vref{f+dutchw}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte des dialectes français (figure~\vref{f+france-lr}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte des dialectes galiciens (figure~\vref{f+galician-l}).
+%   \item Ajout de cartes des dialectes allemands (figures~\vref{f+german-d}, \vref{f+german-m} et~\vref{f+german-c}).
+%   \item Ajout de cartes des dialectes hindi (figure~\vref{f+hindi}).
+%   \item Ajout de cartes des dialectes portugais (figures~\vref{f+portu-b}, \vref{f+portu-p} et~\vref{f+portu-a}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte de la langue turque (figure~\vref{f+turkish}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte de la langue vietnamienne (figure~\vref{f+viet-w}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte de la diaspora arménienne (figure~\vref{f+armeniad}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte des dialectes sâmes (figure~\vref{f+same}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte des nationalités dans l'ex-Yougoslavie (figure~\vref{f+xyugo}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte des pays où l'espagnol est une langue officielle (figure~\vref{f+espa-o}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte de la région sorabe (figure~\vref{f+sorben}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une entrée pour la Wikipédia dans le jargon.
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte des minorités en Pologne (figure~\vref{f+pologne}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte de la diaspora bengalî (figure~\vref{f+bengali-m}).
+%   \item Éclatement de la hiérarchie TDS en deux tableaux~\vref{t+TDS} and~\vref{t+GRF}.
+%   \item Ajout de cartes pour les dialectes basques (figure~\vref{f+euskara}).
+%   \item Ajout de cartes pour les dialectes lettons (figure~\vref{f+latvian-d}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte pour la langue swahilie (figure~\vref{f+swahili}).
+%   \item Ajout de l'alphabet turc (figure~\vref{f+turc-alpha}).
+%   \item Les numéros de pages dans l'index sont maintenant des hyperliens (merci à~\namea{François}{Pétiard}{Petiard}).
+%   \item Ajout de couleurs dans la figure~\vref{f+barrier}.
+%   \item Ajout de cartes des langues d'Europe (figure~\vref{f+euro-lan1}, \vref{f+euro-lan} et~\vref{f+euro-lan2}).
+%   \item Ajout de cartes du Kosovo (figure~\vref{f+kosovo}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte des langues d'Afrique (figure~\vref{f+africa}).
+%   \item Correction d'une erreur de numéro de message.
+%   \item Ajout de cartes pour la Russie (figures~\vref{f+rus-re} et~\vref{f+rus-su}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte du Kosovo (figure~\vref{f+kosovo}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte des districts de Slovaquie (figure~\vref{f+slovak}).
+%   \item Ajout de cartes sur l'Islam (figures~\ref{f+islam-pbc} and~\vref{f+islam-sw}).
+%   \item Added a figure about hànzì characters (figure~\vref{f+hanzi}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une figure sur l'utilisation des caractères chinois dans le monde (figure~\vref{f+china-ch}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une figure sur les dialectes chinois (figure~\vref{f+china-l}).
+%   \item Ajout de cartes sur les systèmes d'écriture (figures~\ref{f+wrs-c} et~\vref{f+wrs-a}).
+%   \item Ajout d'une carte des régions où le finnois est parlé (figure~\vref{f+finnishl}).
+%   \item Raccourcissement du chapitre «~Installation~».
+%   \item Mise à~jour depuis le paquetage \pack{babel} package version~v3.8j du 2008/03/16.
+%   \item Remplacement des fichiers \uxgrf{lamed.pdf} et \uxfile{lamed.tex} par \xgrf{lamed3.png}.
+%   \item Ajout de cartes de langues indigènes du Mexique (figure~\vref{f+mexl}).
+%   \end{itemize}
+%  \end{itemize}
 % \end{itemize}
 % \end{RaggedRight}
 % \egroup
@@ -59772,7 +60713,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % I ought to thank the following peoples\,\footnote{And I apologize to all whose I forgot.}, for their help, their
 % questions, their interventions in the news groups\,\footnote{Mainly, \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (in french) and
 % \texttt{comp.text.tex} (in english), but also \texttt{de.comp.text.tex} (in german, but I do not read it well:
-% send me also a mail in french or english).},
+% send me also a mail in french or in english).},
 % and/or for their packages, classes, documents, and tools:\hfill\mbox{}
 % \or\relax
 % \chapter*{Remerciements\markboth{Remerciements}{Remerciements}}
@@ -59801,6 +60742,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Ralf}{Angeli},
 % \name{Walter}{Appel},
 % \name{Achod~André}{Aradian},
+% \name{Patrick}{Andries},
 % \namea{Einar}{Árnason}{Arnason},
 % \name{Tim}{Arnold},
 % \name{Jouko}{Arponen},
@@ -59821,20 +60763,24 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Benjamin}{Bayart},
 % \name{Thierry}{Bayet},
 % \name{Claudio}{Beccari},
+% \name{Beebe}{Nelson~H.~F.},
 % \name{Emmanuel}{Beffara},
 % \name{Benoît}{Belet},
 % \name{Rachid}{Belmouhoub},
 % \namea{József}{Bérces}{Berces},
 % \name{Alexander}{Berdnikov},
 % \name{Jens}{Berger},
+% \name{Tobias}{Berndt},
 % \name{Karl}{Berry},
 % \name{Berhanu}{Beyene},
 % \name{Javier}{Bezos},
 % \name{Giuseppe}{Bilotta},
+% \name{Olivier}{Binisti},
 % \namea{Árpád}{Bíró}{Biro},
 % \namea{Denis}{Bitouzé}{Bitouze},
 % \name{Dr.~Barbara}{Blankenship},
 % \name{Laurent}{Bloch},
+% \name{Patrick}{Boman},
 % \name{Onofre}{Bonvila},
 % \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov},
 % \name{Patrice}{Bougette},
@@ -59848,6 +60794,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \namea{Gyöngyi}{Bujdosó}{Bujdoso},
 % \name{Mimi}{Burbank},
 % \name{Mustafa}{Burc},
+% \name{Patrick}{Burgel},
 % \name{Alexey}{Burykin},
 % \name{Olivier}{Cardi},
 % \name{Samuele}{Carcagno},
@@ -59856,6 +60803,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Kevin}{Carmody},
 % \name{Manuel}{Carriba},
 % \name{Régis}{Caspar},
+% \name{Waldemar}{Celes},
+% \name{Raymond}{Chabbert\textsuperscript{\textdied}},
 % \name{Winston}{Chang},
 % \name{Jean-C{\^o}me}{Charpentier},
 % \name{Jean-Pascal}{Chauvet},
@@ -59863,7 +60812,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Céline}{Chevalier},
 % \namea{Jana}{Chlebîková}{Chlebikova},
 % \name{Otfried}{Cheong},
+% \name{Jin-Hwan}{Cho},
 % \name{Pai~H.}{Chou},
+% \name{Pierre}{Chuvin},
 % \name{Marian}{Clegg},
 % \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran},
 % \name{Maurizio}{Codogno},
@@ -59877,6 +60828,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Patrick~W.}{Daly},
 % \name{Holger}{Danielsson},
 % \name{Alice}{Davison},
+% \namea{Luiz~Henrique}{de~Figueiro}{deFigueiro},
 % \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima},
 % \name{Sébastien}{Demoustier},
 % \name{Andreas}{Deininger},
@@ -59885,6 +60837,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Bernard}{Desgraupes},
 % \name{Cécile}{Desprairies},
 % \name{Sébastien}{Desreux},
+% \name{Christine}{Detig},
 % \name{Antoni~R.}{Diller},
 % \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj},
 % \namea{Ivars}{Dri\k{k}is}{Drikis},
@@ -59924,6 +60877,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Chuck}{Genschte},
 % \name{Mohammad}{Ghodsi},
 % \name{Helen}{Gilhooly},
+% \name{Aleksas~Stanislovas}{Girdenis},
 % \name{François}{Giron},
 % \name{Markus}{Gleiszner},
 % \name{Vitali}{Gontsharuk},
@@ -59942,6 +60896,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Sébastien}{Grot},
 % \name{Micael}{Guignard},
 % \name{Marion}{Gunn},
+% \name{Guntermann}{Klaus},
 % \name{Eitan~M.}{Gurari},
 % \name{Thomas}{Hafner},
 % \name{Hans}{Hagen},
@@ -59982,14 +60937,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Yufan}{Hu},
 % \name{Jean-Michel}{Hufflen},
 % \name{Dave~W.}{Huseby},
-% \name{Helene}{Hyna}%,
+% \name{Helene}{Hyna},
+% \name{Ierusalimschy}{Roberto},
 % \name{Hiroya}{Ikeda},
 % \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov},
 % \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen},
 % \name{Tetsuo}{Iwakuma},
-% \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola},
+% \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola~Azkona},
 % \name{Youssef}{Jabri}, ^^A Arabi
 % \name{Pawe\l}{Jackowski}, ^^A pearls
+% \name{Roland}{Jacques},
 % \name{Christophe}{Jacquet},
 % \name{Bernd}{Jaehne},
 % \name{Radwan}{Jalam},
@@ -60002,6 +60959,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{David~M.}{Jones},
 % \name{Christophe}{Jorssen},
 % \name{Robert}{Juhasz},
+% \name{Jean-Joseph}{Julaud},
 % \name{Stefan}{Junge},
 % \name{Dan}{Jurafsky},
 % \name{Akira}{Kakuto},
@@ -60044,6 +61002,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Henning}{Larsen},
 % \name{Jean-Marc}{Lasgouttes},
 % \name{Andris}{Lasis},
+% \name{Christian}{Laucou},
 % \name{Jean-Philippe}{Lauffenburger},
 % \name{Arnaud}{Launay},
 % \name{Claire}{Lauvernet},
@@ -60058,10 +61017,12 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \namea{Erwan}{Le~Pennec}{LePennec},
 % \name{Stéphane}{Lepolozec},
 % \namea{Julien}{Le~Thuaut}{LeThuaut},
+% \namea{René}{Létoile}{Letoile},
 % \name{Adam}{Lewenberg},
 % \name{Knut}{Lickert},
 % \name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren},
 % \name{Anselm}{Lingnau},
+% \name{Bernice~Sacks}{Lipkin},
 % \name{Pierre}{Lobel},
 % \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek},
 % \name{Stoffel}{Lombard},
@@ -60081,7 +61042,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Nicolas}{Markey},
 % \name{Marcus}{Marr},
 % \name{Françoise}{Marre-Fournier},
+% \name{Alan}{Marshall},
 % \name{Terry}{Mart},
+% \name{Éric}{Martini},
 % \name{Vadim}{Maslov},
 % \name{Henri}{Massias},
 % \name{Andreas}{Matthias},
@@ -60100,16 +61063,21 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Michael~A.}{Morrison},
 % \namea{Javier~A.}{Múgica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera},
 % \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic},
+% \name{Andrei}{Nacu},
+% \name{}{National Geographic Society},
 % \name{Sergei~O.}{Naumov},
 % \name{Lee}{Netherton},
 % \name{Frank}{Neukam},
 % \name{Cuong}{Nguyen},
 % \name{Julien}{Nicolas},
+% \name{Elke}{Niedermair},
+% \name{Michael}{Niedermair},
 % \name{Rolf}{Niepraschk}, ^^A pict2e
 % \name{Josselin}{Noirel},
 % \name{Tim}{Null},
 % \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek},
 % \name{Tobias}{Oetiker},
+% \name{Haruhito}{Okamura},
 % \name{Mariusz}{Olko},
 % \name{Tanguy}{Ortolo},
 % \namea{Erik}{Östhols}{Osthols},
@@ -60124,6 +61092,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Jonathan}{Pechta},
 % \name{Kasper}{Peeters},
 % \name{Matthias}{Pelger},
+% \namea{Manuel}{Pégourié-Gonnard}{Pegourie-Gonnard},
+% \name{Sébastien}{Peyrouse},
 % \namea{François}{Pétiard}{Petiard},
 % \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst},
 % \name{Paul}{Pichaureau},
@@ -60141,10 +61111,15 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan},
 % \name{Sebastian}{Rahtz},
 % \name{Bernd}{Raichle},
+% \name{Claude}{Raimond},
 % \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete},
 % \name{Paul}{Rascoe},
 % \name{Keranen}{Reino},
+% \name{Arthur}{Reutenauer},
 % \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus},
+% \namea{Alexandre}{de~Rhodes\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Rhodes},
+% \name{François}{Richaudeau},
+% \name{Luis}{Rivera},
 % \name{Yuri}{Robbers},
 % \name{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts},
 % \name{Will}{Robertson},
@@ -60158,6 +61133,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Enn}{Saar},
 % \name{David}{Samsoen},
 % \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez},
+% \name{Larry}{Sanger},
 % \name{Morgan}{Sangeux},
 % \name{Eddie}{Saudrais},
 % \namea{Elmar}{Schalück}{Schaluck},
@@ -60168,6 +61144,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Thomas~A.}{Schmitz},
 % \name{Uwe}{Schneider},
 % \namea{Rainer}{Schöpf}{Schopf},
+% \name{Joachim}{Schrod},
 % \namea{Martin}{Schröder}{Schroder}, ^^A everysel, ragged2e, multitoc
 % \name{Ulrich}{Schwartz},
 % \name{Elizabeth}{Scurfield},
@@ -60179,6 +61156,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan},
 % \name{Sindhu}{Singh},
 % \name{Anna}{Sitnikova-Rioland},
+% \name{Kristian}{Slimak},
 % \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan},
 % \name{John}{Smith},
 % \name{Robin~S.}{Socha},
@@ -60231,6 +61209,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \namea{Herbert}{Voß}{Voss},
 % \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner},
 % \name{David}{Walden},
+% \name{Jimmy}{Wales},
 % \name{Nigel}{Ward},
 % \name{John}{Warnock},
 % \name{Douglas}{Waud}%
@@ -60251,7 +61230,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \name{Damien}{Wyart},
 % \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda},
 % \name{Adi}{Zaimi},
-% \namea{Lejzer~Ludwig}{Zamenof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenof},
+% \namea{Ludwig~Lejzer}{Zamenhof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenhof},
 % \name{Danilo}{Zavrtanik},
 % \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski},
 % \name{Charlie~S.}{Zender},
@@ -60268,6 +61247,37 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \index{Extensions|see{Suffixes}}
 % \fi
 % \iftrue % ^^A to index authors from the bibliography (citations replace the page number)
+% \bname{Pierre}{Chuvin}{chuvin2008}%
+% \bnamea{René}{Létoile}{Letoile}{chuvin2008}%
+% \bname{Sébastien}{Peyrouse}{chuvin2008}%
+% \bnamea{Manuel}{Pégourié-Gonnard}{Pegourie-Gonnard}{p-xargs,p-xargs-fr}%
+% \bname{Ierusalimschy}{Roberto}{lua2005,lua2006}%
+% \bnamea{Luiz~Henrique}{de~Figueiro}{deFigueiro}{lua2006}%
+% \bname{Waldemar}{Celes}{lua2006}%
+% \bnamea{Alexandre}{de~Rhodes\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Rhodes}{ppvl}%
+% \bname{Alan}{Marshall}{marshall1991}%
+% \bname{Patrick}{Andries}{andries2008}%
+% \bname{Roland}{Jacques}{ppvl}%
+% \bname{Tobias}{Berndt}{berndt2007,berndt2008}%
+% \bname{Joachim}{Schrod}{ilatex,guntermann1986,detig1994}%
+% \bname{Guntermann}{Klaus}{guntermann1986}%
+% \bname{Christine}{Detig}{detig1994}%
+% \bname{Éric}{Martini}{martini2008}%
+% \bname{Olivier}{Binisti}{rich2005}%
+% \bname{Patrick}{Boman}{boman2005}%
+% \bname{Christian}{Laucou}{boman2005}%
+% \bname{François}{Richaudeau}{rich2005}%
+% \bname{Patrick}{Burgel}{pluriels}%
+% \bname{Jin-Hwan}{Cho}{cjkomega}%
+% \bname{Haruhito}{Okamura}{cjkomega}%
+% \bname{}{National Geographic Society}{atlas-china}%
+% \bname{Beebe}{Nelson~H.~F.}{beebe}%
+% \bname{Raymond}{Chabbert\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{occi}%
+% \bname{Elke}{Niedermair}{la-praxis}%
+% \bname{Bernice~Sacks}{Lipkin}{lipkin}%
+% \bname{Michael}{Niedermair}{la-praxis}%
+% \bname{Jean-Joseph}{Julaud}{fnul,fgram,conju}%
+% \bname{Claude}{Raimond}{enul}%
 % \bname{Paul}{Rascoe}{texasmaps}%
 % \bname{Christophe}{Jacquet}{mlatex}%
 % \bname{Alice}{Davison}{hindi99}%
@@ -60327,7 +61337,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \bname{David}{Carella}{carella}%
 % \bname{David~P.}{Carlisle}{LaTeXbase,xr,afterpage,ltxdoc,xr-hyper,color,TLC2,TLC2G,TLC2F,ltclass,ifthen,backref,textcase}%
 % \bname{Manuel}{Carriba}{galician,galician2}%
-% \bname{Jean-C{\^o}me}{Charpentier}{latex-synthex,ftb,TLC2F,ftds}%
+% \bname{Jean-C{\^o}me}{Charpentier}{latex-synthex,ftb,TLC2F,jcc2008,ftds}%
 % \bname{Jean-Pascal}{Chauvet}{kanji}%
 % \bname{Pehong}{Chen}{chen1988}%
 % \bnamea{Jana}{Chlebîková}{Chlebikova}{slovak}%
@@ -60354,16 +61364,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \bname{Michel}{Goossens}{latex-web,TLC2,TLC2G,TLC2F,TLGC}%
 % \bname{Mathieu}{Goutelle}{texfaq-fr}%
 % \bname{Fraser}{Grant}{irish,scottish}%
-% \bnamea{George}{Grätzer}{Gratzer}{gr-mil,gr-fsl}%
+% \bnamea{George}{Grätzer}{Gratzer}{gr-mil,gr-mmil,gr-fsl}%
 % \bname{Norman}{Gray}{urlbst}%
 % \bname{George~D.}{Greenwade}{greenwade}%
-% \bname{Enrico}{Gregorio}{gregorio-pj-2007-1}%
+% \bname{Enrico}{Gregorio}{gregorio-pj-2007-1,gregorio2007}%
 % \bname{Olga~A.}{Grineva}{maccents}%
 % \bname{Marion}{Gunn}{irish}%
 % \bname{Hans}{Hagen}{aleph-hagen,style-hagen,pdftex,Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis,luatex}%
 % \bname{Hartmut}{Henkel}{luatex}%
-% \bname{Taco}{Hoekwater}{luatex}%
-% \bnamea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hàn}{Han}{han,han2000,pdftex,vietnam}%
+% \bname{Taco}{Hoekwater}{luatex,luatex2007}%
+% \bnamea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hàn}{Han}{han,han2000,pdftex,vietnam,han2003,han2008,han2008a}%
 % \bname{Patrick}{Happel}{lipsum}%
 % \bname{Yannis}{Haralambous}{yannis1990,YH2004,YH2007,yannis1994b,yannis1994a,MAPS24-7,yannis2001,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998,yannis2004,yannis+a}%
 % \bname{Alexander}{Harin}{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty}%
@@ -60378,7 +61388,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \bname{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}{norsk}%
 % \bname{Umstatter}{Horst}{romanian}%
 % \bname{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}{norsk}%
-% \bname{Zunbeltz}{Izaola}{basque}%
+% \bname{Zunbeltz}{Izaola~Azkona}{basque}%
 % \bname{Youssef}{Jabri}{arabi}%
 % \bname{Pawe\l}{Jackowski}{pearls}%
 % \bname{Michael}{Janich}{polish}%
@@ -60390,11 +61400,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \bname{Robert}{Juhasz}{romanian}%
 % \bname{Mikko}{Kanerva}{finnish}%
 % \bname{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}{thailatex,thaistd}%
-% \bname{Axel}{Kielhorn}{koma}%
+% \bname{Axel}{Kielhorn}{koma,komab}%
 % \bname{Ki-Joo}{Kim}{bibtex-ki-joo-kim,pdf-ki-joo-kim,latex-fonts-ki-joo-kim}%
 % \bname{Peter}{Kleiweg}{interlingua}%
 % \bname{Rune}{Kleveland}{norsk}%
-% \bname{Jörg}{Knappen}{bahasa,bahasam,esperanto}%
+% \bname{Jörg}{Knappen}{bahasa,bahasam,esperanto,knappen2004}%
 % \bname{Donald~E.}{Knuth}{cmt,texbook,metabook,ftb}%
 % \bname{Markus}{Kohm}{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}%
 % \bname{Yuri}{Robbers}{robbers-pj-2006-3}%
@@ -60409,13 +61419,13 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \bnamea{Frank}{Küster}{Kuster}{alnumsec}%
 % \bname{Klaus}{Lagally}{arabtex2,arabtex}%
 % \bname{Leslie}{Lamport}{LaTeXbase,lamport-mkx,latex-manual,ntg,proc,classes,letter}%
-% \bname{Olga~G.}{Lapko}{X2T2,cyri,X2ENC,russianb1,FULLCYR,floatrow,russianb}%
+% \bname{Olga~G.}{Lapko}{X2T2,cyri,X2ENC,russianb1,FULLCYR,floatrow,russianb,ukraineb}%
 % \bname{Henning}{Larsen}{danish}%
 % \bname{Boris}{Lavva}{hebrew2}%
 % \bname{Olivier}{Lecarme}{lecarme}%
 % \bname{Jacques}{Leclerc}{tlfq}%
 % \bname{Philipp}{Lehman}{TFIG}%
-% \bname{Werner}{Lemberg}{russianb1,cjk,cjk2,vietnam,dblaccnt,cyrguide}%
+% \bname{Werner}{Lemberg}{russianb1,cjk,cjk2,vietnam,dblaccnt,cyrguide,ukraineb}%
 % \bnamea{Erwan}{Le~Pennec}{LePennec}{texfaq-fr}%
 % \bname{Knut}{Lickert}{minutes}%
 % \bname{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}{fncychap}%
@@ -60439,14 +61449,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \bname{Frank}{Mittelbach}{LaTeXbase,classes,letter,FMI1990,FMI1992,slides,multicol,varioref,doc,dblaccnt,docstrip-prog,TLC2,TLC2G,TLC2F,FMI1997,ltclass,enc-inter,TLGC}%
 % \bname{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski}{komab,koma}%
 % \bname{Lapo~Filippo}{Mori}{gregorio-pj-2007-1,Mori1-pj-2007-1,Mori2-pj-2007-1}%
-% \bnamea{Javier~A.}{Múgica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}{galician2}%
+% \bnamea{Javier~A.}{Múgica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}{galician,galician2}%
 % \bnamea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic}{serbian}%
 % \bname{Sergei~O.}{Naumov}{LH/russian.sty}%
-% \bname{Frank}{Neukam}{koma}%
+% \bname{Frank}{Neukam}{koma,komab}%
 % \bname{Rolf}{Niepraschk}{pict2e,texfaq-de}%
 % \bname{Josselin}{Noirel}{texfaq-fr}%
 % \bname{Heiko}{Oberdiek}{hyperref-paper,hyperref.web,hyperref,hypcap,ifpdf,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf}%
-% \bname{Mariusz}{Olko}{platex}%
+% \bname{Mariusz}{Olko}{polski}%
 % \bnamea{Erik}{Östhols}{Osthols}{swedish}%
 % \bnamea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic}{croatian}%
 % \bname{Scott}{Pakin}{dtxtut,symbols,newcommand}%
@@ -60470,6 +61480,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \bname{Bernd}{Raichle}{germanb,ngermanb,texfaq-de,romaniantex}%
 % \bname{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}{portuges}%
 % \bname{Keranen}{Reino}{finnish}%
+% \bname{Arthur}{Reutenauer}{reutenauer2008}%
 % \bnamea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus}{romaniantex}%
 % \bname{Christian}{Rolland}{breton,rolland1999}%
 % \bname{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba}{esperanto}%
@@ -60479,17 +61490,17 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \bname{Eddie}{Saudrais}{saudrais2001,saudrais2005}%
 % \bnamea{Elmar}{Schalück}{Schaluck}{polish}%
 % \bname{Tobias}{Schlemmer}{slovak}%
-% \bname{Walter}{Schmidt}{ngermanb,Schmidt-pj-2006-1,psnfss}%
-% \bnamea{Martin}{Schröder}{Schroder}{multitoc,pdftex}%
+% \bname{Walter}{Schmidt}{ngermanb,Schmidt-pj-2006-1,psnfss,fftex}%
+% \bnamea{Martin}{Schröder}{Schroder}{multitoc,pdftex,msch2007}%
 % \bname{Michael}{Shell}{btxfaq}%
 % \bname{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika}{ukraineb}%
 % \bname{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan}{thailatex}%
 % \bname{Jankovic}{Slobodan}{serbian}%
-% \bname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}{caption2,cap-anleitung,caption,rotfloat}%
+% \bname{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}{caption2,cap-anleitung,caption,caption-eng,rotfloat}%
 % \bname{Joseph~A.}{Wright}{trivfloat}%
 % \bname{D.~P.}{Story}{dpstory}%
 % \bname{Éric}{Streit}{texfaq-fr}%
-% \bname{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}{beccari1998,greek,syro2002}%
+% \bname{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}{beccari1998,greek,syro2002,greek-ba}%
 % \bnamea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}{varsects}%
 % \bnamea{Bernard}{Gaulle\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Gaulle}{frenchle,frenchpro,frenchperso}%
 % \bname{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}{quotchap}%
@@ -60499,13 +61510,13 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \bname{Turgut}{Uyar}{turkish}%
 % \bname{Piet}{van~Oostrum}{teximpl}%
 % \bnamea{Thomas}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Géry}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Gery}{texfaq-fr,thomasvo}%
-% \bname{Vladimir}{Volovich}{russianb1,cyrguide}%
+% \bname{Vladimir}{Volovich}{russianb1,cyrguide,ukraineb}%
 % \bname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}{Bechtolsheim+TB11-3-409,tex-bech}%
 % \bname{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}{platex-pl}%
 % \bname{Eduard}{Werner}{lsorbian,usorbian}%
 % \bname{Graham}{Williams}{tcat}%
 % \bname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}{stdclsdv,needspace,tocloft,abstract,appendix,tocbibind,tocvsec2,ccaption,docmfp,memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3,romannum,ifmtarg,wilson-pj-2006-3,ledmac,ledpar,ledarab,chngpage}%
-% \bnamea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski}{docstrip-prog,platex}%
+% \bnamea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski}{docstrip-prog,polski}%
 % \bname{Damien}{Wyart}{texfaq-fr}%
 % \bname{Adi}{Zaimi}{albanian}%
 % \bname{Danilo}{Zavrtanik}{slovene}%
@@ -60584,7 +61595,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \bname{Jean-Michel}{Hufflen}{TLC2F,hufflen}%
 % \bname{Benoît}{Belet}{TLC2F}%
 % \bname{Yves}{Soulet}{TLC2F}%
-% \bnamea{Jacques}{André}{Andre}{TLC2F,yannis+a}%
+% \bnamea{Jacques}{André}{Andre}{TLC2F,jcc2008,yannis+a}%
 % \bname{Samuele}{Carcagno}{carcagno}%
 % \bname{Simon}{Fear}{booktabs}%
 % \bname{Danie}{Els}{booktabs}%
@@ -60601,14 +61612,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \bname{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}{kannadatex}%
 % \bname{Vadim}{Maslov}{cmcyralt/russian.sty,cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty}%
 % \bname{Thomas~A.}{Schmitz}{Schmitz-pj-2007-1}%
-% \bname{Federico}{Garcia}{Garcia-pj-2006-4}%
+% \bname{Federico}{Garcia}{Garcia-pj-2006-4,garcia2007}%
 % \bname{Boris}{Veytsman}{Veytsman-pj-2006-4-design,nomencl}%
 % \bname{Sindhu}{Singh}{Singh-pj-2006-4}%
 % \bname{Will}{Robertson}{Robertson-pj-2006-3}%
 % \bname{Stephen}{Hartke}{Hartke-pj-2006-1}%
 % \bname{Jim}{Hefferon}{Hefferon-pj-2005-4,Hefferon-pj-2006-4}%
 % \bname{David}{Walden}{Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis}%
-% \bname{Philip}{Taylor}{Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis}%
+% \bname{Philip}{Taylor}{Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis,taylor1996}%
 % \bname{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot}{Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis,talbot2004,novices,flowfram,ffuserguide,talbot-admin,talbot-phd,talbot-thesis,talbot-mini}%
 % \bname{Joe}{Hogg}{Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis}%
 % \bnamea{Klaus}{H{\"o}ppner}{Hoppner}{Hoeppner-pj-2005-3}%
@@ -60617,12 +61628,13 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \bname{Tim}{Null}{Waud-pj-2005-1,Null-pj-2005-2-bh02,Null-pj-2005-3-bh03}%
 % \bname{Michael~A.}{Morrison}{morrison}%
 % \bname{Denis~B.}{Roegel}{TLGC}%
-% \bnamea{Herbert}{Voß}{Voss}{TLGC}%
+% \bnamea{Herbert}{Voß}{Voss}{TLGC,voss2006}%
 % \bname{Christian}{Faulhammer}{preusse}%
 % \bname{Ulrich}{Schwartz}{preusse}%
 % \bnamea{Hilmar}{Preuße}{Preusse}{preusse}%
 % \bname{Pr.~Thomas~J.}{Hinnenbush}{LMP}%
 % \bname{Dr.~Barbara}{Blankenship}{LMP}%
+% \bpack{xargs}{p-xargs,p-xargs-fr}%
 % \bpack{chngpage}{chngpage}%
 % \bpack{ledmac}{ledmac}%
 % \bpack{ledpar}{ledpar}%
@@ -60667,7 +61679,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \bpack{subfig}{subfig}%
 % \bpack{comment}{comment}%
 % \bpack{ccaption}{ccaption}%
-% \bpack{caption}{caption}%
+% \bpack{caption}{caption,caption-eng}%
 % \bpack{caption2}{caption2,cap-anleitung}%
 % \bpack{bibtopic}{bibtopic}%
 % \bpack{bibunits}{bibunits}%
@@ -60725,7 +61737,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \bpack{malayalam}{malayalam}%
 % \bpack{omal}{malayalam-o}%
 % \bpacka{\PLaTeXe}{PLaTeX2e}{platex-jp,kakuto}%
-% \bpacka{\PLaTeX}{PLaTeX}{platex,platex-pl}%
+% ^^A \bpacka{\PLaTeX}{PLaTeX}{polski,platex-pl}%
+% \bpack{polski}{polski,platex-pl}%
 % \bpacka{\SLaTeX}{SLaTeX}{slatex}%
 % \bpacka{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}{farsi}%
 % \bpacka{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX}{HLATEX}%
@@ -60741,7 +61754,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}%
 % \bpack{pict2e}{pict2e}%
 % \bpacka{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX}{kannadatex}%
 % \bpacka{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX}{hypertex}%
-% \bpacka{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}{LuaTeX}{luatex}%
+% \bpacka{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}{LuaTeX}{luatex,luatex2007}%
 % \bpack{mcaption}{mcaption}%
 % \bpack{minitoc-hyper}{minitoc-hyper}%
 % \bpack{vietnam}{vietnam}%
-- 
cgit v1.2.3

